| # dpkg manpages po translation to Spanish |
| # Copyright (C) 2010 Software in the Public Interest |
| # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. |
| # |
| # Changes: |
| # - Initial translation |
| # Rudy Godoy <rudy@kernel-panik.org>, |
| # Rubén Porras <nahoo@inicia.es>, |
| # Bruno Barrera C. <bruno.barrera@igloo.cl>, |
| # Carlos Izquierdo <gheesh@ertis.net>, |
| # Esteban Manchado y NOK. |
| # Santiago Vila <sanvila@unex.es> |
| # Javier Fernández-Sanguiño |
| # Ruben Porras |
| # |
| # - Updates 2010 |
| # Omar Campagne <ocampagne@gmail.com> |
| # Luis Uribe <acme@eviled.org> |
| # |
| # Traductores, si no conocen el formato PO, merece la pena leer la |
| # documentación de gettext, especialmente las secciones dedicadas a este |
| # formato, por ejemplo ejecutando: |
| # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' |
| # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' |
| # |
| # Equipo de traducción al español, por favor lean antes de traducir |
| # los siguientes documentos: |
| # |
| # - El proyecto de traducción de Debian al español |
| # http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/ |
| # especialmente las notas y normas de traducción en |
| # http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/notas |
| # |
| # - La guía de traducción de po's de debconf: |
| # /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans |
| # o http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans |
| # |
| msgid "" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.18.8.5\n" |
| "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-14 07:11+0300\n" |
| "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-15 20:18+0100\n" |
| "Last-Translator: Omar Campagne <ocampagne@gmail.com>\n" |
| "Language-Team: Debian l10n Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" |
| "Language: es\n" |
| "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" |
| "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" |
| "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" |
| "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" |
| "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb" |
| msgstr "deb" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-version.5:5 deb-old.5:1 |
| #: deb-override.5:15 deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-name.1:6 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-trigger.1:1 |
| #: dselect.1:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "2010-03-07" |
| msgid "2011-08-14" |
| msgstr "7 de Marzo de 2010" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 |
| #: deb-old.5:1 deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian Project" |
| msgstr "Proyecto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 |
| #: deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian" |
| msgstr "Debian" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-src-control.5:4 deb-split.5:2 deb-version.5:6 |
| #: deb-old.5:2 deb-override.5:16 deb-extra-override.5:2 deb-shlibs.5:17 |
| #: deb-substvars.5:3 deb-symbols.5:3 deb-triggers.5:2 dpkg.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-buildflags.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-distaddfile.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:2 dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-genchanges.1:2 dpkg-gencontrol.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:3 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:2 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:2 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:2 dpkg-trigger.1:2 dpkg-vendor.1:2 dselect.1:2 |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:2 start-stop-daemon.8:2 update-alternatives.8:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "NAME" |
| msgstr "NOMBRE" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:4 |
| msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" |
| msgstr "deb - Formato de paquete binario de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-src-control.5:7 deb-split.5:4 deb-version.5:9 |
| #: deb-old.5:5 deb-override.5:19 deb-extra-override.5:5 deb-substvars.5:6 |
| #: deb-symbols.5:6 deb-triggers.5:5 dpkg.1:5 dpkg-architecture.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:5 dpkg-buildpackage.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:5 dpkg-divert.8:5 dpkg-genchanges.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:5 dpkg-gensymbols.1:6 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:5 dpkg-name.1:10 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 dpkg-scansources.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:5 dpkg-source.1:6 dpkg-split.1:6 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:5 dpkg-vendor.1:5 dselect.1:5 start-stop-daemon.8:5 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:12 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SYNOPSIS" |
| msgstr "SINOPSIS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:6 deb-split.5:6 deb-old.5:7 |
| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" |
| msgstr "I<nombre-fichero>B<.deb>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-src-control.5:10 deb-split.5:6 |
| #: deb-version.5:11 deb-old.5:8 deb-override.5:22 deb-extra-override.5:8 |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:20 deb-substvars.5:9 deb-symbols.5:9 deb-triggers.5:8 |
| #: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:10 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-buildflags.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:9 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10 dpkg-distaddfile.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:9 dpkg-divert.8:10 dpkg-genchanges.1:10 dpkg-gencontrol.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:10 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:15 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:16 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:9 dpkg-query.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:27 dpkg-scansources.1:13 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:10 dpkg-split.1:10 dpkg-statoverride.8:9 dpkg-trigger.1:12 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:9 dselect.1:9 dselect.cfg.5:5 start-stop-daemon.8:9 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "DESCRIPTION" |
| msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " |
| "understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " |
| "versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato B<.deb> es el empleado para los paquetes binarios de Debian. La " |
| "versión 0.93.76 de dpkg y posteriores son compatibles con este formato, y " |
| "dpkg lo genera por omisión desde la versión 1.2.0, y en todas las versiones " |
| "i386/ELF desde 1.1.1elf." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " |
| "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato descrito aquí se usa desde Debian 0.93; los detalles sobre el " |
| "anterior formato se describen en B<deb-old>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:16 deb-split.5:9 deb-old.5:18 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FORMAT" |
| msgstr "FORMATO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " |
| "file names might contain a trailing slash." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero es un archivo B<ar> con un valor mágico de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. " |
| "Los nombres de fichero pueden contener una barra al final." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " |
| "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style long " |
| "pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and the POSIX " |
| "ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0). Unrecognized tar " |
| "typeflags are considered an error." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los archivos B<tar> compatibles son el viejo formato (v7), el formato pre-" |
| "POSIX ustar, un subconjunto del formato GNU (sólo los nombres de ruta y de " |
| "enlace largos del nuevo estilo, compatible con dpkg desde la versión " |
| "1.4.1.17), y el formato POSIX ustar (compatible con nombres largos desde " |
| "dpkg 1.15.0). Las marcas de tipo de tar que no se reconozcan se toman como " |
| "un error." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " |
| "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " |
| "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " |
| "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " |
| "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " |
| "the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El primer miembro se llama B<debian-binary> y contiene una serie de líneas " |
| "separadas por saltos de línea. Actualmente sólo hay una línea, el número de " |
| "versión del formato, B<2.0> en el momento en que se escribió esta página de " |
| "manual. Los programas que lean archivos con el formato nuevo deberían prever " |
| "un aumento de los números menores y la aparición de nuevas líneas, las " |
| "cuales deberían ignorar en caso de aparecer." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " |
| "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " |
| "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " |
| "(except at the end), as described below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si el número mayor ha cambiado es que hay cambios incompatibles y el " |
| "programa se debería detener. De no ser así debería poder seguir sin " |
| "problemas, a no ser que se encuentre un miembro no esperado en el archivo " |
| "(excepto al final), como se describe más abajo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " |
| "archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " |
| "files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " |
| "control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " |
| "`B<.>', the current directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El segundo miembro obligatorio es B<control.tar.gz>. Es un archivo tar " |
| "comprimido con gzip que contiene la información de control del paquete en " |
| "una serie de ficheros de texto, de los cuales B<control> es obligatorio y " |
| "contiene la información de control principal. Opcionalmente, el fichero tar " |
| "de control puede contener una entrada para «B<.>», el directorio actual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " |
| "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " |
| "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " |
| "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " |
| "supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " |
| "since dpkg 1.13.25)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El tercer y último miembro obligatorio se llama B<data.tar>. Contiene el " |
| "sistema de ficheros como un archivo tar, el cual puede estar descomprimido " |
| "(compatible desde la versión 1.10.24 de dpkg) o comprimido con gzip " |
| "(extensión B<.gz>), xz (extensión B<.xz>, compatible desde la versión " |
| "1.15.6), bzip2 (extensión B<.bz2>, compatible desde la versión 1.10.24 de " |
| "dpkg) o lzma (extensión B<.lzma>, compatible desde la versión 1.13.25 de " |
| "dpkg)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " |
| "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " |
| "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " |
| "Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar> and " |
| "which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting " |
| "with an underscore, `B<_>'." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estos miembros deben aparecer en este mismo orden. Las implementaciones " |
| "actuales deberían ignorar cualquier miembro adicional después de B<data." |
| "tar>. Se podrían definirse nuevos miembros en el futuro, y se pondrán, si es " |
| "posible, después de éstos tres. Cualquier miembro adicional que se tuviese " |
| "que insertar antes de B<data.tar>, y que los programas más antiguos puedan " |
| "ignorar, tendrá un nombre que comience con un guión bajo, «B<_>»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " |
| "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " |
| "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " |
| "increased." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los nuevos miembros que no se puedan ignorar sin problemas se insertarán " |
| "antes de B<data.tar>, con nombres que empiecen por algo que no sea un guión " |
| "bajo, o (posiblemente) causarán un incremento del número mayor de versión." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:79 deb-control.5:271 deb-src-control.5:327 deb-split.5:49 |
| #: deb-version.5:116 deb-old.5:51 deb-override.5:62 deb-extra-override.5:37 |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:61 deb-substvars.5:154 deb-symbols.5:61 deb-triggers.5:67 |
| #: dpkg.1:768 dpkg-architecture.1:299 dpkg.cfg.5:23 dpkg-buildpackage.1:249 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:259 dpkg-divert.8:132 dpkg-gensymbols.1:450 dpkg-name.1:96 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:220 dpkg-scanpackages.1:110 dpkg-scansources.1:71 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:324 dpkg-source.1:725 dpkg-split.1:217 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 dpkg-trigger.1:66 dselect.1:445 dselect.cfg.5:23 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:508 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SEE ALSO" |
| msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:82 |
| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-control.5:3 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-control" |
| msgstr "deb-control" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:6 |
| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" |
| msgstr "" |
| "deb-control - Formato del fichero de control maestro de paquetes de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:9 deb-src-control.5:9 |
| msgid "control" |
| msgstr "control" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " |
| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field " |
| "begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), " |
| "followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only " |
| "by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, " |
| "but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the " |
| "body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see " |
| "below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada paquete de Debian contiene un fichero maestro «control» con varios " |
| "campos, o comentarios en aquellas líneas que empiezan con «B<#>». Cada campo " |
| "empieza con una etiqueta, como B<Package> o B<Version> (sin distinción entre " |
| "mayúsculas y minúsculas), seguido de dos puntos y el cuerpo del campo. Sólo " |
| "las etiquetas limitan los campos. En otras palabras, el texto de los campos " |
| "puede ser de varias líneas pero las herramientas de instalación las juntarán " |
| "todas en una sola al procesar el cuerpo del campo (excepto el campo " |
| "B<Description>, véase más abajo)." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:25 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" |
| msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--package>I< package>" |
| msgid "B<Package:>I< package-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--package>I< paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:30 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " |
| "file names by most installation tools." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El valor de este campo determina el nombre del paquete, y casi todas las " |
| "herramientas de instalación lo usan para generar nombres de ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:30 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Version:>I< version-string>" |
| msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>cadena-de-caracteres-con-el-número-de-versiónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " |
| "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " |
| "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " |
| "in B<deb-version>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Generalmente, es la versión original del paquete en el formato que use el " |
| "autor. Puede también incluir el número de revisión de Debian (para paquetes " |
| "que no sean nativos). El formato exacto y el algoritmo de ordenación se " |
| "describen en B<deb-version>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:37 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< fullname-email>" |
| msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nombre-completo correo-electrónicoE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " |
| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " |
| "the software that was packaged." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debería tener un formato del tipo «Fernando Fernández E<lt>ffdez@tal." |
| "comE<gt>». Generalmente, es la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, y no " |
| "su autor original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:42 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Description:>I< short-description>" |
| msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>descripción-cortaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:45 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B< >I<long-description>" |
| msgstr "B< >E<lt>descripción-largaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " |
| "line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " |
| "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " |
| "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " |
| "contain a single '.' following the preceding space." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de la descripción de un paquete consiste de un resumen en la " |
| "primera línea (después del campo «Description»). Las líneas a continuación " |
| "se deberían usar para la descripción más larga y detallada. Un espacio debe " |
| "preceder cada línea de la descripción larga, y las líneas en blanco deben " |
| "tener un único punto «.» a continuación del espacio precedente." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:52 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" |
| msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:53 deb-src-control.5:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Section:>I< section>" |
| msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>secciónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " |
| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " |
| "`text', `x11' etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es un campo general que define la categoría del paquete basándose en el " |
| "programa que instala. Algunas secciones comunes son «utils», «net», «mail», " |
| "«text», «x11» etc." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:58 deb-src-control.5:96 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>" |
| msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioridadE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " |
| "Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define la importancia del paquete en relación con todo el sistema. Algunas " |
| "prioridades comunes son «required», «standard», «optional», «extra» etc." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:71 deb-src-control.5:109 |
| msgid "" |
| "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " |
| "accepted values based on the Policy Manual. A list of these values can be " |
| "obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En Debian los campos B<Section> y B<Priority> tienen definidos un conjunto " |
| "reducido de valores válidos de acuerdo al Manual de Normas de Debian. Puede " |
| "obtener una lista completa de estos valores con la última versión del " |
| "paquete B<debian-policy>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:71 deb-src-control.5:216 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" |
| msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:78 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " |
| #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " |
| #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be " |
| #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)." |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " |
| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " |
| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " |
| "(at least not without using one of the force options)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Generalmente, este campo sólo se necesita cuando la respuesta es «yes» (sí). " |
| "Indica un paquete necesario (esencial) para el correcto funcionamiento del " |
| "sistema. Dpkg o cualquier otra herramienta de instalación impiden " |
| "desinstalar un paquete B<Essential> (al menos sin usar opciones de forzado). " |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:78 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" |
| msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:86 |
| msgid "" |
| "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " |
| "for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " |
| "etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " |
| "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " |
| "documentation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La arquitectura para la que se compiló el paquete. Arquitecturas comunes son " |
| "«i386», «m68k», «sparc», «alpha», «powerpc», etc. Tenga en cuenta que la " |
| "opción B<all> es para paquetes independientes de la arquitectura como lo son " |
| "los scripts de Perl o documentación." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:86 deb-src-control.5:85 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Origin:> E<lt>nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" |
| msgstr "B<Origin:> E<lt>nombreE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:89 |
| msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." |
| msgstr "El nombre de la distribución origen del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:89 deb-src-control.5:66 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:94 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The url of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| #| "format is B<E<lt>bts_typeE<gt>://E<lt>bts_addressE<gt>>, like B<debbugs://" |
| #| "bugs.debian.org>." |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La dirección url del sistema de seguimiento de fallos de este paquete. El " |
| "formato usado actualmente es: B<E<lt>tipo-btsE<gt>://E<lt>direccion-" |
| "btsE<gt>>, por ejemplo B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:94 deb-src-control.5:62 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Homepage:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<Homepage:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:97 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The upstream project home page URL." |
| msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." |
| msgstr "La dirección url de la página oficial del autor original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:97 deb-src-control.5:222 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Tag:> E<lt>tag listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Tag:> E<lt>lista-de-etiquetasE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:101 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " |
| "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de etiquetas que describen las características del paquete. La lista y " |
| "descripción de las etiquetas aceptadas se pueden encontrar en el paquete " |
| "B<debtags>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:101 deb-src-control.5:219 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" |
| msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nombre-del-código-fuenteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-" |
| "arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-" |
| "installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the dependency " |
| "of any package of a different architecture from itself. The value B<foreign> " |
| "means that the package is not co-installable with itself, but should be " |
| "allowed to satisfy the dependency of a package of a different arch from " |
| "itself. The value B<allowed> allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in " |
| "their Depends field that they need a package from a foreign architecture, " |
| "but has no effect otherwise. This field should not be present in packages " |
| "with the B<Architecture: all> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:113 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Source:>I< source-name>" |
| msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nombre-del-código-fuenteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:117 |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " |
| "different than the name of the package itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre del paquete fuente del que proviene el paquete binario, en caso de " |
| "tener un nombre diferente al paquete original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:118 deb-src-control.5:202 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:121 deb-src-control.5:205 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>versionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>versiónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:124 deb-src-control.5:208 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Date:> E<lt>dateE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<Date:> E<lt>fechaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:131 deb-src-control.5:215 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " |
| "See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the B<debian-" |
| "installer> package for more details about them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:132 deb-src-control.5:233 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " |
| "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " |
| "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " |
| "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " |
| "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields are " |
| "run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, in a " |
| "removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the packages " |
| "listed in its Depends: field." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes necesarios para que el paquete ofrezca una funcionalidad " |
| "aceptable. El gestor de paquetes no instalará el programa a menos que se " |
| "instalen previamente todos los programas listados en el campo B<Depends> (al " |
| "menos sin tener que usar las opciones de forzado). Una instalación siempre " |
| "ejecutará los scripts «postinst» (post-instalación) de los paquetes listados " |
| "bajo «Depends:» antes de los del programa que depende de ellos. Por otra " |
| "parte, al eliminar un paquete, ejecutará los scripts de «prerm» (pre-" |
| "eliminación) de este antes de los scripts de los paquetes listados en su " |
| "campo «Depends:»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:143 deb-src-control.5:236 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " |
| "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " |
| "requires another package for running its preinst script." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes que deben estar instalados B<y> configurados antes de la " |
| "instalación del paquete. Se suele usar en caso de que el paquete requiera " |
| "algún otro paquete para la ejecución de su script «preinst»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:150 deb-src-control.5:239 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:157 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " |
| "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " |
| "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes que habitualmente estarían instalados con este paquete. El " |
| "programa de gestión de paquetes avisará al usuario si instala un paquete sin " |
| "los paquetes listados en su campo B<Recommends>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:157 deb-src-control.5:242 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:162 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " |
| "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " |
| "reasonable." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes relacionados con el paquete y que probablemente mejoran su " |
| "utilidad, aunque debe ser perfectamente razonable instalar el programa sin " |
| "éstos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:174 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " |
| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " |
| "packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " |
| "separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " |
| "pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " |
| "version number specification in parentheses." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La sintaxis de los campos B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> y " |
| "B<Suggests> es una lista de grupos de paquetes alternativos. Cada grupo es " |
| "una lista de paquetes separado por una barra vertical «|». Los grupos se " |
| "separan mediante comas. Las comas se leen como «AND», y las barras " |
| "horizontales como «OR», lo cual se evalúa antes que «AND». Cada elemento es " |
| "un nombre de paquete que puede ir seguido de un número de versión definido " |
| "entre paréntesis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:180 |
| msgid "" |
| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " |
| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " |
| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " |
| "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " |
| "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un número de versión puede empezar con «E<gt>E<gt>», en cuyo caso cualquier " |
| "versión posterior encajaría, siendo posible omitir el número de revisión de " |
| "Debian (separado por un guión). Las relaciones de versión válidas son " |
| "«E<gt>E<gt>» para mayor que, «E<lt>E<lt>» para menor que,«E<gt>=» para mayor " |
| "o igual que, «E<lt>=» para menor o igual y «=» para igual que." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:180 deb-src-control.5:245 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Breaks:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Breaks:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " |
| "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " |
| "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " |
| "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes que este paquete rompe, por ejemplo, al generar fallos " |
| "cuando los paquetes mencionados dependen de éste. El programa de gestión de " |
| "paquetes impedirá la configuración de paquetes rotos; la solución más común " |
| "es actualizar los paquetes mencionados en el campo B<Breaks>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:188 deb-src-control.5:254 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:196 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " |
| "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " |
| "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " |
| "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes que entran en conflicto con éste, por ejemplo, por que " |
| "contienen ficheros con el mismo nombre. El programa de gestión de paquetes " |
| "impedirá que dos paquetes en conflicto estén instalados a la vez. Dos " |
| "paquetes con conflictos entre ellos deben incluir al otro en su campo " |
| "B<Conflicts>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:196 deb-src-control.5:251 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:204 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " |
| "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " |
| "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " |
| "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes que este paquete reemplaza. Se usa para permitir que el " |
| "paquete sobreescriba los ficheros de otro paquete, habitualmente listado " |
| "también en el campo B<Conflicts> para forzar la desinstalación del otro " |
| "paquete en caso de que este paquete tenga ficheros con el mismo nombre." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:204 deb-src-control.5:257 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:214 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " |
| "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " |
| "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " |
| "common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " |
| "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " |
| "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " |
| "having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " |
| "the list." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista de paquetes virtuales proporcionados por este paquete. Habitualmente, " |
| "se usa cuando hay varios paquetes que proporcionan el mismo servicio. Por " |
| "ejemplo, tanto sendmail como exim pueden servir como servidor de correo, y " |
| "por ello ambos proporcionan el paquete «mail-transport-agent», del cual " |
| "pueden depender otros paquetes. Esto permite que tanto sendmail como exim " |
| "sean una opción válida para satisfacer la dependencia. Esto evita que un " |
| "paquete dependiente de un servidor de correo necesite conocer los nombres de " |
| "todos los paquetes de los servidores de correo, usando una «|» para " |
| "separarlos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:233 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list " |
| "of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the " |
| "B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. An " |
| "optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the " |
| "B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La sintaxis de B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> y B<Provides> es una " |
| "lista de nombres de paquete separados por comas (y opcionalmente espacios en " |
| "blanco). En el campo B<Conflicts> la coma se lee como «OR». Además, puede " |
| "proporcionar una versión opcional con la misma sintaxis de arriba en los " |
| "campos B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> y B<Replaces>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:234 deb-src-control.5:260 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:244 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " |
| "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " |
| "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " |
| "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " |
| "with strict (=) version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " |
| "software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a B<Built-" |
| "Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:245 deb-src-control.5:288 start-stop-daemon.8:302 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXAMPLE" |
| msgstr "EJEMPLO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:268 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Comment\n" |
| "Package: grep\n" |
| "Essential: yes\n" |
| "Priority: required\n" |
| "Section: base\n" |
| "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "Architecture: sparc\n" |
| "Version: 2.4-1\n" |
| "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" |
| "Provides: rgrep\n" |
| "Conflicts: rgrep\n" |
| "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" |
| " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" |
| " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" |
| " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" |
| " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" |
| " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" |
| " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" |
| " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" |
| " will run more slowly, however).\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Package: grep\n" |
| "Essential: yes\n" |
| "Priority: required\n" |
| "Section: base\n" |
| "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "Architecture: sparc\n" |
| "Version: 2.4-1\n" |
| "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" |
| "Provides: rgrep\n" |
| "Conflicts: rgrep\n" |
| "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" |
| " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" |
| " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" |
| " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" |
| " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" |
| " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" |
| " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" |
| " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" |
| " will run more slowly, however.)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:276 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:3 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "deb-control" |
| msgid "deb-src-control" |
| msgstr "deb-control" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:6 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" |
| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" |
| msgstr "" |
| "deb-control - Formato del fichero de control maestro de paquetes de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each Debian source package contains the master \"control\" file, which " |
| "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " |
| "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while " |
| "each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " |
| "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " |
| "such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " |
| "the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, " |
| "but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least " |
| "one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a " |
| "single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, " |
| "see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot " |
| "after the space. Lines starting with a B<'#'> are treated as comments." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:29 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" |
| msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" |
| msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:30 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nombre-del-código-fuenteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " |
| "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " |
| "must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " |
| "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " |
| "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:38 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nombre-completo correo-electrónicoE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:43 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " |
| #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " |
| #| "the software that was packaged." |
| msgid "" |
| "Should be in the format \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\", and " |
| "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " |
| "author of the software or the original packager." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debería tener un formato del tipo «Fernando Fernández E<lt>ffdez@tal." |
| "comE<gt>». Generalmente, es la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, y no " |
| "su autor original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:44 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" |
| msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nombre-completo correo-electrónicoE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " |
| "the same format as the Maintainer field. Multiple co-maintainers should be " |
| "separated by a comma." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:50 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" |
| msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>cadena-de-caracteres-con-el-número-de-versiónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "This documents the most recent version of the standards (which consists of " |
| "the Debian Policy Manual and referenced texts from the B<debian-policy> " |
| "package) this package complies to." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:57 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>" |
| msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field indicates whether the package can be uploaded by Debian " |
| "Maintainers appearing in the Maintainer or Uploaders field. The default " |
| "value is \"no\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:65 |
| msgid "The upstream project home page URL." |
| msgstr "La dirección url de la página oficial del autor original." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:71 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The url of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| #| "format is B<E<lt>bts_typeE<gt>://E<lt>bts_addressE<gt>>, like B<debbugs://" |
| #| "bugs.debian.org>." |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian." |
| "org>. This field is usually not needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La dirección url del sistema de seguimiento de fallos de este paquete. El " |
| "formato usado actualmente es: B<E<lt>tipo-btsE<gt>://E<lt>direccion-" |
| "btsE<gt>>, por ejemplo B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:72 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Vcs-*:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " |
| "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " |
| "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). " |
| "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the " |
| "main branch or the trunk." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:80 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:89 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " |
| "usually not needed." |
| msgstr "El nombre de la distribución origen del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:95 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " |
| #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', " |
| #| "`mail', `text', `x11' etc." |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " |
| "software that it installs. Some common sections are \"utils\", \"net\", " |
| "\"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\", etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es un campo general que define la categoría del paquete basándose en el " |
| "programa que instala. Algunas secciones comunes son «utils», «net», «mail», " |
| "«text», «x11» etc." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:100 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a " |
| #| "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' " |
| #| "etc." |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " |
| "Common priorities are \"required\", \"standard\", \"optional\", \"extra\", " |
| "etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define la importancia del paquete en relación con todo el sistema. Algunas " |
| "prioridades comunes son «required», «standard», «optional», «extra» etc." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:110 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:114 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " |
| #| "currently selected package." |
| msgid "" |
| "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " |
| "build the source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual del paquete " |
| "seleccionado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:115 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:120 |
| msgid "" |
| "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " |
| "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " |
| "in this case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:121 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:125 |
| msgid "" |
| "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is build, " |
| "for example because they interfere with the used build system." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:126 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:130 |
| msgid "" |
| "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " |
| "independent packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:141 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " |
| #| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list " |
| #| "of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The " |
| #| "groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes " |
| #| "as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally " |
| #| "followed by a version number specification in parentheses." |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends> and B<Build-Depends-Indep> fields is a " |
| "list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of packages " |
| "separated by vertical bar (or \"pipe\") symbols, \"|\". The groups are " |
| "separated by commas. Commas are to be read as \"AND\", and pipes as \"OR\", " |
| "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by " |
| "a version number specification in parentheses and an architecture " |
| "specification in square brackets." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La sintaxis de los campos B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> y " |
| "B<Suggests> es una lista de grupos de paquetes alternativos. Cada grupo es " |
| "una lista de paquetes separado por una barra vertical «|». Los grupos se " |
| "separan mediante comas. Las comas se leen como «AND», y las barras " |
| "horizontales como «OR», lo cual se evalúa antes que «AND». Cada elemento es " |
| "un nombre de paquete que puede ir seguido de un número de versión definido " |
| "entre paréntesis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> fields is " |
| "a list of comma-separated package names, where the comma is read as an \"AND" |
| "\". Specifying alternative packages using a \"pipe\" is not supported. Each " |
| "package name is optionally followed by a version number specification in " |
| "parentheses and an architecture specification in square brackets." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:156 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " |
| #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " |
| #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>" |
| #| "\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater " |
| #| "than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for " |
| #| "equal to." |
| msgid "" |
| "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later " |
| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " |
| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " |
| "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " |
| "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un número de versión puede empezar con «E<gt>E<gt>», en cuyo caso cualquier " |
| "versión posterior encajaría, siendo posible omitir el número de revisión de " |
| "Debian (separado por un guión). Las relaciones de versión válidas son " |
| "«E<gt>E<gt>» para mayor que, «E<lt>E<lt>» para menor que,«E<gt>=» para mayor " |
| "o igual que, «E<lt>=» para menor o igual y «=» para igual que." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:160 |
| msgid "" |
| "A architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " |
| "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " |
| "names, meaning \"NOT\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " |
| "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " |
| "list of these packages is in the build-essential package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:167 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" |
| msgid "BINARY FIELDS" |
| msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:176 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " |
| "a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:177 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nombre-del-paqueteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:181 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " |
| "to a source package name apply." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:182 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " |
| "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " |
| "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " |
| "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " |
| "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. " |
| "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>(1) for more information about them)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:196 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>" |
| msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nombre-del-paqueteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:201 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field defines the type of the package. \"udeb\" is for size-constrained " |
| "packages used by the debian installer. \"deb\" is the default value, it's " |
| "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:225 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>descripción-cortaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " |
| "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:248 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>lista-de-paquetesE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:270 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " |
| "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:271 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" |
| msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" |
| msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:286 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " |
| "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " |
| "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " |
| "naming scheme: the fields should start with a X, followed by one or more of " |
| "the letters BCS and a hypen. If the letter B is used, the field will appear " |
| "in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-control>(5), for the " |
| "letter S in the source package control file as constructed by B<dpkg-source>" |
| "(1) and for the letter C in the upload control (.changes) file. Note that " |
| "the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped when the fields are copied over to the " |
| "output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as B<Approved-By> in the " |
| "changes file and will not appear in the binary or source package control " |
| "files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:304 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Comment\n" |
| "Source: dpkg\n" |
| "Section: admin\n" |
| "Priority: required\n" |
| "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" |
| "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" |
| "Homepage: http://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" |
| "Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=dpkg/dpkg.git\n" |
| "Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" |
| "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" |
| "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" |
| " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:323 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Package: dpkg-dev\n" |
| "Section: utils\n" |
| "Priority: optional\n" |
| "Architecture: all\n" |
| "# this is a custom field in the binary package\n" |
| "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n" |
| " bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" |
| "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" |
| "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" |
| "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" |
| "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" |
| "Description: Debian package development tools\n" |
| " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" |
| " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" |
| " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:330 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" |
| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" |
| msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-split.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-split" |
| msgstr "deb-split" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-split.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "2010-03-07" |
| msgid "2011-07-04" |
| msgstr "7 de Marzo de 2010" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" |
| msgstr "deb-split - Formato de paquete binario dividido de Debian" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:9 |
| msgid "" |
| "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " |
| "pieces to ease transport in small media." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de paquete binario dividido B<.deb> se usa para dividir paquetes " |
| "grandes en pequeñas partes, facilitando su transferencia en dispositivos con " |
| "poca capacidad de almacenamiento." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " |
| "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero es un archivo B<ar> con un valor mágico de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. " |
| "Los nombres de fichero pueden contener una barra al final (a partir de la " |
| "versión 1.15.6 de dpkg)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " |
| "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: deb-split.5:15 deb-split.5:18 deb-split.5:20 deb-split.5:22 deb-split.5:24 |
| #: deb-split.5:26 deb-split.5:28 deb-split.5:31 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22 dpkg-gensymbols.1:24 dpkg-gensymbols.1:26 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:311 dpkg-gensymbols.1:317 dpkg-gensymbols.1:351 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:355 dpkg-gensymbols.1:358 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\(bu" |
| msgstr "\\(bu" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:20 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The source package version." |
| msgid "The package name." |
| msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The source package version." |
| msgid "The package version." |
| msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:24 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The source package version." |
| msgid "The md5sum of the package." |
| msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The header line above the list of packages." |
| msgid "The total size of the package." |
| msgstr "La línea de cabecera encima de la lista de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:28 |
| msgid "The maximum part size." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " |
| "(as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:33 |
| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for additional " |
| "lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los programas que lean paquetes binarios divididos deberían estar preparados " |
| "en caso de encontrar nuevas líneas, e ignorarlas en caso de aparecer." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:41 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the version number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " |
| "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " |
| "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " |
| "(except at the end), as described below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si el número de versión mayor ha cambiado es que hay cambios incompatibles y " |
| "el programa se debería detener. De no ser así, se debería poder seguir sin " |
| "problemas, a no ser que se encuentre un miembro no esperado en el archivo " |
| "(excepto al final), como se describe más abajo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:44 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The second, last required member is named B<data.>N, where N denotes the " |
| #| "part number. It contains the raw part data." |
| msgid "" |
| "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " |
| "the part number. It contains the raw part data." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El segundo y último miembro obligatorio se llama B<data.>N. «N» simboliza el " |
| "número de la parte y contiene los datos no procesados de la parte." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:49 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations " |
| #| "should ignore any additional members after B<data.>N. Further members " |
| #| "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after " |
| #| "these two." |
| msgid "" |
| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " |
| "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " |
| "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estos miembros deben aparecer en este orden. Las implementaciones actuales " |
| "deberían ignorar cualquier miembro adicional después de B<data.>N. Podrán " |
| "definirse nuevos miembros en el futuro, y se pondrán, si es posible, después " |
| "de éstos dos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:51 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-version.5:5 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-version" |
| msgstr "deb-version" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:8 |
| msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" |
| msgstr "deb-version - Formato del número de versión de paquete de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:11 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "[ I<epoch>:] I<upstream_version> [-I<debian_revision> ]" |
| msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" |
| msgstr "[ I<epoch>:] I<versión-autor-original> [-I<revisión-debian> ]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " |
| "three components. These are:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los números de versión usados en los paquetes fuente y binarios de Debian, " |
| "consisten de tres componentes. Estos son:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:14 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<epoch>" |
| msgstr "I<epoch>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:20 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, " |
| #| "in which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the " |
| #| "I<upstream_version> may not contain any colons." |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " |
| "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " |
| "may not contain any colons." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es un sólo entero sin signo (generalmente pequeño). Se puede omitir, en cuyo " |
| "caso se asume cero. Si se omite, I<versión-autor-original> no debe contener " |
| "ningún símbolo de dos puntos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " |
| "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " |
| "left behind." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Está presente para permitir errores en los números de versiones anteriores " |
| "de un paquete, y también los esquemas de numeración anteriores de un " |
| "paquete, a desechar en un futuro." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:24 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "I<upstream_version>" |
| msgid "I<upstream-version>" |
| msgstr "I<versión-autor-original>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:34 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " |
| "number of the original (\"upstream\") package from which the I<.deb> file " |
| "has been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same " |
| "format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to " |
| "be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " |
| "comparison scheme." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta es la parte principal del número de versión. Habitualmente, es igual al " |
| "número de versión del paquete del autor original del cual se genera el " |
| "fichero «.deb». Suele estar en el mismo formato que el especificado por el o " |
| "los autor(es) originales; sin embargo, algunas veces puede tener otro " |
| "formato para encajar con el formato del sistema de gestión de paquetes y el " |
| "esquema de comparación." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:39 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to " |
| #| "the I<upstream_version> is described below. The I<upstream_version> " |
| #| "portion of the version number is mandatory." |
| msgid "" |
| "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " |
| "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " |
| "the version number is mandatory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El funcionamiento del proceso de comparación del sistema de paquetes " |
| "respecto a la I<versión-autor-original> se describe a continuación. La " |
| "sección I<versión-autor-original> es obligatoria en el número de versión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:48 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The I<upstream_version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") " |
| #| "and the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, " |
| #| "colon, tilde) and should start with a digit. If there is no " |
| #| "I<debian_revision> then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> " |
| #| "then colons are not allowed." |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") and " |
| "the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, " |
| "tilde) and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> " |
| "then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not " |
| "allowed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La I<versión-autor-original> solo puede contener letras y números («A-Za-" |
| "z0-9») y los caracteres B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (punto, suma, guión, dos " |
| "puntos y virgulilla) y debe comenzar con un dígito. Si no existe I<revisión-" |
| "debian> no se permiten los guiones; si no hay I<epoch>, tampoco se permiten " |
| "los dos puntos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:48 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "I<debian_revision>" |
| msgid "I<debian-revision>" |
| msgstr "I<revisión-debian>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:57 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian " |
| #| "package based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics " |
| #| "and the characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is " |
| #| "compared in the same way as the I<upstream_version> is." |
| msgid "" |
| "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " |
| "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " |
| "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " |
| "same way as the I<upstream-version> is." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta parte del número de versión define la versión del paquete de Debian en " |
| "base a la versión del desarrollador original. Sólo puede contener caracteres " |
| "alfanuméricos, además de los caracteres B<+> B<.> B<~> (más, punto, " |
| "virgulilla) y se compara de la misma manera que se compara I<versión-autor-" |
| "original>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:64 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream_version> may not " |
| #| "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of " |
| #| "software was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and " |
| #| "so there is only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision " |
| #| "indication is required." |
| msgid "" |
| "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " |
| "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " |
| "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " |
| "only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision indication is " |
| "required." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es opcional; si no está presente I<versión-autor-original> no puede contener " |
| "un guión. Este formato representa el caso en el que un programa fue escrito " |
| "específicamente para ser un paquete de Debian, y por ello sólo existe una " |
| "«debianización» del mismo. En este caso no se requiere un número de revisión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:68 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "It is conventional to restart the I<debian_revision> at '1' each time " |
| #| "time the I<upstream_version> is increased." |
| msgid "" |
| "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at '1' each time time " |
| "the I<upstream-version> is increased." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por lo general la I<revisón-debian> se reinicia con «1» cada vez que crece " |
| "la I<versión-autor-original>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:76 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " |
| #| "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream_version> and " |
| #| "I<debian_revision>. The absence of a I<debian_revision> compares earlier " |
| #| "than the presence of one (but note that the I<debian_revision> is the " |
| #| "least significant part of the version number)." |
| msgid "" |
| "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " |
| "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-" |
| "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the " |
| "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " |
| "significant part of the version number)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Dpkg separará el número de versión en el último guión en la cadena (si hay " |
| "alguno) para determinar la I<versión-autor-original> y la I<revisión-" |
| "debian>. La ausencia de I<revisión-debian> se verifica antes que la " |
| "presencia de la misma (pero tenga en cuenta que I<revisión-debian> es la " |
| "parte menos significativa del número de versión)." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-version.5:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Sorting Algorithm" |
| msgstr "Algoritmo de ordenación" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:80 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The I<upstream_version> and I<debian_revision> parts are compared by the " |
| #| "package management system using the same algorithm:" |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " |
| "package management system using the same algorithm:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las partes I<revisión-autor-original> y I<revisión-debian> se comparan con " |
| "el sistema de gestión de paquetes usando el mismo algoritmo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:82 |
| msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." |
| msgstr "Las cadenas se comparan de izquierda a derecha." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:92 |
| msgid "" |
| "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " |
| "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " |
| "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " |
| "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " |
| "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " |
| "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " |
| "sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, 'a'." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Primero se determina la parte inicial de cada cadena que consiste sólo de " |
| "caracteres no numéricos. Esas dos partes (una de las cuales puede estar " |
| "vacía) se comparan léxicamente. Si se encuentra una diferencia, se devuelve. " |
| "La comparación léxica es una comparación de valores ASCII modificado para " |
| "que todas las letras se ordenen antes que los caracteres que no son letras, " |
| "de manera que la virgulilla aparezca en primer lugar, incluso antes que el " |
| "fin de una sección. Por ejemplo, las siguientes partes están ordenadas: " |
| "«~~», «~~a', «~», la sección vacía, «a»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " |
| "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " |
| "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " |
| "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " |
| "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tras esto, se determina la sección inicial del resto de cada cadena que " |
| "consiste sólo de dígitos. Los valores numéricos de estas dos secciones se " |
| "comparan, y cualquier diferencia encontrada se devuelve como resultado de la " |
| "comparación. Para este propósito, una cadena vacía (que sólo aparece al " |
| "final de una o de las dos cadenas comparadas) tiene un valor de cero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:104 |
| msgid "" |
| "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " |
| "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " |
| "strings are exhausted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estos dos pasos (comparar y eliminar caracteres iniciales no numéricos y " |
| "numéricos del principio de las cadenas) se repiten hasta que se encuentre " |
| "una diferencia o que se hayan analizado totalmente las dos cadenas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " |
| "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " |
| "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " |
| "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " |
| "interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tenga en cuenta que el propósito del campo I<epoch> es obviar errores en los " |
| "números de versión, y para hacer frente a situaciones donde se cambia el " |
| "esquema de numeración de versiones. B<No> está diseñado para situaciones " |
| "donde los números de versión tienen cadenas o letras que el gestor de " |
| "paquetes no puede interpretar (como «ALPHA» o ,«pre-») o con ordenamientos " |
| "confusos." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-version.5:112 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "CAVEATS" |
| msgstr "ADVERTENCIAS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " |
| "dpkg, version 1.10 and some parts of dpkg-dev only gained support for it " |
| "later in the 1.10.x series." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El carácter de virgulilla (~) y sus propiedades especiales de búsqueda se " |
| "introdujeron en la versión 1.10 de dpkg, y algunas partes de dpkg-dev sólo " |
| "añadieron la compatibilidad con esto más tarde, con la serie 1.10.x" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:120 |
| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" |
| msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-version.5:120 dpkg.1:783 dpkg-buildpackage.1:257 dpkg-distaddfile.1:47 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:148 dpkg-gencontrol.1:142 dpkg-gensymbols.1:460 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:123 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:329 dpkg-source.1:730 dselect.1:451 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:323 update-alternatives.8:494 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "AUTHORS" |
| msgstr "AUTORES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:122 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1996,1997,1998 Ian Jackson and Christian Schwarz" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 1996,1997,1998 Ian Jackson y Christian Schwarz" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:124 dpkg-buildpackage.1:263 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2007 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:126 deb-substvars.5:167 dpkg-buildflags.1:273 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:267 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:44 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:269 dpkg-divert.8:139 dpkg-genchanges.1:154 |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:150 dpkg-gensymbols.1:464 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:139 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:71 dpkg-name.1:108 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:131 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:219 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:339 dpkg-source.1:738 dpkg-split.1:227 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:91 dpkg-vendor.1:53 update-alternatives.8:501 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " |
| "for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " |
| "General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-old.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-old" |
| msgstr "deb-old" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" |
| msgstr "deb-old - Antiguo formato de paquete binario de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " |
| "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" |
| "(5) for details of the new format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato B<.deb> es el formato de fichero de paquete binario de Debian. " |
| "Esta página de manual describe el formato B<antiguo>, usado previamente a la " |
| "versión 0.93 de Debian. Consulte el manual B<deb>(5) para más detalles sobre " |
| "el nuevo formato." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " |
| "concatenated gzipped ustar files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero está formado por dos lineas con información del formato en texto " |
| "ASCII, seguido por dos ficheros ustar concatenados y comprimidos vía gzip." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " |
| "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La primera línea indica la versión del formato completada con 0 hasta cubrir " |
| "8 dígitos, y es B<0.939000> para todos los archivos con formato antiguo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " |
| "length of the first gzipped tarfile." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La segunda línea es un número decimal (sin ceros precedentes) que indica el " |
| "tamaño del primer fichero tar comprimido con gzip." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:30 |
| msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." |
| msgstr "Cada línea finaliza con un único carácter de nueva línea." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " |
| "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " |
| "information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El primer fichero tar contiene la información de control como un conjunto de " |
| "ficheros comunes. El fichero B<control> debe estar presente, ya que contiene " |
| "la información de control básica." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " |
| "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " |
| "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " |
| "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " |
| "for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En algunos archivos muy antiguos, los ficheros de control en el fichero tar " |
| "pueden estar opcionalmente en un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN>. En este caso, el " |
| "subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> estará también en el fichero tar de control, y el " |
| "fichero tar de control tendrá solamente archivos en este directorio. De " |
| "forma opcional, el fichero tar podrá contener una entrada para «B<.>», esto " |
| "es, el directorio actual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " |
| "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " |
| "pathnames do not have leading slashes." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El segundo fichero tar comprimido con gzip es el archivo del sistema de " |
| "ficheros, que contiene las rutas relativas al directorio raíz del sistema " |
| "donde se instalará. Los nombres de ruta no tienen barras precedentes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:54 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-override.5:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-override" |
| msgstr "deb-override" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #: deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg utilities" |
| msgstr "Herramientas de dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:18 |
| msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" |
| msgstr "deb-override - Fichero de sustituciones de archivo de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:21 deb-extra-override.5:7 |
| msgid "override" |
| msgstr "override" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " |
| "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " |
| "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " |
| "found in the override file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Mientras que la mayoría de la información acerca de los paquetes se " |
| "encuentra en el fichero de control parte de esta información se debe " |
| "rellenar por los encargados de planificar la distribución, en lugar de los " |
| "responsables de los paquetes, ofreciendo así una mayor consistencia global. " |
| "Esta información se encuentra en el fichero «override» (sustitución)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " |
| "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero «override» tiene un formato simple, delimitado por espacios en " |
| "blanco. Se permiten comentarios precedidos de B<#>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:37 |
| msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" |
| msgstr "I<paquete> I<prioridad> I<sección> [I<información-del-mantenedor>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " |
| "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<paquete> El nombre del paquete. Se ignorarán las entradas en el fichero " |
| "«override» de paquetes no encontrados en el árbol de paquetes binarios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " |
| "available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<prioridad> y I<sección> se corresponden con sus respectivos campos de " |
| "control disponibles en el «.deb». Los valores permitidos se listan en el " |
| "Manual de Normas de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " |
| "unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " |
| "to perform a substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| "De estar presente I<información-del-mantenedor>, puede ser el nombre del " |
| "responsable de un «override» incondicional, o bien I<antiguo-mantenedor> " |
| "B<=E<gt>> I<nuevo-mantenedor> para hacer una sustitución." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " |
| "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede encontrar los ficheros «override» que se usan para hacer las listas " |
| "«Packages» oficiales en el directorio «I<indices>» de cualquier réplica de " |
| "Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</" |
| "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</" |
| "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-extra-override" |
| msgstr "deb-extra-override" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-08-16" |
| msgstr "16 de Agosto de 2008" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" |
| msgstr "" |
| "deb-extra-override - Fichero de sustituciones adicional de archivo de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " |
| "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " |
| "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Mientras que puede encontrar la mayoría de la información de un paquete " |
| "binario o fuente en el fichero «control/.dsc», puede sustituir todo su " |
| "contenido al exportarlo a los ficheros «Packages» y «Sources». El fichero " |
| "«override» adicional (i.e. «override.lenny.extra.gz») contiene tales " |
| "sustituciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " |
| "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero «override» adicional tiene un formato simple, delimitado por " |
| "espacios en blanco. Se permiten comentarios precedidos de B<#>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:21 |
| msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" |
| msgstr "I<paquete> I<nombre-del-campo> I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:25 |
| msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." |
| msgstr "I<paquete> es el nombre del paquete binario o fuente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the " |
| "value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no " |
| "more than 3 columns when it's parsed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<nombre-del-campo> es el nombre del campo a sustituir, y I<valor> es el " |
| "valor a insertar en el campo. Puede contener espacios ya que la línea se " |
| "divide en al menos 3 columnas durante el análisis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " |
| "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros «override» adicionales que se usan para hacer las listas de " |
| "paquetes oficiales suelen encontrarse en el directorio I<indices> de " |
| "cualquier réplica de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:40 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-shlibs" |
| msgstr "deb-shlibs" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "2008-02-17" |
| msgstr "17 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:19 |
| msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" |
| msgstr "" |
| "deb-shlibs - Fichero de información de bibliotecas compartidas de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to " |
| "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " |
| "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " |
| "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " |
| "have the format" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<shlibs> crea una correlación entre los nombres y versiones de bibliotecas " |
| "compartidas (I<sonames>) y las dependencias, de manera adecuada para su " |
| "inclusión en el fichero de control del paquete. Se inserta una entrada por " |
| "línea, y las líneas vacías B<no> están permitidas. Las líneas que empiezan " |
| "con un carácter B<#> se consideran comentarios, y se ignorarán. Todas las " |
| "demás líneas deben seguir el formato" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:34 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "[I<type:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" |
| msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" |
| msgstr "[I<tipo:>] I<biblioteca> I<versión> I<dependencias>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " |
| "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " |
| "optional and normally not needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los campos I<biblioteca> y I<versión> se delimitan con espacios en blanco, " |
| "pero el campo de las I<dependencias> se extiende hasta el fin de línea. El " |
| "campo I<tipo> es opcional, y habitualmente innecesario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:40 |
| msgid "See the Debian Policy Manual for further details." |
| msgstr "Consulte el Manual de Normas de Debian para más detalles." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:41 deb-symbols.5:43 dpkg.1:714 dpkg-architecture.1:262 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:91 dpkg-name.1:65 update-alternatives.8:459 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXAMPLES" |
| msgstr "EJEMPLOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " |
| "provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" |
| msgstr "" |
| "El aspecto de un fichero B<shlibs> para un paquete típico de bibliotecas " |
| "llamado I<libcrunch1>, el cual proporciona una biblioteca cuyo «soname» es " |
| "II<libcrunch.so.1>, podría ser" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:52 |
| msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" |
| msgstr "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " |
| "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " |
| "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " |
| "dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy Manual " |
| "for details." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las I<dependencias> deben mencionar la versión más reciente del paquete que " |
| "añadió símbolos nuevos a la biblioteca: en el ejemplo anterior, les " |
| "añadieron símbolos nuevos en la versión 1.2 de I<libcrunch>. Esta no es la " |
| "única razón por la que se deben reforzar las relaciones de dependencia; una " |
| "vez más, consulte el Manual de Normas de Debian para más detalles." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:63 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-substvars" |
| msgstr "deb-substvars" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-07-15" |
| msgstr "15 de Julio de 2009" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:5 |
| msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" |
| msgstr "deb-substvars - Sustitución de variables de fuentes de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:8 |
| msgid "substvars" |
| msgstr "substvars" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:19 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " |
| "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " |
| "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " |
| "perform some variable substitutions on the output file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Antes de que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges> " |
| "escriban su información de control (al fichero B<.dsc> de control en el caso " |
| "de B<dpkg-source>, y a la salida estándar en el de B<dpkg-gencontrol> y " |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges>), realizan algunas sustituciones de variables en el " |
| "fichero de salida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " |
| "names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " |
| "alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " |
| "left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " |
| "for more substitutions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Una sustitución de variable tiene la forma B<${>I<nombre-de-variable>B<}>. " |
| "Los nombres de variable consisten de caracteres alfanuméricos, guiones y dos " |
| "puntos (:), y comienzan siempre con un carácter alfanumérico. La sustitución " |
| "de variables se lleva a cabo repetidamente hasta que no queda ninguna; el " |
| "texto completo del campo tras la sustitución se revisa de nuevo en busca de " |
| "más sustituciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" |
| "${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Después de que todas las sustituciones hayan tenido lugar, cada aparición de " |
| "la cadena B<${}> (que no es una sustitución legal) se reemplaza por un signo " |
| "B<$>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " |
| "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " |
| "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " |
| "and B<Architecture> fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A pesar de que la sustitución de variables se realiza sobre todos los " |
| "campos, algunos de estos campos se usan obligatoriamente durante la " |
| "construcción, cuando la sustitución aún no se ha ejecutado. Por ello, no " |
| "puede usar variables en los campos B<Package>, B<Source> y B<Architecture>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " |
| "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " |
| "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " |
| "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " |
| "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " |
| "field:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La sustitución de variables se ejecuta sobre el contenido de los campos " |
| "después de su análisis, y por ello no necesita incluir un espacio después de " |
| "la nueva línea para expandir una variable sobre varias líneas. Esto se hace " |
| "implícitamente cuando el campo se muestra por la salida. Por ejemplo, si la " |
| "variable B<${Description}> está definida como «foo es bar.${Newline}foo es " |
| "increíble.» y tiene el siguiente campo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " Description: foo application\n" |
| " ${Description}\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " More text.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " Description: aplicación foo\n" |
| " ${Description}\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " Más texto.\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:52 |
| msgid "It will result in:" |
| msgstr "El resultado sería:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:58 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " Description: foo application\n" |
| " foo is bar.\n" |
| " foo is great.\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " More text.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " Description: aplicación foo\n" |
| " foo es bar.\n" |
| " foo es increíble.\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " Más texto.\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " |
| "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " |
| "specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " |
| "I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " |
| "lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las variables se pueden definir usando la opción común B<-V>. También se " |
| "pueden especificar en el fichero B<debian/substvars> (u otro fichero " |
| "especificado mediante la opción B<-T>). Este fichero consiste de líneas con " |
| "la forma I<nombre>B<=>I<valor>. Los caracteres en blanco al final de cada " |
| "línea, las líneas vacías y las líneas que comiencen con el símbolo B<#> " |
| "(comentarios) son ignorados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:73 |
| msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "De manera adicional, las siguientes variables estándar están disponibles:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:73 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Arch>" |
| msgstr "B<Arch>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:77 |
| msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La arquitectura de construcción actual (de B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:77 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<source:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<source:Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:80 |
| msgid "The source package version." |
| msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" |
| msgstr "B<source:Upstream-Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " |
| "any." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La versión del paquete del autor original, incluyendo la versión «epoch» de " |
| "Debian, de existir." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:84 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<binary:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<binary:Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " |
| "for example)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La versión del paquete binario (puede ser distinto de «source:Version», por " |
| "ejemplo, con un NMU binario)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:88 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Source-Version>" |
| msgstr "B<Source-Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " |
| "B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " |
| "B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La versión del paquete fuente (del fichero de registro de cambios). Esta " |
| "variable está B<obsoleta>, ya que su significado difiere de su función. Use " |
| "B<source:Version> o B<binary:Version> según requiera la ocasión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Installed-Size>" |
| msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:102 |
| msgid "" |
| "The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " |
| "the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " |
| "that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " |
| "debian/tmp> to find the default value." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El tamaño total de los ficheros del paquete ya instalado. Este valor se " |
| "copia al campo del fichero de control correspondiente; definirlo modifica el " |
| "valor de dicho campo. Si la variable no está definida, B<dpkg-gencontrol> " |
| "usará B<du -k debian/tmp> para hallar el valor predefinido." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:102 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Extra-Size>" |
| msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " |
| "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " |
| "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " |
| "B<Installed-Size> control file field." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El espacio en disco adicional usado cuando se instala el paquete. Si se " |
| "define esta variable, su valor se añade al de la variable B<Installed-Size> " |
| "(tanto si se establece manualmente como si se usa el valor predefinido) " |
| "antes de copiarse al campo B<Installed-Size> del fichero de control." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" |
| msgstr "B<F:>I<nombre-campo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:118 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " |
| "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " |
| "on places where they are expanded explicitly." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El valor de la salida del campo I<nombre-campo> (que se debe proporcionar " |
| "siguiendo la convención de mayúsculas y minúsculas). Definir estas variables " |
| "no tiene ningún efecto excepto en aquellos lugares donde se expandan " |
| "explícitamente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Format>" |
| msgstr "B<Format>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " |
| "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " |
| "field in the B<.changes> file will change too." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato del fichero B<.changes> generado por esta versión de los scripts " |
| "de empaquetado de fuentes. Si define esta variable, el contenido del campo " |
| "B<Format> en el fichero B<.changes> cambiará igualmente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:128 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" |
| msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:131 |
| msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estas variables contienen cada una el carácter cuyo nombre especifican en " |
| "inglés. Nota del traductor: Newline = Retorno de línea, Space = Espacio, Tab " |
| "= Tabulador." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:131 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" |
| msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<campo-de-dependencia>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las variables con nombres de esta forma se generan mediante B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:135 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:138 |
| msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." |
| msgstr "La versión de la fuente original de dpkg." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:138 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:141 |
| msgid "The full version of dpkg." |
| msgstr "La versión completa de dpkg." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:144 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " |
| "empty value is assumed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se hace referencia a una variable pero no se define se genera un aviso y " |
| "se asume un valor vacío." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:145 dpkg.1:627 dpkg-architecture.1:284 dpkg.cfg.5:12 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:121 dpkg-distaddfile.1:39 dpkg-divert.8:122 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:138 dpkg-gencontrol.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:115 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:206 dpkg-statoverride.8:74 dselect.cfg.5:12 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:360 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FILES" |
| msgstr "FICHEROS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:146 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/substvars>" |
| msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:149 |
| msgid "List of substitution variables and values." |
| msgstr "Lista de variables a sustituir y valores." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:150 dpkg.1:780 dpkg-buildpackage.1:244 dpkg-deb.1:238 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:86 dpkg-source.1:722 dpkg-split.1:199 dselect.1:429 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:486 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "BUGS" |
| msgstr "FALLOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:153 dpkg-source.1:725 |
| msgid "" |
| "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " |
| "output field settings is rather confused." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No está claro el punto en el cual se produce la sustitución de campos, " |
| "comparado con ciertas opciones de los campos de salida estándar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:160 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>" |
| "(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>" |
| "(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:161 dpkg-architecture.1:303 dpkg.cfg.5:19 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:266 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:40 dpkg-deb.1:265 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:135 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66 dpkg-name.1:104 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:214 dpkg-scansources.1:76 dpkg-split.1:223 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:87 dpkg-vendor.1:48 dselect.cfg.5:19 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "AUTHOR" |
| msgstr "AUTOR" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:163 dpkg-buildpackage.1:259 dpkg-distaddfile.1:49 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:267 dpkg-genchanges.1:150 dpkg-gencontrol.1:144 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:125 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:331 dpkg-source.1:732 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:225 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:165 dpkg-buildpackage.1:261 dpkg-distaddfile.1:51 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:152 dpkg-gencontrol.1:146 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:127 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:333 dpkg-source.1:734 dpkg-statoverride.8:89 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2000 Wichert Akkerman" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2000 Wichert Akkerman" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-symbols.5:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-symbols" |
| msgstr "deb-symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:5 |
| msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" |
| msgstr "" |
| "deb-symbols - Fichero de Debian de información extendida de bibliotecas " |
| "compartidas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:8 |
| msgid "symbols" |
| msgstr "symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " |
| "these files is:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de una entrada de información de dependencia de una biblioteca " |
| "compartida en estos ficheros es el siguiente:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:14 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "E<lt>library sonameE<gt> E<lt>main dependency templateE<gt>" |
| msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>" |
| msgstr "E<lt>soname-bibliotecaE<gt> E<lt>plantilla-dependencia-principalE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:16 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "[ | E<lt>alternative dependency templateE<gt> ]" |
| msgid "[ | I<alternative-dependency-template> ]" |
| msgstr "[ | E<lt>plantilla-dependencia-alternativaE<gt> ]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:18 |
| msgid "[ ... ]" |
| msgstr "[ ... ]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:20 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "[ * E<lt>field-nameE<gt>: E<lt>field valueE<gt> ]" |
| msgid "[ * I<field-name>: I<field-value> ]" |
| msgstr "[ * E<lt>nombre-campoE<gt>: E<lt>valor-campoE<gt> ]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:23 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "[ ... ]\n" |
| #| " E<lt>symbolE<gt> E<lt>minimal versionE<gt>[ E<lt>id of dependency templateE<gt> ]\n" |
| msgid "" |
| "[ ... ]\n" |
| " I<symbol> I<minimal-version>[ I<id-of-dependency-template> ]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "[ ... ]\n" |
| " E<lt>símboloE<gt> E<lt>versión-mínimaE<gt>[ E<lt>identificador-plantilla-dependenciaE<gt> ]\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:29 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The I<library soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as " |
| #| "exported by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency template> is a dependency where " |
| #| "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like " |
| #| "\"(E<gt>= I<minimal version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned " |
| #| "dependency is deemed sufficient)." |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " |
| "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " |
| "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like \"(E<gt>= I<minimal-" |
| "version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed " |
| "sufficient)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La variable I<soname-biblioteca> es exactamente el valor del campo «SONAME» " |
| "tal y como exporta B<objdump>(1). Una I<plantilla-dependencia> es una " |
| "dependencia en la que I<#MINVER#> (versión mínima) se reemplaza " |
| "dinámicamente bien por una revisión de la versión como «(E<gt>= I<minimal " |
| "version>)», o nada, si se considera que es suficiente una dependencia sin " |
| "versión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:36 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> " |
| #| "being \"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a " |
| #| "I<minimal version> of its dependency template (the main dependency " |
| #| "template is used if I<id of dependency template> is not present). The " |
| #| "first alternative dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, " |
| #| "etc." |
| msgid "" |
| "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " |
| "\"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-" |
| "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is used if " |
| "I<id-of-dependency-template> is not present). The first alternative " |
| "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada I<símbolo> exportado (listado como I<nombre>@I<versión>, siendo " |
| "I<versión> «Base» si no se definió la versión de la biblioteca ) se asocia " |
| "con una I<versión mínima> de su plantilla de dependencia (se usará la " |
| "plantilla principal de dependencia de no estar presente el I<identificador-" |
| "plantilla-dependencia>). La primera plantilla de dependencia alternativa se " |
| "numera como 1, la segunda como 2, etc." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:43 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " |
| #| "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, " |
| #| "the only valid field is I<Build-Depends-Package>, it indicates the name " |
| #| "of the \"-dev\" package associated to the library and is used by dpkg-" |
| #| "shlibdeps to make sure that the dependency generated is at least as " |
| #| "strict as the corresponding build dependency." |
| msgid "" |
| "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " |
| "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " |
| "only valid field is I<Build-Depends-Package>, it indicates the name of the " |
| "\"-dev\" package associated to the library and is used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "to make sure that the dependency generated is at least as strict as the " |
| "corresponding build dependency." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada entrada para una biblioteca puede tener también campos de meta-" |
| "información. Estos campos se guardan en las líneas que comienzan con un " |
| "asterisco. Actualmente, el único campo válido es I<Build-Depends-Package>, " |
| "que indica el nombre del paquete «-dev» asociado a la biblioteca, y usado " |
| "por dpkg-shlibdeps para asegurar que la dependencia generada es, al menos, " |
| "tan estricta como la dependencia de construcción correspondiente." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-symbols.5:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Simple symbols file" |
| msgstr "Fichero «symbols» simple" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" |
| " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" |
| " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-symbols.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Advanced symbols file" |
| msgstr "Fichero «symbols» avanzado" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:53 |
| msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1" |
| msgstr "libGL.so.1 libgl1" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:55 |
| msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" |
| msgstr "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:61 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" |
| " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" |
| " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:63 |
| msgid "B<http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" |
| msgstr "B<http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:65 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-triggers.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-triggers" |
| msgstr "deb-triggers" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" |
| msgstr "deb-triggers - Disparadores de paquetes" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:7 |
| msgid "triggers" |
| msgstr "disparadores" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " |
| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " |
| "package creation)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un paquete declara su relación con algún disparador(es) incluyendo un " |
| "fichero I<triggers> en su archivo de control (por ejemplo, I<DEBIAN/" |
| "triggers> durante la creación del paquete)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " |
| "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " |
| "lines will be ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene directivas, una por línea. Los espacios vacíos " |
| "precedentes y a continuación, así como todo lo que aparezca después del " |
| "primer B<#>, se recortará, y las líneas vacías se ignorarán." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:18 |
| msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" |
| msgstr "Las directivas de control de disparadores actualmente aceptadas son:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:22 |
| msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<interest> I<nombre-disparador>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<interest> I<nombre-disparador>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:33 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All " |
| #| "triggers in which a package is interested must be listed using this " |
| #| "directive in the triggers control file." |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " |
| "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " |
| "triggers control file. The \"noawait\" variant does not put the triggering " |
| "packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the " |
| "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que el paquete tiene un interés en el disparador nombrado. Todos los " |
| "disparadores por los que un paquete tiene interés se deben listar usando " |
| "esta directiva en el fichero de control de disparadores." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:37 |
| msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<activate> I<nombre-disparador>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:41 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<activate> I<nombre-disparador>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:50 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " |
| #| "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " |
| #| "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " |
| #| "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure." |
| msgid "" |
| "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " |
| "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " |
| "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " |
| "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The \"noawait\" variant does " |
| "not put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be " |
| "used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica que el disparador definido se activará si el estado de este " |
| "paquete cambia. El disparador se activará al inicio de las siguientes " |
| "operaciones: unpack, configure, remove (incluyendo en beneficio de un " |
| "paquete conflictivo), purge y deconfigure." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " |
| "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " |
| "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " |
| "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " |
| "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si este paquete desaparece al desempaquetar otro paquete el disparador se " |
| "activará al detectar la desaparición, al final del desempaquetado. El " |
| "procesamiento de disparadores y la transición de «triggers-awaited» a " |
| "«installed» no provocan la activación de disparadores. En caso de procesar " |
| "un desempaquetado, se activarán los disparadores mencionados en las " |
| "versiones nuevas y viejas del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Una directiva errónea provocará un error, impidiendo la instalación del " |
| "paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "The \"-noawait\" variants are only supported by dpkg 1.16.1 or newer, and " |
| "will lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to " |
| "add a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)\" to any package that wish to use " |
| "those directives." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg suite" |
| msgstr "Herramientas de dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" |
| msgstr "dpkg - Gestor de paquetes de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opciones>] I<acción>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNING" |
| msgstr "AVISO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " |
| "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " |
| "--help>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El propósito de este manual es que los usuarios entiendan las opciones de " |
| "invocación de B<dpkg> y el estado de los paquetes con más detalle que la que " |
| "ofrece B<dpkg --help>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " |
| "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " |
| "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los responsables de paquetes I<no> deberían usar B<dpkg --help> para " |
| "comprender el proceso de instalación de B<dpkg>. Las descripciones de lo que " |
| "hace B<dpkg> al instalar y desinstalar son particularmente imprecisas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " |
| "primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). " |
| "B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " |
| "consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " |
| "tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " |
| "some way." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg> es una herramienta para instalar, compilar, eliminar y manipular los " |
| "paquetes de Debian. La interfaz principal y más intuitiva para B<dpkg> es " |
| "B<aptitude>(1). B<dpkg> se invoca con parámetros de línea de órdenes, que " |
| "consisten de una sola acción y cero o más opciones. La acción o parámetro " |
| "dice a B<dpkg> qué hacer, mientras que las opciones controlan de una manera " |
| "u otra su comportamiento." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-query>" |
| "(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the B<ACTIONS> " |
| "section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs B<dpkg-deb> or " |
| "B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no specific options are " |
| "currently passed to them, to use any such option the back-ends need to be " |
| "called directly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" |
| msgstr "INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " |
| "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " |
| "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg> posibilita el acceso a bastante información sobre los paquetes " |
| "disponibles. Esta información se divide en tres clases: B<estados>, " |
| "B<estados de selección> e B<indicadores>. Habitualmente, estos valores se " |
| "modifican principalmente con B<dselect>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE STATES" |
| msgstr "ESTADOS DEL PAQUETE" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:40 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<not-installed>" |
| msgstr "B<not-installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:43 |
| msgid "The package is not installed on your system." |
| msgstr "El paquete no está instalado en el sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<config-files>" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:46 |
| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." |
| msgstr "Sólo quedan los ficheros de configuración del paquete en el sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:46 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<half-installed>" |
| msgstr "B<half-installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " |
| "reason." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se inició la instalación del paquete, pero no se completó por alguna razón." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<unpacked>" |
| msgstr "B<unpacked>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:53 |
| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." |
| msgstr "El paquete está descomprimido, pero no configurado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:53 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<half-configured>" |
| msgstr "B<half-configured>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:57 |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " |
| "completed for some reason." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El paquete está descomprimido y la configuración se ha iniciado, pero no " |
| "finalizó por alguna razón." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:57 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" |
| msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:60 |
| msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." |
| msgstr "El paquete aguarda al proceso de los disparadores de otro paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<triggers-pending>" |
| msgstr "B<triggers-pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:63 |
| msgid "The package has been triggered." |
| msgstr "Los disparadores del paquete se han activado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:63 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<installed>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:66 |
| msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." |
| msgstr "El paquete está correctamente desempaquetado y configurado." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" |
| msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELECCIÓN DEL PAQUETE" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:67 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<install>" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:70 |
| msgid "The package is selected for installation." |
| msgstr "El paquete se ha seleccionado para su instalación." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<hold>" |
| msgstr "B<hold>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " |
| "to do that with option B<--force-hold>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg> no modificará un paquete marcado con B<hold> (retenido), a no ser " |
| "que se le fuerce a ello con la opción B<--force-hold>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:74 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<deinstall>" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:78 |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " |
| "files, except configuration files)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El paquete se ha seleccionado para su desinstalación (es decir, que queremos " |
| "borrar todo excepto los ficheros de configuración)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:78 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<purge>" |
| msgstr "B<purge>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:82 |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " |
| "system directories, even configuration files)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El paquete se ha seleccionado para que se purgue (es decir, que queremos " |
| "borrar todo en los directorios del sistema, incluyendo los ficheros de " |
| "configuración)." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" |
| msgstr "INDICADORES DEL PAQUETE" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:83 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<reinst-required>" |
| msgstr "B<reinst-required>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " |
| "These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" |
| "reinstreq>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un paquete marcado con B<reinst-required> está roto y precisa una " |
| "reinstalación. Estos paquetes no se pueden borrar a no ser que fuerce la " |
| "acción con la opción B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:89 dselect.1:120 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ACTIONS" |
| msgstr "ACCIONES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package_file>..." |
| msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<-i>, B<--install> I<fichero-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:94 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " |
| #| "I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgid "" |
| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " |
| "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Instala el paquete. Si se especifica la opción B<--recursive> o B<-R>, el " |
| "I<fichero-paquete> debe ser un directorio." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:96 |
| msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "La instalación consiste de los siguientes pasos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:99 |
| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." |
| msgstr "B<1.> Extracción de los ficheros de control del paquete nuevo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " |
| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<2.> De existir otra versión del mismo paquete en el sistema, se ejecuta el " |
| "script I<prerm> (pre-eliminación) del antiguo paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:106 |
| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<3.> Ejecución del script I<preinst> (pre-instalación) del paquete, de " |
| "existir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " |
| "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<4.> Desempaquetado de los nuevos ficheros, a la vez que se crea una copia " |
| "de seguridad de los antiguos para su restauración en caso de fallo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:117 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " |
| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " |
| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " |
| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<5.> De existir otra versión del mismo paquete previamente instalado en el " |
| "sistema, se ejecutará el script I<postrm> (post-eliminación) del paquete " |
| "antiguo. Tenga en cuenta que este script se ejecuta después del script " |
| "I<preinst> del paquete nuevo ya que los nuevos ficheros se escriben a la vez " |
| "que se borran los antiguos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " |
| "about how this is done." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<6.> Configuración del paquete. Para una información detallada sobre este " |
| "proceso, consulte B<--configure>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:121 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--unpack >I<package_file>..." |
| msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<--unpack >I<fichero-paquete> ..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:126 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgid "" |
| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Desempaqueta el paquete, pero no lo configura. Si se introducen las opciones " |
| "B<--recursive> o B<-R> el I<fichero-paquete> debe ser un directorio." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<--configure >I<paquete>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-" |
| "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " |
| "unconfigured packages are configured." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Configura un paquete que está desempaquetado pero no configurado. Si se " |
| "introducen las opciones B<-a> o B<--pending> en lugar de un I<paquete>, se " |
| "configurarán todos los paquetes desempaquetados pero no configurados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8) command instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para reconfigurar un paquete que ya fue configurado, pruebe la orden B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:137 |
| msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "La configuración consiste de los siguientes pasos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:142 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " |
| "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<1.> Desempaquetado de los ficheros de configuración «conffiles», a la vez " |
| "se crea una copia de seguridad de los antiguos para su restauración en caso " |
| "de fallo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:145 |
| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<2.> Ejecución del script I<postinst> (post-instalación) del paquete, si " |
| "existe." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:145 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<--triggers-only> I<paquete>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:152 |
| msgid "" |
| "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If package " |
| "names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly " |
| "once each where necessary. Use of this option may leave packages in the " |
| "improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be " |
| "fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Procesa sólo los disparadores. Todos los disparadores pendientes (pending) " |
| "se procesarán a menos que especifique el(los) paquete(s), uno por uno de ser " |
| "necesario. El uso de esta opción puede dejar paquetes con los estados no " |
| "deseados de B<triggers-awaited> y B<triggers-pending>. Puede arreglar esto " |
| "más tarde ejecutando B<dpkg --configure --pending>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:152 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove>, B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<-r>, B<--remove>, B<-P>, B<--purge >I<paquete>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " |
| "conffiles. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is " |
| "reinstalled later. (Conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the " |
| "I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " |
| "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package " |
| "name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged in file " |
| "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively. Note: some " |
| "configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are created and " |
| "handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that case, B<dpkg> " |
| "won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> script (which is " |
| "called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal during purge. Of " |
| "course, this only applies to files in system directories, not configuration " |
| "files written to individual users' home directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina un paquete instalado. Las opciones B<-r> y B<--remove> eliminan todo " |
| "excepto los ficheros de configuración «conffiles». Esto puede evitar tener " |
| "que configurar de nuevo el paquete si se reinstala después (los «conffiles» " |
| "son ficheros de configuración listados en el fichero de control I<DEBIAN/" |
| "conffiles>). B<-P> o B<--purge> eliminan todo incluyendo los ficheros de " |
| "configuración «conffile». De usar las opciones B<-a> y B<--pending> en lugar " |
| "de un nombre de paquete, todos los que están al menos desempaquetados pero " |
| "marcados para su eliminación o purgación en I</var/lib/dpkg/status> se " |
| "eliminarán o purgarán respectivamente. Nota: puede que B<dpkg> desconozca " |
| "algunos ficheros si su creación y manipulación ocurrió aisladamente a través " |
| "de los scripts de configuración. De ser así, B<dpkg> no los eliminará " |
| "directamente sino que el script I<postrm> del paquete (invocado por B<dpkg>) " |
| "ejecutará la eliminación de estos ficheros durante la purgación del paquete. " |
| "Por supuesto, esto sólo tiene efecto en los directorios de sistema, no sobre " |
| "los ficheros de configuración escritos en los directorios «home/» de usuario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:171 |
| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "La eliminación de un paquete consiste de los siguientes pasos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:174 |
| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" |
| msgstr "B<1.> Ejecución del script I<prerm>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:177 |
| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" |
| msgstr "B<2.> Eliminación de los ficheros instalados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:180 |
| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" |
| msgstr "B<3.> Ejecución del script I<postrm>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:181 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" |
| msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> I<fichero-Packages>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:190 |
| msgid "" |
| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " |
| "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " |
| "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " |
| "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " |
| "distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " |
| "record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Actualiza la lista de paquetes disponibles de B<dpkg> y B<dselect>. La " |
| "acción B<--merge-avail> combina la información antigua con la información " |
| "del I<fichero-Packages>. El I<fichero-Packages> distribuido con Debian se " |
| "llama simplemente I<Packages>. El programa B<dpkg> guarda un registro de los " |
| "paquetes disponibles en I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " |
| "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " |
| "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " |
| "of available packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect update> ofrece una manera sencilla y directa de obtener y " |
| "actualizar el fichero I<available> (disponible). Tenga en cuenta que el " |
| "fichero es casi inservible si usa una interfaz basada en APT en lugar de " |
| "B<dselect>: APT tiene su propio sistema de registrar los paquetes " |
| "disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:195 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package_file>..." |
| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<fichero-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:201 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " |
| #| "information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgid "" |
| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " |
| "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Actualiza la lista de paquetes disponibles de B<dpkg> y B<dselect> con la " |
| "información del I<fichero-paquete>. Si se usa B<--recursive> o B<-R>, el " |
| "I<fichero-paquete> debe ser un directorio." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:201 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" |
| msgstr "B<--forget-old-unavail>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " |
| "unavailable packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<Obsoleta>, y una opción inservible ya que B<dpkg> olvidará automáticamente " |
| "los paquetes desinstalados no disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:205 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--clear-avail>" |
| msgstr "B<--clear-avail>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:208 |
| msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." |
| msgstr "Elimina la información sobre qué paquetes están disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:208 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>" |
| msgstr " B<-C>, B<--audit>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:213 |
| msgid "" |
| "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " |
| "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Busca paquetes que se hayan instalado parcialmente en el sistema. El " |
| "programa B<dpkg> sugerirá qué hacer con ellos para hacerlos funcionar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:213 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<--get-selections> [I<patrón-nombre-paquete>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:218 |
| msgid "" |
| "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " |
| "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " |
| "not be shown." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra la lista de selecciones de paquetes por la salida estándar. De no " |
| "introducir un patrón se mostrará la lista de paquetes no instalados (esto " |
| "es, previamente purgados) ." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:218 update-alternatives.8:299 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--set-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<--set-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:224 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " |
| #| "the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " |
| #| "install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines " |
| #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted." |
| msgid "" |
| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " |
| "the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " |
| "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#' " |
| "are also permitted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define las selecciones de paquetes usando un fichero introducido por la " |
| "entrada estándar. Este fichero debería tener el formato «E<lt>paqueteE<gt> " |
| "E<lt>estadoE<gt>», en el que el estado es «install», «hold», «deinstall» o " |
| "«purge». Se permiten las líneas vacías y líneas de comentarios que empiecen " |
| "por «#»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:224 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--clear-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<--clear-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:229 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " |
| "is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " |
| "packages not in list given to --set-selections." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el estado deseado de todo paquete no esencial para su desinstalación. " |
| "La intención es usar esto inmediatamente después de «--set-selections», para " |
| "desinstalar todo paquete que no esté en la lista introducida a «--set-" |
| "selections»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:229 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" |
| msgstr "B<--yet-to-unpack>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:233 |
| msgid "" |
| "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " |
| "still haven't been installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Busca los paquetes seleccionados para su instalación, pero que por alguna " |
| "razón todavía no se han instalado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:234 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--print-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<--print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:237 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra la arquitectura de los paquetes que B<dpkg> instala (por ejemplo, " |
| "«i386»)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:237 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" |
| msgstr "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:248 |
| msgid "" |
| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " |
| "success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " |
| "(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " |
| "in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " |
| "as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " |
| "version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " |
| "provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " |
| "E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Compara los números de versión, siendo I<op> un operador binario. B<dpkg> " |
| "devuelve éxito (cero) si la condición especificada se cumple, y fallo (un " |
| "resultado distinto de cero) en caso contrario. Hay dos grupos de operadores " |
| "que difieren en su comportamiento cuando les falta alguno de los operandos, " |
| "I<ver1> o I<ver2>. Los primeros tratan la falta de versión como la versión " |
| "más antigua posible: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Los otros tratan la falta de " |
| "versión como la más moderna posible: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Éstos se " |
| "proporcionan sólo por compatibilidad con la sintaxis del fichero de control: " |
| "B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:248 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--command-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| msgid "B<--command-fd >I<n>" |
| msgstr "B<--command-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:253 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " |
| #| "Note: additional options set on the command line, and through this file " |
| #| "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the " |
| #| "same run." |
| msgid "" |
| "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>. Note: additional " |
| "options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor, are not " |
| "reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Acepta una serie de órdenes en el descriptor de fichero B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " |
| "Nota: las opciones adicionales introducidas desde la línea de órdenes y " |
| "mediante este descriptor de fichero no se desactivan en las subsiguientes " |
| "llamadas efectuadas en la misma ejecución." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:253 dpkg-architecture.1:60 dpkg-buildflags.1:89 dpkg-divert.8:71 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38 dpkg-scansources.1:66 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:28 dselect.1:113 update-alternatives.8:316 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:256 |
| msgid "Display a brief help message." |
| msgstr "Muestra un resumen de las instrucciones de uso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:256 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force-help>" |
| msgstr "B<--force-help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:259 |
| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." |
| msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones B<--force->I<algo>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:259 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" |
| msgstr "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:262 |
| msgid "Give help about debugging options." |
| msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones de depuración." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:262 dpkg-architecture.1:63 dpkg-buildflags.1:92 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:226 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:175 dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:446 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:113 dpkg-scanpackages.1:99 dpkg-scansources.1:68 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:218 dpkg-source.1:99 dpkg-split.1:129 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31 dselect.1:116 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:319 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:265 |
| msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." |
| msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:265 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:268 |
| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Consulte B<dpkg-deb>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:288 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" |
| " Build a deb package.\n" |
| "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" |
| " List contents of a deb package.\n" |
| "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" |
| " Extract control-information from a package.\n" |
| "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" |
| " Extract the files contained by package.\n" |
| "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" |
| " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" |
| " package.\n" |
| "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" |
| " Display control field(s) of a package.\n" |
| "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" |
| " Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" |
| " Debian package.\n" |
| "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" |
| " Show information about a package.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<-b> | B<--build> I<directorio> [I<fichero>]\n" |
| " Construye un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" |
| "B<-c> | B<--contents> I<fichero>\n" |
| " Muestra el contenido de un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" |
| "B<-e> | B<--control> I<fichero> [I<directorio>]\n" |
| " Extrae la información de control de un paquete.\n" |
| "B<-x> | B<--extract> I<fichero directorio>\n" |
| " Extrae los ficheros contenidos en el paquete.\n" |
| "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" |
| " Extrae y muestra los nombres de fichero que un\n" |
| " paquete contiene.\n" |
| "B<-f> | B<--field> I<fichero> [I<campo-control>] ...\n" |
| " Muestra el/los campo(s) de control de un paquete.\n" |
| "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<fichero>\n" |
| " Muestra el fichero tar contenido en el paquete deb.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<fichero> [I<fichero-control>]\n" |
| " Muestra información sobre el paquete.\n" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:290 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:293 |
| msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Consulte B<dpkg-query>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:308 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n" |
| " List packages matching given pattern.\n" |
| "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " Report status of specified package.\n" |
| "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n" |
| "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n" |
| " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" |
| "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n" |
| " I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n" |
| " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<-l> | B<--list> I<patrón-nombre-paquete> ...\n" |
| " Lista los paquetes cuyo nombre encaja en el patrón dado.\n" |
| "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nombre-paquete> ...\n" |
| " Informa del estado del paquete especificado.\n" |
| "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquete> ...\n" |
| " Lista los ficheros instalados en el sistema que pertenecen a\n" |
| " B<paquete>.\n" |
| "B<-S> | B<--search> I<patrón-búsqueda-ficheros> ...\n" |
| " Busca un fichero en los paquetes instalados.\n" |
| "B<-p> | B<--print-avail> I<paquete> ...\n" |
| " Imprime información sobre el I<paquete>, extraída de\n" |
| " I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Los usuarios de interfaces de APT\n" |
| " deberían usar B<apt-cache show> I<paquete>.\n" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:310 dpkg-architecture.1:67 dpkg-buildpackage.1:50 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18 dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 dpkg-deb.1:179 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:42 dpkg-genchanges.1:17 dpkg-gencontrol.1:37 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:369 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:27 dpkg-name.1:30 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:15 dpkg-query.1:117 dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:106 dpkg-split.1:133 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:51 dpkg-trigger.1:38 dpkg-vendor.1:35 dselect.1:36 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:103 update-alternatives.8:323 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPCIONES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:316 |
| msgid "" |
| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " |
| "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> or the files on the configuration " |
| "directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is " |
| "either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without " |
| "leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas las opciones se pueden definir en la línea de órdenes, en el fichero " |
| "de configuración de B<dpkg> I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> y en el directorio de " |
| "configuración I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Cada línea de este fichero es bien " |
| "una opción (exactamente la misma que en la línea de órdenes, pero sin los " |
| "guiones al principio) o bien un comentario (si empieza con B<#>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:317 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:320 |
| msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Modifica cuántos errores llevan a B<dpkg> a interrumpir el proceso. El valor " |
| "por omisión es 50." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:320 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:326 |
| msgid "" |
| "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " |
| "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " |
| "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al eliminar un paquete puede que otro dependa de él. Definir esta opción " |
| "producirá la desconfiguración automática del paquete que dependía del " |
| "paquete eliminado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:326 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:332 |
| msgid "" |
| "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " |
| "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " |
| "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa el modo de depuración. El parámetro I<octal> se forma uniendo los " |
| "valores de la siguiente lista mediante la operación I<or> a nivel de bits " |
| "(tenga en cuenta que estos valores podrían cambiar en futuras versiones). B<-" |
| "Dh> o B<--debug=help> muestran estos valores." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:347 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| " number description\n" |
| #| " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" |
| #| " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" |
| #| " 10 Output for each file processed\n" |
| #| " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" |
| #| " 20 Output for each configuration file\n" |
| #| " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" |
| #| " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" |
| #| " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" |
| #| " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" |
| #| " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" |
| #| " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" |
| #| " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" |
| #| " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" |
| msgid "" |
| " Number Description\n" |
| " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" |
| " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" |
| " 10 Output for each file processed\n" |
| " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" |
| " 20 Output for each configuration file\n" |
| " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" |
| " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" |
| " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" |
| " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" |
| " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" |
| " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" |
| " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" |
| " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " número descripción\n" |
| " 1 Información de progreso generalmente útil\n" |
| " 2 Invocación y estado de los scripts del paquete\n" |
| " 10 Salida por cada fichero procesado\n" |
| " 100 Mucha salida por cada fichero procesado\n" |
| " 20 Salida por cada «conffile»\n" |
| " 200 Mucha salida por cada «conffile»\n" |
| " 40 Dependencias y conflictos\n" |
| " 400 Mucha salida sobre dependencias y conflictos\n" |
| " 10000 Activación de los disparadores y procesado\n" |
| " 20000 Una gran información de los disparadores\n" |
| " 40000 Niveles ridículos de información de los disparadores\n" |
| " 1000 Parrafadas sobre el directorio dpkg/info\n" |
| " 2000 Montañas de parrafadas (perjudica la salud)\n" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:347 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" |
| msgstr "B<--force->I<cosas>, B<--no-force->I<cosas>, B<--refuse->I<cosas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:354 |
| msgid "" |
| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " |
| "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" |
| "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " |
| "forced by default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Fuerza o rechaza (B<no-force> y B<refuse> significan lo mismo) hacer ciertas " |
| "cosas. El parámetro I<cosas> es una lista de cosas definidas a continuación " |
| "y separadas por comas. La opción B<--force-help> muestra un mensaje que las " |
| "describe. Las cosas marcadas con (*) se fuerzan por omisión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:358 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " |
| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " |
| "system.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Aviso: Estas opciones están pensadas básicamente para un uso experto. " |
| "Usarlas sin conocer totalmente sus efectos podría dejar su sistema sin " |
| "funcionamiento.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:361 |
| msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." |
| msgstr "B<all>: Activa (o desactiva) todas las opciones de forzar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:364 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " |
| "installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<downgrade>(*): Instala un paquete, incluso si ya existe una versión más " |
| "nueva instalada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:371 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " |
| "and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " |
| "some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " |
| "essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " |
| "with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Aviso: actualmente dpkg no comprueba de ninguna manera las dependencias al " |
| "desactualizar y por lo tanto no avisará si rompe alguna dependencia de otro " |
| "paquete. Una situación así podría tener efectos secundarios graves; " |
| "desactualizar componentes esenciales del sistema incluso podría inutilizar " |
| "su sistema por completo. Úselo con cuidado.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:375 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " |
| "which the current package depends." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<configure-any>: Configura también los paquetes desempaquetados pero no " |
| "configurados sobre los que depende el paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:378 |
| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<hold>: Procesa los paquetes incluso si están marcados con «hold» (retener)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:383 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " |
| "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " |
| "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Elimina un paquete incluso si está roto y marcado para " |
| "una necesaria reinstalación. Esto podría causar, por ejemplo, que algunas " |
| "partes del paquete quedasen en el sistema, de las que B<dpkg> se olvidaría." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:388 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " |
| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " |
| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<remove-essential>: Elimina, incluso si el paquete se considera esencial. " |
| "Los paquetes esenciales contienen principalmente órdenes de Unix muy " |
| "básicas. Borrarlos podría hacer que el sistema dejase de funcionar en " |
| "absoluto así que use esta opción con cuidado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:391 |
| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." |
| msgstr "B<depends>: Convierte todos los problemas de dependencias en avisos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:394 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<depends-version>: No tiene en cuenta las versiones al comprobar las " |
| "dependencias." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:397 |
| msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package." |
| msgstr "B<breaks>: Instala, aunque suponga romper otro paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " |
| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<conflicts>: Instala, incluso si entra en conflicto con otro paquete. Esta " |
| "opción es peligrosa dado que generalmente sobreescribirá algunos ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:406 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confmiss>: Always install a missing conffile. This is dangerous, since it " |
| "means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confmiss>: Instala siempre un fichero de configuración «conffile», de no " |
| "existir. Es peligroso porque no guarda los cambios (la eliminación) hechos " |
| "al fichero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:411 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " |
| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " |
| "case the default action is preferred." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confnew>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración «conffile» " |
| "instala siempre la nueva versión sin preguntar, a menos que se defina " |
| "también la opción B<--force-confdef>, en cuyo caso se toma la acción " |
| "predefinida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:416 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " |
| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " |
| "case the default action is preferred." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confold>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración «conffile», " |
| "mantener siempre la versión existente sin preguntar, a menos que también se " |
| "defina la opción B<--force-confdef>, en cuyo caso se toma la acción " |
| "predefinida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:422 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " |
| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " |
| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " |
| "it will use that to decide the final action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confdef>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración «conffile», " |
| "elegir siempre la opción predefinida. Si no existe se detendrá y preguntará " |
| "al usuario, a no ser que se usen también las opciones B<--force-confnew> o " |
| "B<--force-confold>, en cuyo caso se usará una de estas opciones para tomar " |
| "la decisión final." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:429 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " |
| "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " |
| "change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-" |
| "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the " |
| "final action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confdef>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración «conffile», " |
| "ofrece siempre reemplazar este con la versión en el paquete incluso si la " |
| "versión del paquete no ha cambiado. Si se introduce cualquiera de las " |
| "opciones B<--force-confnew> o B<--force-confold> o B<--force-confdef>, se " |
| "usará esta para tomar la decisión final." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:432 |
| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<overwrite>: Sobreescribe un fichero de un paquete con un fichero de otro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:435 |
| msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<overwrite-dir>: Sobreescribe un directorio de un paquete con un fichero de " |
| "otro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:438 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobreescribe una versión desviada de un fichero con " |
| "una no desviada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:446 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking. Currently " |
| "this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, which is " |
| "known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file systems, " |
| "unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place due to " |
| "their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system " |
| "crashes." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<unsafe-io>: No realiza las operaciones I/O seguras al desempaquetar. " |
| "Actualmente, implica que no se realiza la sincronización del sistema de " |
| "ficheros antes de renombrar un fichero, lo cual causa una apreciable " |
| "degradación del rendimiento en algunos sistemas de fichero. " |
| "Desafortunadamente, los que requieren I/O segura para empezar en primer " |
| "lugar debido a su comportamiento irregular causan ficheros de tamaño cero en " |
| "fallos severos del sistema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:452 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " |
| "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " |
| "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " |
| "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " |
| "before atomic renames." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Note>: Para ext4, el sistema con más problemas de este sentido, considere " |
| "usar la opción de montaje B<nodelalloc>, lo que arregla la degradación del " |
| "rendimiento y los problemas de seguridad de datos. Lo último lo soluciona " |
| "haciendo que el sistema de ficheros no produzca ficheros de tamaño cero " |
| "durante fallos severos del sistema con cualquier software que no realiza una " |
| "sincronización antes de los renombres atómicos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:455 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " |
| "data, use with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Advertencia: Usar esta opción puede aumentar el rendimiento a costa de la " |
| "pérdida de datos. Úselo con cuidado.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:458 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." |
| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<architecture>: Continua el proceso, incluso si los paquetes no son de la " |
| "arquitectura adecuada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:461 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." |
| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<architecture>: Continua el proceso, incluso si los paquetes no son de la " |
| "arquitectura adecuada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:464 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> no contiene algunos programas importantes, así que es " |
| "bastante posible que haya problemas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:467 |
| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<not-root>: Intenta la (des)instalación incluso si no es el usuario «root»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:470 |
| msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<bad-verify>: Instala un paquete aunque falle la comprobación de " |
| "autenticidad." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:471 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." |
| msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquete>,..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:475 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " |
| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ignora la comprobación de dependencias para los paquetes definidos (en " |
| "realidad, se hacen las comprobaciones pero se imprimen avisos en vez de " |
| "interrumpir el proceso)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:475 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:480 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " |
| "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " |
| "actually modifying anything." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Hace todo lo que se supone que debe hacer, pero no realiza ningún cambio. Se " |
| "utiliza para ver qué ocurriría con las opciones seleccionadas sin realizar " |
| "cambios reales." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:485 |
| msgid "" |
| "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " |
| "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " |
| "purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " |
| "probably expected it to actually do nothing)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Asegúrese de introducir la opción B<--no-act> antes del parámetro de acción, " |
| "o podría acabar con resultados no deseados. (Por ejemplo: B<dpkg --purge foo " |
| "--no-act> purgará primero el paquete foo y luego intentará purgar el paquete " |
| "--no-act, ¡aunque probablemente usted esperaba que no hiciera nada!)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:485 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" |
| msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:491 |
| msgid "" |
| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " |
| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " |
| "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Actúa recursivamente sobre todos los ficheros que coincidan con el patrón " |
| "B<*.deb> que se encuentren en el directorio definido, y también todos sus " |
| "subdirectorios. Se puede usar con las opciones B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " |
| "B<--unpack> y B<--avail>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:491 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-G>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:495 |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " |
| "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No instala un paquete del que ya existe una versión más nueva en el sistema. " |
| "Es un alias de B<--refuse-downgrade>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:495 dpkg-buildpackage.1:217 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:19 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:118 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:211 dpkg-trigger.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:500 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give " |
| "information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. " |
| "(Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el directorio de administración predefinido. Éste contiene muchos " |
| "ficheros que ofrecen información relativa al estado de paquetes instalados o " |
| "no instalados, etc. (Por omisión, I</var/lib/dpkg>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:500 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--instdir=>I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:507 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where " |
| "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to " |
| "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that " |
| "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to I</>)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el directorio de instalación predefinido, la ubicación en la que se " |
| "instalarán los paquetes. B<instdir> es también el directorio introducido a " |
| "B<chroot>(2) antes de ejecutar los scripts de instalación del paquete, lo " |
| "que significa que éstos verán B<instdir> como directorio raíz. (Por omisión, " |
| "I</>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:507 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--root=>I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:511 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" |
| "var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambiar B<root> da el valor de I<directorio> a B<instdir>, y el valor " |
| "I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg> a B<admindir>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:511 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" |
| msgstr "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:517 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " |
| "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " |
| "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " |
| "deinstallation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Procesa sólo los paquetes seleccionados para su instalación. La marca en sí " |
| "la hacen B<dselect> o B<dpkg> al manipular paquetes. Por ejemplo, si se " |
| "borra uno, éste se marcará para su desinstalación." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:517 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" |
| msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:521 |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " |
| "installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Evita la instalación de un paquete si tiene la misma versión que la ya " |
| "instalada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:523 |
| msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<--pre-invoke=>I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:525 |
| msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<--post-invoke=>I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:534 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " |
| "dpkg run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " |
| "I<remove> and I<purge> dpkg actions. This option can be specified multiple " |
| "times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from " |
| "the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current dpkg action. Note: " |
| "front-ends might call dpkg several times per invocation, which might run the " |
| "hooks more times than expected." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define una I<orden> «hook» que se invocará mediante «sh -c» antes o después " |
| "de que dpkg ejecute una acción I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, " |
| "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> o I<purge>. Puede definir esta opción varias " |
| "veces. Se respeta el orden de aparición de las opciones, con preferencia de " |
| "las presentes en los ficheros de configuración. La variable de entorno " |
| "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> define los «hooks» a la acción de dpkg actual.Nota: " |
| "puede que las interfaces ejecuten dpkg varias veces en cada invocación, lo " |
| "cual puede ejecutar más órdenes encadenadas que las esperadas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:537 |
| msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--path-exclude=>I<comodín>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:539 |
| msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<comodín>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:542 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " |
| "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define I<comodín> («glob pattern») como un filtro de ruta, bien excluyendo o " |
| "incluyendo otra vez rutas anteriormente excluidas que encajan con los " |
| "patrones definidos durante la instalación." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:545 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " |
| "completely break your system, use with caution.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Aviso: tenga en cuenta que dependendiendo de las rutas que excluya, puede " |
| "dejar su sistema inutilizable, úselo con precuación.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:555 |
| msgid "" |
| "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' matches " |
| "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also '/'. For " |
| "example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>. As " |
| "usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including '/'). And '[' " |
| "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " |
| "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. " |
| "Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and " |
| "symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " |
| "failures, future work might fix this." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los patrones de comodín («glob») usan los mismos comodines que el intérprete " |
| "de órdenes, donde «*» encaja con cualquier cadena de caracteres, incluyendo " |
| "una cadena vacía y «/». Por ejemplo, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> encaja con I<'/usr/" |
| "share/doc/package/README'>. Como es habitual, «?» encaja cualquier carácter " |
| "único (una vez más, incluyendo «/»). Y «[» inicia una clase («class») de " |
| "carácter, que puede contener una lista de caracteres, rangos y " |
| "complementaciones. Consulte B<glob>(7) para más información acerca del uso " |
| "de comodines. Nota: puede que la implementación actual incluya otra vez más " |
| "directorios y enlaces simbólicos que los necesarios. Puede que un desarrollo " |
| "en el futuro arregle esto para estar más seguros y evitar un posible error " |
| "de desempaquetado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:558 |
| msgid "" |
| "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " |
| "case is:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede usar esto para eliminar todas las rutas a excepción de algunas en " |
| "particular; un típico uso es:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:562 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" |
| "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" |
| "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:565 |
| msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "para eliminar todos los ficheros de documentación a excepción de los " |
| "ficheros de derechos de autor." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:569 |
| msgid "" |
| "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " |
| "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " |
| "matches a file name making the decision." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estas dos opciones se pueden definir varias veces, y se pueden interpolar. " |
| "Ambos se procesan en el orden dado, y la última regla que encaja con un " |
| "nombre de fichero realiza la decisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:570 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<n>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:576 |
| msgid "" |
| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " |
| "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " |
| "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Envía la información del estado del paquete e información de progreso en " |
| "formato máquina al descriptor de fichero I<n>. Puede introducir esta opción " |
| "varias veces. La información aparece habitualmente con un registro por " |
| "línea, en una de las siguientes formas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:577 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>" |
| msgstr "B<status: >I<paquete>B<: >I<estado>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:580 |
| msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El estado del paquete ha cambiado; el I<estado> es el que aparece en el " |
| "fichero de estado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:580 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>" |
| msgstr "B<status: >I<paquete>B< : error : >I<mensaje-de-fallo-detallado>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:584 |
| msgid "" |
| "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " |
| "be converted to spaces before output." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:584 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" |
| msgstr "B<status: >I<fichero>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<edición-usuario>B< >I<edición-distribución>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:587 |
| msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El usuario tiene que responder a una pregunta de un fichero de configuración " |
| "«conffile»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:587 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<processing: >I<etapa>B<: >I<paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:592 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " |
| "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " |
| "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se envía justo después del inicio del estado de procesamiento. El I<estado> " |
| "puede ser B<upgrade>, B<install> (ambos se envían antes de desempaquetar), " |
| "B<configure>, B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> o B<purge>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:593 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" |
| msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<--post-invoke=>I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:598 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " |
| #| "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " |
| #| "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following " |
| #| "forms:" |
| msgid "" |
| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " |
| "I<command>'s standard input. This option can be specified multiple times. " |
| "The output format used is the same as in B<--status-fd.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Envía la información del estado del paquete e información de progreso en " |
| "formato máquina al descriptor de fichero I<n>. Puede introducir esta opción " |
| "varias veces. La información aparece habitualmente con un registro por " |
| "línea, en una de las siguientes formas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:599 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:611 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the " |
| #| "default I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the " |
| #| "last filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " |
| #| "status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for " |
| #| "status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> " |
| #| "E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' " |
| #| "for actions where I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, " |
| #| "purge; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> " |
| #| "E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is " |
| #| "either install or keep." |
| msgid "" |
| "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " |
| "I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " |
| "filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " |
| "I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>' for status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD " |
| "HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>' for " |
| "actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<remove>, " |
| "B<purge>; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile I<filename> I<decision>' for " |
| "conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Registrar los cambios de estado y acciones en el I<fichero>, en lugar del " |
| "predefinido, I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Se usará el último fichero introducido en " |
| "caso de definir varios. Los mensajes del registro tienen el formato «YYYY-MM-" |
| "DD HH:MM:SS estado E<lt>estadoE<gt> E<lt>paqE<gt> E<lt>versión-" |
| "instaladaE<gt>» para actualizaciones de cambios de estado; «YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:" |
| "SS E<lt>acciónE<gt> E<lt>paqE<gt> E<lt>versión-instaladaE<gt> E<lt>versión-" |
| "disponibleE<gt>» para aquellas acciones en las que la I<E<lt>acciónE<gt>> es " |
| "«install», «upgrade», «remove» o «purge»; y «YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile " |
| "E<lt>ficheroE<gt> E<lt>decisiónE<gt>» para aquellos cambios en «conffiles» " |
| "en los que la I<E<lt>decisiónE<gt>> es o «install» o «keep»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:611 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-debsig>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:614 |
| msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." |
| msgstr "No intenta verificar las firmas de los paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:614 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-triggers>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-triggers>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:623 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be recorded). " |
| "If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> I<package> then " |
| "the named package postinst will still be run even if only a triggers run is " |
| "needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the improper B<triggers-" |
| "awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: " |
| "B<dpkg --configure --pending>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No ejecuta ningún disparador durante esta ejecución (se grabarán las " |
| "activaciones). Si se usa con B<--configure> I<paquete> o B<--triggers-only> " |
| "I<paquete>, el script «postinst» del paquete nombrado tendrá permisos de " |
| "ejecución aunque sólo se necesite ejecutar un disparador. El uso de esta " |
| "opción puede dejar paquetes con el estado no deseado de B<triggers-awaited> " |
| "y B<triggers-pending>. Puede arreglar esto más tarde ejecutando B<dpkg --" |
| "configure --pending>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:623 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--triggers>" |
| msgstr "B<--triggers>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:626 |
| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." |
| msgstr "Cancela un B<--no-triggers> previo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:628 dpkg.cfg.5:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:631 |
| msgid "Configuration file with default options." |
| msgstr "El fichero de configuración con las opciones predefinidas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:631 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" |
| msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:635 |
| msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero de registro predefinido (consulte I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) y la " |
| "opción B<--log>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:638 |
| msgid "" |
| "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " |
| "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los otros ficheros listados a continuación están en sus directorios " |
| "predefinidos. Consulte la opción B<--admindir> para ver cómo modificar la " |
| "ubicación de estos ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:638 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:641 |
| msgid "List of available packages." |
| msgstr "Lista de paquetes disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:641 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:647 |
| msgid "" |
| "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " |
| "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " |
| "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los estados de los paquetes disponibles. Este fichero contiene información " |
| "sobre si un paquete está marcado o no para su eliminación, si está o no está " |
| "instalado, etc. Para más información, consulte el apartado B<INFORMACIÓN " |
| "SOBRE PAQUETES>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:650 |
| msgid "" |
| "The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " |
| "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Una copia de seguridad diaria del fichero de estado se crea en I</var/" |
| "backups>. Puede ser útil si se ha perdido o ha quedado dañado por problemas " |
| "con el sistema de ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:653 |
| msgid "" |
| "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " |
| "more information about them:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los siguientes ficheros son componentes de un paquete binario. Consulte " |
| "B<deb>(5) para más información sobre éstos:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:653 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<control>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:655 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<conffiles>" |
| msgstr "I<conffiles>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:657 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<preinst>" |
| msgstr "I<preinst>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:659 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<postinst>" |
| msgstr "I<postinst>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:661 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<prerm>" |
| msgstr "I<prerm>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:663 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<postrm>" |
| msgstr "I<postrm>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:666 dpkg-buildflags.1:128 dpkg-buildpackage.1:230 dpkg-deb.1:232 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:112 dpkg-query.1:204 dpkg-statoverride.8:68 dpkg-trigger.1:60 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:42 dselect.1:423 update-alternatives.8:354 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ENVIRONMENT" |
| msgstr "ENTORNO" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:667 dselect.1:424 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<HOME>" |
| msgstr "B<HOME>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:671 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " |
| "specific configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se define, B<dpkg> lo usará como el directorio del cual leer el fichero " |
| "de configuración específico del usuario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:671 dpkg-deb.1:233 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<TMPDIR>" |
| msgstr "B<TMPDIR>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:675 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " |
| "files and directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se define, B<dpkg> lo usará como el directorio en el que crear ficheros y " |
| "directorios temporales." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:675 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<PAGER>" |
| msgstr "B<PAGER>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:678 |
| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El programa que B<dpkg> ejecutará al mostrar los ficheros de configuración " |
| "«conffiles»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:678 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<SHELL>" |
| msgstr "B<SHELL>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:681 |
| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El programa que B<dpkg> ejecutará al iniciar un nuevo intérprete de órdenes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:681 dpkg-query.1:209 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<COLUMNS>" |
| msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:685 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " |
| "text. Currently only used by -l." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el número de columnas que B<dpkg> puede usar para mostrar la " |
| "información. Por ahora sólo la usa la opción «-l»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:685 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:689 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el intérprete de órdenes iniciado en el diálogo del " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile» para examinar la situación. El valor " |
| "válido actualmente es B<conffile-prompt>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:689 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:693 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el intérprete de órdenes iniciado en el diálogo del " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile» para examinar la situación. Contiene la " |
| "ruta al fichero de configuración antiguo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:693 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:697 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el intérprete de órdenes iniciado en el diálogo del " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile» para examinar la situación. Contiene la " |
| "ruta al fichero de configuración «conffile» nuevo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:697 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:701 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " |
| "the currently running B<dpkg> instance." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el script del entorno del mantenedor con el valor de " |
| "la versión en ejecución de B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:701 dpkg-divert.8:117 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:705 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package name " |
| "being handled." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el script de entorno del mantenedor con el valor del " |
| "nombre del paquete manipulado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:705 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:709 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " |
| "the package got built for." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el script de entorno del mantenedor con el valor de " |
| "la arquitectura de paquete para la cual se compiló." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:709 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:713 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " |
| "script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Definido por B<dpkg> en el script del entorno del mantenedor con el valor " |
| "del nombre del script en ejecución («preinst», «postinst», «prerm», " |
| "«postrm»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:716 |
| msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" |
| msgstr "Para listar los paquetes con el editor B<vi>(1) en su nombre:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:718 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" |
| msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:721 |
| msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" |
| msgstr "Para ver las entradas en I</var/lib/dpkg/available> de dos paquetes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:723 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" |
| msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:726 |
| msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" |
| msgstr "Para buscar personalmente en la lista de paquetes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:728 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" |
| msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:731 |
| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" |
| msgstr "Para borrar un paquete instalado llamado elvis:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:733 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" |
| msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:738 |
| msgid "" |
| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " |
| "\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para instalar un paquete, éste tiene que estar disponible en un archivo o " |
| "disco óptico. El fichero «available» muestra que el paquete vim está en la " |
| "sección «editors»:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:741 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| " B<cd /cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" |
| #| " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" |
| msgid "" |
| " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" |
| " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " B<cd /cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" |
| " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:744 |
| msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" |
| msgstr "Para hacer una copia local de las selecciones de estados de paquetes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:746 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" |
| msgstr " B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mis-selecciones>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:750 |
| msgid "" |
| "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" |
| msgstr "Podría copiar este fichero a otra máquina e instalarlo allí con:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:753 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" |
| " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" |
| " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mis-selecciones>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:759 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " |
| "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " |
| "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " |
| "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tenga en cuenta que esto no instalará ni borrará nada, simplemente " |
| "modificará el estado de selección de los paquetes seleccionados. Necesitará " |
| "otra aplicación para obtener los paquetes e instalarlos. Por ejemplo, " |
| "ejecute B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:762 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " |
| "to modify the package selection states." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por lo general, encontrará que B<dselect>(8) es una forma más cómoda de " |
| "modificar los estados de selección de los paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:764 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" |
| msgstr "FUNCIONALIDAD ADICIONAL" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:767 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " |
| "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede ganar funcionalidades adicionales instalando alguno de los siguientes " |
| "paquetes: I<apt>, I<aptitude> y I<debsums>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:779 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), y B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:782 |
| msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Habitualmente, la opción B<--no-act> da menos información de la que necesita." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:785 dpkg.cfg.5:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " |
| "contributed to B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Consulte I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para una lista de las personas que " |
| "han contribuido a B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture" |
| msgstr "dpkg-architecture" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:4 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-architecture - Configurar y determinar la arquitectura para la " |
| "construcción de paquetes" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<commands>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<opciones>] [I<órdenes>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " |
| "host architecture for package building." |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-architecture facilita determinar y configurar la arquitectura de " |
| "construcción y de la máquina anfitrión para la construcción de un paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" |
| "(1), and can not be set at the command line." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La arquitectura de construcción siempre se determina con una invocación " |
| "externa a B<dpkg>(1), y no se puede definir en la línea de órdenes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " |
| "options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " |
| "B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " |
| "both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " |
| "the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " |
| "only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " |
| "does not match the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede definir la arquitectura del anfitrión introduciendo una o ambas " |
| "opciones B<-a> y B<-t>. El valor por omisión es una invocación externa a " |
| "B<gcc>(1), o la misma que la arquitectura de construcción en caso de no " |
| "disponer de \\s-1CC\\s0 o gcc. Es suficiente usar B<-a> o B<-t>, el valor " |
| "del otro se definirá con un valor predefinido adecuado. De hecho, a veces es " |
| "mejor definir sólo uno, ya que B<dpkg-architecture> le avisará si su opción " |
| "no encaja con la opción predefinida." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:26 dpkg-buildflags.1:45 dpkg-deb.1:27 dpkg-divert.8:24 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:13 dpkg-source.1:18 dpkg-split.1:31 dpkg-statoverride.8:23 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:24 dpkg-vendor.1:14 start-stop-daemon.8:34 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:202 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "COMMANDS" |
| msgstr "ÓRDENES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:27 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>" |
| msgstr "B<-l>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " |
| "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra las variables de entorno, una por línea, con el formato " |
| "I<VARIABLE=valor>. Esta es la acción predefinida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:31 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " |
| "compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " |
| "action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " |
| "exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Revisa si la arquitectura es la misma. Por omisión, I<debian-architecture> " |
| "se compara con la arquitectura del sistema Debian actual, el sistema " |
| "anfitrión. Esta acción no expande los comodines de arquitectura. La orden " |
| "finaliza con un estado de salida de cero si coinciden, y de 1 en caso " |
| "contrario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:37 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" |
| msgstr "B<-i>I<comodín-arquitectura>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " |
| "an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " |
| "architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " |
| "matched." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Revisa la identidad de la arquitectura expandiendo I<comodin-arquitectura> " |
| "como un comodín de arquitectura, y comparándola con la arquitectura del " |
| "sistema Debian actual. La orden finaliza con un estado de salida de cero si " |
| "coincide, y de 1 en caso contrario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" |
| msgstr "B<-q>I<nombre-variable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:46 |
| msgid "Print the value of a single variable." |
| msgstr "Muestra el valor de una única variable." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:46 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>" |
| msgstr "B<-s>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " |
| "using eval." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra una orden «export». Se puede usar para definir las variables de " |
| "entorno mediante eval." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>" |
| msgstr "B<-u>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:53 |
| msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra una orden similar a B<-s>, pero para eliminar la definición " |
| "(«unset») de todas las variables." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:53 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I< command>" |
| msgstr "B<-c>I< orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:57 |
| msgid "" |
| "Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " |
| "determined value." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ejecuta una I<orden> en un entorno cuyas variables ya están definidas con un " |
| "valor predefinido." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:57 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>" |
| msgstr "B<-L>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:60 |
| msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." |
| msgstr "Muestra una lista de nombres de arquitectura válidos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:63 dpkg-buildflags.1:92 dpkg-buildpackage.1:226 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 dpkg-deb.1:175 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:446 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-name.1:61 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:113 dpkg-scanpackages.1:99 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:68 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:218 dpkg-source.1:99 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:129 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:319 |
| msgid "Show the usage message and exit." |
| msgstr "Muestra el modo de uso y termina." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:66 dpkg-buildflags.1:95 dpkg-buildpackage.1:229 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:39 dpkg-distaddfile.1:38 dpkg-deb.1:178 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:77 dpkg-genchanges.1:137 dpkg-gencontrol.1:127 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:449 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:44 dpkg-name.1:64 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 dpkg-query.1:116 dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:70 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:221 dpkg-source.1:102 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:132 dpkg-statoverride.8:50 dpkg-trigger.1:37 dpkg-vendor.1:34 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:322 |
| msgid "Show the version and exit." |
| msgstr "Muestra la versión y termina." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:68 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:71 |
| msgid "Set the Debian architecture." |
| msgstr "Define la arquitectura de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:71 dpkg-buildpackage.1:110 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" |
| msgstr "B<-t>I<tipo-sistema-gnu>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:74 |
| msgid "Set the GNU system type." |
| msgstr "Define el tipo de sistema GNU." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:74 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>" |
| msgstr "B<-f>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:81 |
| msgid "" |
| "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " |
| "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " |
| "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " |
| "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los scripts respetan los valores de variables de entorno preexistentes que " |
| "tienen el mismo nombre que los valores contenidos en el script (por ejemplo, " |
| "usados por B<dpkg-architecture>), a menos que se use esta marca de forzado. " |
| "Permite al usuario sobreescribir un valor, aún cuando la invocación a B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture> se encuentra en otro script (por ejemplo, B<dpkg-buildpackage>" |
| "(1))." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "TERMS" |
| msgstr "TÉRMINOS" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:83 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "build machine" |
| msgstr "máquina de construcción" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:85 |
| msgid "The machine the package is built on." |
| msgstr "La máquina en la que se construye el paquete." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:85 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "host machine" |
| msgstr "máquina anfitrión" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:87 |
| msgid "The machine the package is built for." |
| msgstr "La máquina para la cual se construye el paquete." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:87 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian architecture" |
| msgstr "Arquitectura de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the " |
| "\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La cadena de la arquitectura de Debian, que especifica el árbol binario en " |
| "el archivo \\s-1FTP\\s0. Ejemplos: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "architecture wildcard" |
| msgstr "comodín de arquitectura" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:94 |
| msgid "" |
| "An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " |
| "any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" |
| "E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un comodín de arquitectura es una cadena especial de arquitectura que encaja " |
| "con cualquier arquitectura real del que es parte. La forma habitual es " |
| "E<lt>kernelE<gt>-E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Ejemplos: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:94 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" |
| msgstr "tipo de sistema \\s-1GNU\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:98 |
| msgid "" |
| "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " |
| "dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " |
| "x86_64-netbsd." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Una cadena de definición de arquitectura que consiste de dos partes " |
| "separadas por un guión: el procesador y el sistema. Ejemplos: i386-linux-" |
| "gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:99 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "VARIABLES" |
| msgstr "VARIABLES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:101 |
| msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" |
| msgstr "Las siguientes variables se definen mediante B<dpkg-architecture>:" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:101 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:103 |
| msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." |
| msgstr "La arquitectura de Debian de la máquina de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:105 |
| msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." |
| msgstr "El nombre del sistema Debian de la máquina de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:105 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:107 |
| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." |
| msgstr "El nombre de Debian del procesador de la máquina de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:107 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:109 |
| msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits)." |
| msgstr "El tamaño del puntero de la máquina de construcción, en bits." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:111 |
| msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nivel de «endianización» de la máquina de construcción, «little» o «big»." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:113 |
| msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "La parte \\s-1CPU\\s0 de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:113 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:115 |
| msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "La parte de «System» de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:115 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:117 |
| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." |
| msgstr "El tipo de sistema \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la máquina de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:117 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:120 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." |
| msgid "" |
| "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine, used for " |
| "filesystem paths." |
| msgstr "El tipo de sistema \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la máquina de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:120 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:122 |
| msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." |
| msgstr "La arquitectura de Debian de la máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:122 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:124 |
| msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." |
| msgstr "El nombre de sistema Debian de la máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:124 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:126 |
| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." |
| msgstr "El nombre del procesador Debian de la máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:128 |
| msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits)." |
| msgstr "El tamaño del puntero de la máquina anfitrión, en bits." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:128 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:130 |
| msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big)." |
| msgstr "El nivel de «endianización» de la máquina anfitrión, «little» o «big»." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:130 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:132 |
| msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "La parte de \\s-1CPU\\s0 de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:132 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:134 |
| msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "La parte de «System» de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:136 |
| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." |
| msgstr "El tipo de sistema \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:136 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:139 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." |
| msgid "" |
| "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine, used for " |
| "filesystem paths." |
| msgstr "El tipo de sistema \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:140 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" |
| msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" |
| "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " |
| "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " |
| "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " |
| "Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " |
| "compilation support in your package:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las variables de entorno definidas por B<dpkg-architecture> se introducen a " |
| "I<debian/rules> como variables de «make» (consulte la documentación de " |
| "make). Por otra parte, no debería depender de ellos, ya que esto rompe la " |
| "invocación manual del script. En lugar de ello, se deberían iniciar mediante " |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> con la opción «-q». Aquí hay algunos ejemplos, que " |
| "muestran también como mejorar la compatibilidad de su paquete con la " |
| "construcción para varias arquitecturas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:151 dpkg-architecture.1:168 |
| msgid "Instead of:" |
| msgstr "En lugar de:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:155 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:158 |
| msgid "please use the following:" |
| msgstr "use lo siguiente:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:162 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:164 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:174 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:177 |
| msgid "please use:" |
| msgstr "use:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:180 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" |
| msgstr "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:184 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " |
| "or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." |
| msgstr "" |
| "o si sólo precisa revisar el tipo de sistema o CPU, use las variables " |
| "«DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS» o «DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:193 |
| msgid "" |
| "In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " |
| "is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " |
| "below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " |
| "have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En general, invocar dpkg en el fichero de reglas («rules») para obtener la " |
| "información de arquitectura está obsoleto (a menos que desee ofrecer " |
| "compatibilidad con versiones anteriores, véase a continuación). La opción «--" |
| "print-architecture» es particularmente inestable, ya que existen " |
| "arquitecturas de Debian que no encajan con el nombre de un procesador." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:194 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" |
| msgstr "COMPATIBILIDAD CON VERSIONES ANTERIORES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:198 |
| msgid "" |
| "The DEB_*_ARCH_BITS and DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN variables were introduced in dpkg-" |
| "dev 1.15.4. Using them in I<debian/rules> thus requires a build-dependency " |
| "on dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las variables «DEB_*_ARCH_BITS» y «DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN» se introdujeron a " |
| "partir de la versión 1.15.4 de dpkg-dev. Su uso en I<debian/rules> requiere " |
| "una dependencia de construcción sobre dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:203 |
| msgid "" |
| "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in dpkg-" |
| "dev 1.13.2. Before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of " |
| "the DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject " |
| "to change." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las variables «DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU» y «DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS» se introdujeron a " |
| "partir de la versión 1.13.2 de dpkg-dev. Antes, los ficheros I<debian/rules> " |
| "solían revisar aquellos valores de «DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU» o «DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE» " |
| "susceptibles de haber cambiado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:208 |
| msgid "" |
| "Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " |
| "compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " |
| "may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " |
| "using the following code:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se deberían actualizar aquellas partes de los ficheros I<debian/rules> que " |
| "revisan las variables que deciden el modo o el objetivo a compilar. Puede " |
| "usar el siguiente código si desea permitir la compatibilidad con versiones " |
| "anteriores de dpkg-dev:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:212 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:226 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:229 |
| msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." |
| msgstr "Y de forma parecida con «DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU» y «DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " |
| "B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si desea la compatibilidad con versiones de dpkg-dev que no incluían B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>, puede usar lo siguiente:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:242 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" |
| "ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" |
| "else\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" |
| "ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" |
| "else\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:247 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:251 |
| msgid "" |
| "Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " |
| "default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Inserte un subconjunto de estas líneas al inicio del fichero «debian/rules»; " |
| "estos valores predefinidos se sobreescribirán en caso de usar dpkg-" |
| "architecture." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:258 |
| msgid "" |
| "You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " |
| "values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " |
| "Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " |
| "sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " |
| "remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " |
| "compilation)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No necesita el conjunto completo. Seleccione un conjunto consistente que " |
| "contenga los valores que usa en el fichero de reglas. Por ejemplo, si sólo " |
| "necesita la arquitectura Debian del sistema de destino, tiene suficiente con " |
| "«DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\» (de hecho, esta es la " |
| "arquitectura de Debian de la máquina de construcción, pero recuerde que sólo " |
| "intentamos crear la compatibilidad con versiones anteriores que tienen una " |
| "compilación nativa)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " |
| "versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las opciones B<-e> y B<-i> aparecieron en recientes versiones de B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture> (a partir de la versión 1.13.13 de dpkg)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>. Other examples:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> acepta la opción B<-a> y la introduce a B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>. Otros ejemplos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:267 |
| msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" |
| msgstr "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:269 |
| msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" |
| msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:272 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" |
| msgstr "Revisa si una arquitectura equivale a la arquitectura actual o dada:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:274 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" |
| msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:276 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" |
| msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:279 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " |
| "Linux systems:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Revisa si la arquitectura actual o introducida con «-a» es de un sistema " |
| "Linux:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:281 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" |
| msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:283 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" |
| msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:288 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. " |
| #| "Their location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " |
| #| "DPKG_DATADIR." |
| msgid "" |
| "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " |
| "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_DATADIR>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todos los ficheros deben estar presentes para que B<dpkg-architecture> " |
| "funcione. Puede sobreescribir la ubicación en tiempo de ejecución mediante " |
| "la variable de entorno «DPKG_DATADIR»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:288 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>" |
| msgstr "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:291 |
| msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name." |
| msgstr "Tabla de nombres de CPU conocidos y su correlación con su nombre GNU." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:291 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>" |
| msgstr "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:294 |
| msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tabla de sistemas operativos conocidos y su correlación con su nombre GNU." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:294 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>" |
| msgstr "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:298 |
| msgid "" |
| "Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture names." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Correlación entre tuples de 3 de la arquitectura de Debian, y los nombres de " |
| "arquitectura de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:302 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:307 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " |
| "Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> y su página de manual fueron escritos originalmente por " |
| "Marcus Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg.cfg" |
| msgstr "dpkg.cfg" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-09-05" |
| msgstr "5 de Septiembre de 2009" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:4 |
| msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" |
| msgstr "dpkg.cfg - Fichero de configuración de dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:11 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " |
| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " |
| "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " |
| "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " |
| "hash sign (\"B<#>\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene las opciones predefinidas de dpkg. Cada línea contiene " |
| "una única opción, idéntica a una opción de línea de órdenes normal de dpkg a " |
| "excepción de la ausencia de guiones precedentes. Las comillas que rodeen " |
| "valores de opciones desaparecerán. Se permiten comentarios si la línea " |
| "comienza con una almohadilla («B<#>»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:14 |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:18 |
| msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:24 dpkg-divert.8:134 dpkg-query.1:222 dpkg-statoverride.8:86 |
| msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-buildflags" |
| msgstr "dpkg-buildflags" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "2010-03-07" |
| msgid "2011-09-13" |
| msgstr "7 de Marzo de 2010" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-buildflags - Devuelve opciones de compilación a usar durante la " |
| "construcción del paquete" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<opción>...] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " |
| "build of Debian packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildflags> es una herramienta para obtener las opciones de " |
| "compilación a usar durante la construcción de paquetes Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/" |
| "overriden in several ways:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las opciones predefinidas se definen por el proveedor, pero se pueden " |
| "extender y sustituir de varias formas:" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "1." |
| msgstr "1." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:17 |
| msgid "system-wide with B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;" |
| msgstr "Para todo el sistema con B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:17 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "2." |
| msgstr "2." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<" |
| "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para el usuario actual con B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf>, dónde B<" |
| "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> tiene como valor predefinido B<$HOME/.config>;" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "3." |
| msgstr "3." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:23 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "temporarily with environment variables (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." |
| msgid "" |
| "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " |
| "B<ENVIRONMENT>);" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Temporalmente con variables de entorno (consulte la sección B<ENTORNO>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:23 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "4." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "temporarily with environment variables (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." |
| msgid "" |
| "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " |
| "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Temporalmente con variables de entorno (consulte la sección B<ENTORNO>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:28 |
| msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:" |
| msgstr "Los ficheros de configuración pueden contener dos tipos de directivas:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "B<SET>I< opción valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:31 |
| msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." |
| msgstr "Sustituye la opción llamada I<opción> con el valor I<valor>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:31 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" |
| msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "B<SET>I< opción valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:34 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." |
| msgid "" |
| "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." |
| msgstr "Sustituye la opción llamada I<opción> con el valor I<valor>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "B<APPEND>I< opción valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Extend the flag named I<flag> with the options given in I<value>. A " |
| #| "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is " |
| #| "non-empty." |
| msgid "" |
| "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " |
| "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-" |
| "empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extiende la opción llamada I<opción> con las opciones dadas en I<valor>. Se " |
| "prefijará un espacio al valor añadido si el valor actual de la opción no " |
| "está vacío." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" |
| msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "B<APPEND>I< opción valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:42 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Extend the flag named I<flag> with the options given in I<value>. A " |
| #| "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is " |
| #| "non-empty." |
| msgid "" |
| "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " |
| "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " |
| "non-empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extiende la opción llamada I<opción> con las opciones dadas en I<valor>. Se " |
| "prefijará un espacio al valor añadido si el valor actual de la opción no " |
| "está vacío." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " |
| "(#). Empty lines are also ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros de configuración pueden contener comentarios en líneas que " |
| "empiecen con «#». También se ignoran líneas vacías." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:46 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--debug>" |
| msgid "B<--dump>" |
| msgstr "B<--debug>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " |
| "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " |
| "(\"I<flag>=I<value>\"). This is the default action." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list>" |
| msgstr "B<--list>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " |
| "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra la lista de opciones aceptadas por el proveedor actual (uno por " |
| "línea). Para más información acerca de ellos consulte la sección B<OPCIONES " |
| "ACEPTADAS>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "B<--export=>I<format>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:66 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Print to standard output shell (if I<format> is B<sh>) or make (if " |
| #| "I<format> is B<make>) commands that can be used to export all the " |
| #| "compilation flags in the environment. If the I<format> value is not " |
| #| "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper " |
| #| "case character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for " |
| #| "the environment." |
| msgid "" |
| "Print to standard output shell (if I<format> is B<sh>) or make (if I<format> " |
| "is B<make>) commands that can be used to export all the compilation flags in " |
| "the environment. If I<format> is B<configure> then the output can be used on " |
| "a B<./configure> command-line. If the I<format> value is not given, B<sh> is " |
| "assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case character are " |
| "included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the environment." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra por la salida del intérprete de órdenes estándar (si I<format> es " |
| "B<sh>) o make (si I<format> es B<make>) las órdenes que se pueden usar para " |
| "exportar todas las opciones de compilación en el entorno. Se asume B<sh> si " |
| "no se introduce el valor I<format>. Sólo se incluyen opciones de compilación " |
| "que empiezan con un carácter en mayúscula, se asume que los otros no son " |
| "adecuados para el entorno." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get>I< flag>" |
| msgstr "B<--get>I< opción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " |
| "known otherwise exits with 1." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra el valor de la opción por la salida estándar. Cierra con valor 0 si " |
| "la opción es conocida, y el valor 1 en caso contrario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>" |
| msgstr "B<--origin>I< opción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " |
| "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " |
| "following values:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra el origen del valor obtenido con B<--get>. Cierro con valor 0 si la " |
| "opción es conocida, y el valor 1 en caso contrario. El origen puede ser " |
| "cualquiera de las siguientes opciones:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<vendor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:79 |
| msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" |
| msgstr "Devuelve la opción originalmente definida por el proveedor;" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:79 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<system>" |
| msgstr "B<system>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:82 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La opción está definida o modificada por una configuración que afecta a todo " |
| "el sistema;" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<user>" |
| msgstr "B<user>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:85 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La opción esta definida o modificada por una configuración específica del " |
| "usuario;" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:85 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<env>" |
| msgstr "B<env>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:88 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La opción esta definida o modificado por una configuración específica del " |
| "entorno." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" |
| msgstr "OPCIONES ACEPTADAS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:97 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<CFLAGS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes I<-" |
| "g> and the default optimization level (I<-O2> usually, or I<-O0> if the " |
| "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Opciones para el compilador C. El valor por omisión definido por el " |
| "proveedor incluye I<-g> y el nivel de optimización predefinido " |
| "(habitualmente I<-O2>, o I<-O0> si la variable de entorno " |
| "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> define I<noopt>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:106 |
| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." |
| msgstr "Opciones para el preprocesador C. Valor por omisión: vacío." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:106 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:109 |
| msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." |
| msgstr "Opciones para el compilador C++. Idéntica a B<CFLAGS>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<FFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<FFLAGS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:112 |
| msgid "Options for the Fortran compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." |
| msgstr "Opciones para el compilador Fortran. Idéntica a B<CFLAGS>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<LDFLAGS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:120 |
| msgid "" |
| "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " |
| "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " |
| "from these options). Default value: empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Opciones introducidas al compilador al enlazar ejecutables u objetos " |
| "compartidos (en el caso de invocar al enlazador directamente, debe eliminar " |
| "B<-Wl> y «B<,>» de estas opciones). Valor por omisión: vacío." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:122 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:125 |
| msgid "System wide configuration file." |
| msgstr "Fichero de configuración de todo el sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:125 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| msgstr "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> o B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:128 |
| msgid "User configuration file." |
| msgstr "Fichero de configuración del usuario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " |
| "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. " |
| "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with " |
| "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only " |
| "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting " |
| "build flags." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:135 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_SET>" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:137 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_SET>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:141 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta variable se puede usar para forzar el valor devuelto para la I<opción> " |
| "dada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:141 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_SET>" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:143 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_SET>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:148 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " |
| #| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " |
| "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta variable se puede usar para añadir opciones adicionales al valor " |
| "devuelto por la I<opción> dada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:148 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_APPEND>" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:150 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_APPEND>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " |
| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta variable se puede usar para añadir opciones adicionales al valor " |
| "devuelto por la I<opción> dada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:154 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_APPEND>" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:156 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_APPEND>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:160 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " |
| #| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " |
| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta variable se puede usar para añadir opciones adicionales al valor " |
| "devuelto por la I<opción> dada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:160 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_>I<opción>B<_SET>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to disable/enable various hardening build flags " |
| "through the B<hardening> option. See the B<HARDENING> section for details." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:166 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "WARNING" |
| msgid "HARDENING" |
| msgstr "AVISO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:171 |
| msgid "" |
| "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " |
| "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " |
| "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " |
| "enabled by default for architectures that support them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each hardening feature can be enabled and disabled in the " |
| "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's B<hardening> value with " |
| "the \"+\" and \"-\" modifier. For example, to enable the \"pie\" feature and " |
| "disable the \"fortify\" feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:183 |
| msgid "" |
| "The special feature B<all> can be used to enable or disable all hardening " |
| "features at the same time. Thus disabling everything and enabling only " |
| "\"format\" and \"fortify\" can be achieved with:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:185 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:186 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Format>" |
| msgid "B<format>" |
| msgstr "B<Format>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:198 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Wformat-security -" |
| "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This will warn about " |
| "improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are used in " |
| "a way that that represent possible security problems. At present, this warns " |
| "about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format string is " |
| "not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);" |
| "> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security hole if the " |
| "format string came from untrusted input and contains \"%n\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:199 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<fortify>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:210 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CFLAGS> " |
| "and B<CXXFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " |
| "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " |
| "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. " |
| "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " |
| "strings in writable memory that contain '%n' are blocked. If an application " |
| "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:213 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " |
| "compiled with B<-O1> or higher." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:213 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<stackprotector>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:222 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-" |
| "buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against " |
| "stack overwrites. This renders many potential code injection attacks into " |
| "aborting situations. In the best case this turns code injection " |
| "vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues (depending on the " |
| "application)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:226 |
| msgid "" |
| "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " |
| "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-" |
| "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:227 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<regex>" |
| msgid "B<relro>" |
| msgstr "B<regex>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:235 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " |
| "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " |
| "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " |
| "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " |
| "overwrite attacks." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:236 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<bindnow>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " |
| "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " |
| "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:244 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pie>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:256 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS> and " |
| "B<CXXFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. Position Independent " |
| "Executable are needed to take advantage of Address Space Layout " |
| "Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR can already be " |
| "enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), the code areas " |
| "must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries already do this (-" |
| "fPIC), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary .text regions need to be " |
| "build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) " |
| "attacks are much harder since there are no static locations to bounce off of " |
| "during a memory corruption attack." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:259 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is not compatible with B<-fPIC> so care must be taken when building " |
| "shared objects." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some " |
| "architectures (most notably i386) can see performance losses of up to 15% in " |
| "very text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than " |
| "1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as " |
| "high a worst-case penalty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:268 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2010-2011 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:270 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess" |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2011 Kees Cook" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" |
| msgstr "dpkg-buildpackage" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-buildpackage - Construcción de paquetes binarios o fuente a partir de " |
| "las fuentes" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " |
| "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> es un programa que automatiza el proceso de " |
| "construcción de un paquete de Debian. Éste consiste de los siguientes pasos:" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<1.>" |
| msgstr "B<1.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " |
| "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>) and calls B<dpkg-source --before-build> (unless B<-T> " |
| "or B<--target> has been used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Preparación del entorno de construcción, definiendo varias variables de " |
| "entorno (consulte B<VARIABLES DE ENTORNO>) para invocar B<dpkg-source --" |
| "before-build> (a menos que se defina B<-T> o B<--target>." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<2.>" |
| msgstr "B<2.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " |
| "(unless B<-d> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Verificar que las dependencias y conflictos de construcción («build-" |
| "dependencies» y «build-conflicts», respectivamente) estén satisfechas (a " |
| "menos que especifique B<-d>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<3.>" |
| msgstr "B<3.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> option, " |
| "it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it calls B<fakeroot debian/" |
| "rules clean> to clean the build-tree (unless B<-nc> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se selecciona un objetivo específico con B<-T> o B<--target>, invoca ese " |
| "objetivo y se detiene. De no ser así, invoca B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> " |
| "para limpiar el árbol de construcción (a menos que especifique B<-nc>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<4.>" |
| msgstr "B<4.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the source package (unless a binary-" |
| "only build has been requested with B<-b>, B<-B> or B<-A>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocación de B<dpkg-source -b> para generar el paquete fuente (a menos que " |
| "se requiera sólo la construcción del paquete binario con B<-b>, B<-B> o B<-" |
| "A>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<5.>" |
| msgstr "B<5.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "It calls B<debian/rules> B<build> followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " |
| #| "I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-" |
| #| "S>). Note that I<binary-target> is either B<binary> (default case, or if " |
| #| "B<-b> is specified) or B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> is specified) or " |
| #| "B<binary-indep> (if B<-A> is specified)." |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<debian/rules> B<build> followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " |
| "I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-S>). " |
| "Note that I<binary-target> is either B<binary> (default case, or if B<-b> is " |
| "specified) or B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> is specified) or B<binary-indep> (if " |
| "B<-A> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocación de B<debian/rules> B<build> seguido de B<fakeroot debian/rules> " |
| "I<binary-target> (a menos que se requiera sólo la construcción de las " |
| "fuentes mediante B<-S>). Tenga en cuenta que I<binary-target> es o bien " |
| "B<binary> (por omisión, o si se especifica B<-b>), B<binary-arch> (si se " |
| "especifica B<-B>), o B<binary-indep> (si se especifica B<-A>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<6.>" |
| msgstr "B<6.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> is " |
| "specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocación de B<gpg> para firmar el fichero B<.dsc> (de existir, a menos que " |
| "se especifique B<-us>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<7.>" |
| msgstr "B<7.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<.changes> file. Many B<dpkg-" |
| "buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocación de B<dpkg-genchanges> para generar el fichero B<.changes>. Muchas " |
| "de las opciones de B<dpkg-buildpackage> se introducen a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<8.>" |
| msgstr "B<8.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocación de B<gpg> para firmar el fichero B<.changes> (a menos que se " |
| "especifique B<-us>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<9.>" |
| msgstr "B<9.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "If B<-tc> is specified, it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again. " |
| "Finally it calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se especifica B<-tc>, se invocará nuevamente B<fakeroot debian/rules " |
| "clean>. Por último, invoca B<dpkg-source --after-build>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>" |
| msgstr "B<-b>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or " |
| "distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica una construcción sólo binaria, no se construirán ficheros de " |
| "fuentes y/o distribuidas. Se introduce a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-B>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent packages. " |
| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica una construcción sólo binaria, limitada a paquetes dependientes " |
| "de arquitectura. Se introduce a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-A>" |
| msgstr "B<-A>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent packages. " |
| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica una construcción sólo binaria, limitada a paquetes independientes " |
| "de la arquitectura. Se introduce a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63 dpkg-genchanges.1:27 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>" |
| msgstr "B<-S>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made. Passed " |
| "to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica una construcción sólo de las fuentes, no se construirá ningún " |
| "paquete binario. Se introduce a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-F>" |
| msgstr "B<-F>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. " |
| "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define una construcción completa normal, se construyen los paquetes binarios " |
| "y de fuente. Es idéntica al comportamiento predefinido cuando no se define " |
| "ninguna opción de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:73 |
| msgid "B<--target=>I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<--target=>I<target>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:75 |
| msgid "B<--target >I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<--target >I<target>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:77 |
| msgid "B<-T>I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<-T>I<target>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment and " |
| "stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, then " |
| "the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official targets that " |
| "are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not need this option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invoca B<debian/rules> I<target> después de definir el entorno de " |
| "construcción, deteniendo en este punto el proceso de construcción del " |
| "paquete. Si se introduce B<--as-root>, la orden se ejecutará como el usuario " |
| "«root» (véase B<-r>). Tenga en cuenta que los objetivos oficiales que " |
| "precisan ejecutarse como administrador según las directrices de Debian no " |
| "necesitan esta opción." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:84 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--as-root>" |
| msgstr "B<--as-root>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be run " |
| "with root rights." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Su uso sólo tiene sentido con B<--target>. Requiere que se ejecute el " |
| "objetivo con permisos del usuario «root»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:90 dpkg-genchanges.1:36 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-si>" |
| msgstr "B<-si>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:92 dpkg-genchanges.1:42 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sa>" |
| msgstr "B<-sa>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:94 dpkg-genchanges.1:45 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sd>" |
| msgstr "B<-sd>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:96 dpkg-genchanges.1:49 dpkg-gencontrol.1:38 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:377 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<-v>I<versión>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:98 dpkg-genchanges.1:54 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" |
| msgstr "B<-C>I<descripción-de-cambios>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:100 dpkg-genchanges.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" |
| msgstr "B<-m>I<dirección-mantenedor>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:102 dpkg-genchanges.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" |
| msgstr "B<-e>I<dirección-mantenedor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:104 |
| msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se introduce sin cambios a B<dpkg-genchanges>. Consulte la página de manual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:105 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " |
| "machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " |
| "the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica la arquitectura de Debian para la cual se construye el paquete. " |
| "La arquitectura de la máquina en la que se construye el paquete se detecta " |
| "automáticamente, y es también la arquitectura de destino por omisión para la " |
| "máquina anfitrión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of -a or " |
| "as a complement to override the default GNU system type of the target Debian " |
| "architecture." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el tipo de sistema GNU para el cual se construye el paquete. Se puede " |
| "usar en lugar de «-a», o como un complemento para invalidar el tipo de " |
| "sistema GNU predefinido de la arquitectura Debian de destino." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-j>I<jobs>" |
| msgstr "B<-j>I<tareas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126 |
| msgid "" |
| "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, equivalent to the B<make>" |
| "(1) option of the same name. Will add itself to the MAKEFLAGS environment " |
| "variable, which should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the " |
| "option. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> to the DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment " |
| "variable which allows debian/rules files to use this information for their " |
| "own purposes. The B<parallel=>I<jobs> in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment " |
| "variable will override the B<-j> value if this option is given." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El número máximo de tareas («jobs») ejecutándose simultáneamente, " |
| "equivalente a la opción de B<make>(1) del mismo nombre. Se añadirá a la " |
| "variable de entorno «MAKEFLAGS», que causa que todas las invocaciones " |
| "posteriores a «make» hereden esta opción. También añade " |
| "B<parallel=>I<tareas> a la variable de entorno «DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS», que " |
| "permite que los ficheros «debian/rules» usen esta información para sus " |
| "propios propósitos. B<parallel=>I<tareas> en la variable de entorno " |
| "«DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS» invalida el valor B<-j> en caso de introducir esta " |
| "opción." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the " |
| "default behavior." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Verifica las dependencias y los conflictos de construcción, interrumpiendo " |
| "el proceso si alguna no está satisfecha. Este es el comportamiento por " |
| "omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 dpkg-gensymbols.1:432 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>" |
| msgstr "B<-d>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133 |
| msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." |
| msgstr "No revisa dependencias ni conflictos de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-nc>" |
| msgstr "B<-nc>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been " |
| "selected among B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No limpia el árbol de fuentes (implica B<-b> si no se introdujo B<-B>, B<-A> " |
| "o B<-S>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-tc>" |
| msgstr "B<-tc>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " |
| "after the package has been built." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Limpia el árbol de fuentes (usando I<orden-para-obtener-root> B<debian/rules " |
| "clean>) después de la creación del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" |
| msgstr "B<-r>I<orden-para-obtener-root>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " |
| "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " |
| "has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, B<fakeroot> will " |
| "be used by default, if the command is present. I<gain-root-command> should " |
| "start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and will get as arguments " |
| "the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take. " |
| "I<gain-root-command> can include parameters (they must be space-separated) " |
| "but no shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might typically be " |
| "B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since " |
| "it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " |
| "individually to the command to be run." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesite ejecutar parte del proceso de " |
| "construcción como «root», añade el prefijo I<orden-para-obtener-root> a la " |
| "orden a ejecutar en caso de haberse especificado. La I<orden-para-obtener-" |
| "root> debe ser el nombre de un programa que esté dentro del B<PATH>, y " |
| "tomará como argumentos el nombre del proceso a ejecutar, así como los " |
| "argumentos que éste toma. La I<orden-para-obtener-root> puede incluir " |
| "parámetros, pero no caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes. La " |
| "I<orden-para-obtener-root> puede ser B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> o " |
| "B<really>. B<su> no es adecuado ya que sólo puede invocar el intérprete de " |
| "órdenes del usuario con B<-c>, en lugar de introducir los argumentos " |
| "individualmente a la orden a ejecutar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>" |
| msgstr "B<-R>I<fichero-reglas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178 |
| msgid "" |
| "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " |
| "command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible to " |
| "use another program invocation to build the package (it can include space " |
| "separated parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard " |
| "rules file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/" |
| "make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Habitualmente, construir un paquete de Debian incluye invocar B<debian/" |
| "rules> como una orden con varios parámetros estándar. Esta opción posibilita " |
| "invocar otro programa para construir el paquete (puede incluir parámetros " |
| "separados por espacios). Por otra parte, se puede usar para ejecutar el " |
| "fichero de reglas («rules») estándar con otro programa de make (por ejemplo, " |
| "usando B</usr/local/bin/make -f debian/rules> como I<fichero-reglas>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" |
| msgstr "B<-p>I<orden-para-firmar>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " |
| "control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " |
| "(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg>. I<sign-command> will " |
| "get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " |
| "takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" |
| "sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " |
| "metacharacters." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesita ejecutar GPG o PGP para firmar el " |
| "fichero fuente de control (B<.dsc>) o un fichero B<.changes>, ejecutará " |
| "I<orden-para-firmar> (buscando en B<PATH> si es necesario) en lugar de " |
| "B<gpg>. I<orden-para-firmar> recibirá todos los argumentos que obtendría " |
| "B<pgp>. Debe usar la opción B<-sgpg> si la I<orden-para-firmar> toma los " |
| "argumentos en formato GPG en vez de PGP. La I<orden-para-firmar> no debe " |
| "contener espacios ni tampoco caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" |
| msgstr "B<-k>I<llave-id>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191 |
| msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica una llave de identificación a usar para firmar los paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-us>" |
| msgstr "B<-us>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194 |
| msgid "Do not sign the source package." |
| msgstr "No firma el paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-uc>" |
| msgstr "B<-uc>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:197 |
| msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "No firma el fichero B<.changes>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:199 |
| msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>]" |
| msgstr "B<-i>[I<exp-reg>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:201 |
| msgid "B<-I>I<[pattern]>" |
| msgstr "B<-I>I<[patrón]>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:203 |
| msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]" |
| msgstr "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:205 |
| msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>" |
| msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:208 |
| msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se introduce sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>. Consulte la página de manual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:209 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" |
| msgstr "B<--source-option=>I<opción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212 |
| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>." |
| msgstr "Introduce la opción I<opción> a B<dpkg-source>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" |
| msgstr "B<--changes-option=>I<opción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:215 |
| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "Introduce la opción I<opción> a B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:219 |
| msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:222 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 dpkg-query.1:122 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215 dpkg-trigger.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" |
| "lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el directorio con la base de datos de B<dpkg>. Por omisión es I</var/" |
| "lib/dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:223 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33 dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:172 dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:443 dpkg-name.1:58 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:110 dpkg-scanpackages.1:96 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:96 dpkg-split.1:126 dpkg-trigger.1:31 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> export some variables, B<debian/rules> " |
| #| "should not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective " |
| #| "interface to retrieve the needed values." |
| msgid "" |
| "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " |
| "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " |
| "to retrieve the needed values." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Aún en el caso de que B<dpkg-buildpackage> exporte algunas variables, " |
| "B<debian/rules> no debería depender de su presencia, sino que debería usar " |
| "la interfaz adecuada para obtener los valores necesarios." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture" |
| msgstr "Variables definidas por dpkg-architecture" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " |
| "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " |
| "the build environment." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> se invoca con los parámetros B<-a> y B<-t>. Toda " |
| "variable que ofrece una salida mediante su opción B<-s> se integra en el " |
| "entorno de construcción." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "Between versions 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " |
| "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " |
| "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:248 |
| msgid "" |
| "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " |
| "initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debería ser posible especificar espacios y caracteres especiales del " |
| "intérprete de órdenes en los argumentos iniciales de la I<orden-para-obtener-" |
| "root> y la I<orden-para-firmar>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:256 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), " |
| #| "B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)." |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-" |
| "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), " |
| "B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:265 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" |
| msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - Comprueba las dependencias y conflictos de compilación" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<options>] [I<control-file>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<opciones>] [I<fichero-control>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " |
| "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " |
| "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este programa comprueba que los paquetes instalados en el sistema satisfacen " |
| "las dependencias y conflictos de compilación listados en el fichero de " |
| "control del paquete. Si alguna de estas condiciones no se cumple avisa y " |
| "finaliza el proceso devolviendo un código de error distinto de cero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename " |
| #| "may be specified on the command line." |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " |
| "be specified on the command line." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por omisión se lee B<debian/control>, pero se puede especificar un fichero " |
| "de control alternativo en la línea de órdenes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " |
| "built." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ignora las líneas I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Se debe usar cuando se construyen " |
| "paquetes independientes de la arquitectura." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>" |
| msgstr "B<-d >I<cadena-dependencias-compilación>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>" |
| msgstr "B<-c >I<cadena-conflicto-compilación>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " |
| "I<debian/control> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa las dependencias y conflictos de compilación dados en lugar de aquellos " |
| "listados en el fichero I<debian/control>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-distaddfile" |
| msgstr "dpkg-distaddfile" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-distaddfile - Añade entradas a «debian/files»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<opciones>]I< fichero sección prioridad>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:13 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-distaddfile> añade una entrada para un fichero dado a B<debian/files>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " |
| "priority for the B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Toma tres argumentos no opcionales, el nombre de fichero, sección y " |
| "prioridad para el fichero B<.changes>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" |
| "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " |
| "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre del fichero debe ser relativo al directorio donde B<dpkg-" |
| "genchanges> espera encontrar los ficheros, habitualmente B<..>, en lugar de " |
| "ser relativo al directorio donde se ejecuta B<dpkg-distaddfile>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:28 dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-f>I<fichero-lista-ficheros>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " |
| "B<debian/files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee o escribe la lista de ficheros a subir desde el fichero especificado, en " |
| "lugar de usar B<debian/files>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:40 dpkg-genchanges.1:139 dpkg-gencontrol.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/files>" |
| msgstr "B<debian/files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La lista de ficheros generados que son parte de los datos subidos en " |
| "proceso. Puede usar B<dpkg-distaddfile> para añadir ficheros adicionales." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-deb" |
| msgstr "dpkg-deb" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-deb - Herramienta de manipulación de archivos de paquete («.deb») de " |
| "Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb> empaqueta, desempaqueta y ofrece información sobre archivos de " |
| "Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:16 |
| msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." |
| msgstr "Use B<dpkg> para instalar y eliminar paquetes de su sistema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " |
| "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " |
| "and run it for you." |
| msgstr "" |
| "También puede invocar B<dpkg-deb> usando B<dpkg> con cualquiera de las " |
| "opciones que desee introducir a B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> notará que desea usar " |
| "B<dpkg-deb>, y lo ejecutará por usted." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" |
| msgstr "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directorio> [I<archivo>|I<directorio>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:40 |
| msgid "" |
| "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " |
| "I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " |
| "information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " |
| "I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " |
| "files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Crea un archivo de Debian a partir del árbol del sistema de ficheros ubicado " |
| "en el I<directorio>. El I<directorio> debe tener un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN>, " |
| "el cual contiene los ficheros de información tales como el fichero de " |
| "control. Este directorio I<no> aparecerá en el sistema de ficheros del " |
| "archivo de paquete binario, sino que los ficheros contenidos se ubicarán en " |
| "el área de la información de control del paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:52 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " |
| "parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " |
| "the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " |
| "permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " |
| "control information directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb> leerá y analizará B<DEBIAN/control> a menos que especifique B<--" |
| "nocheck>. Comprobará posibles errores de sintaxis y otros problemas, " |
| "mostrando el nombre del paquete binario que se está creando. B<dpkg-deb> " |
| "también comprobará los permisos de los scripts del mantenedor así como de " |
| "los otros ficheros que se encuentren en el directorio de la información de " |
| "control B<DEBIAN>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " |
| "the file I<directory>B<.deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se especifica un I<archivo>, B<dpkg-deb> creará el paquete como un " |
| "fichero I<directorio>B<.deb>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:61 |
| msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." |
| msgstr "Si el archivo a crear ya existe se sobreescribirá." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:77 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " |
| "file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " |
| "the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " |
| "a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " |
| "read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si el segundo argumento es un directorio, B<dpkg-deb> escribirá en el " |
| "fichero I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<_>I<arquitectura>B<.deb>, o " |
| "I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<.deb> si el campo B<Arquitecture> no está presente " |
| "en el fichero de control del paquete. No se debería usar la opción B<--" |
| "nocheck> cuando se especifica un directorio de destino en lugar de un " |
| "fichero ya que B<dpkg-deb> necesita leer y analizar el fichero de control " |
| "del paquete para así determinar qué nombre de archivo usar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:77 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" |
| msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archivo> [I<fichero-de-control> ..]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:80 |
| msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." |
| msgstr "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:85 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " |
| "the contents of the package as well as its control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se especifica el I<fichero(s)-de-control> se mostrará un resumen de " |
| "los contenidos del paquete así como del fichero de control." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " |
| "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " |
| "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " |
| "2." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se especifica algún I<fichero-de-control>, B<dpkg-deb> imprimirá los " |
| "contenidos en el orden en que se especificaron. Si cualquiera de los " |
| "componentes no estuviese presente se mostrará un mensaje de error por la " |
| "salida de error estándar para cada uno de ellos, interrumpiendo el proceso " |
| "con el estado de salida 2." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " |
| "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " |
| "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario con el formato definido por el " |
| "argumento B<--showformat>. El formato predefinido muestra el nombre del " |
| "paquete y la versión en una sola línea, separados por un tabulado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:100 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" |
| msgstr "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archivo> [I<campo-del-fichero-control> ...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:103 |
| msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae información del fichero de control del fichero de un paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " |
| "control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se especifica ningún B<campo-del-fichero-control>, se mostrará todo el " |
| "fichero de control." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " |
| "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" |
| "file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " |
| "name (and a colon and space)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se especifica algún campo, B<dpkg-deb> mostrará sus contenidos en el " |
| "orden en el cual aparecen en el fichero de control. Si se especifica más de " |
| "un B<campo-del-fichero-control>, B<dpkg-deb> precederá cada uno con el " |
| "nombre del campo (más dos puntos y un espacio)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:118 |
| msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No se informa de ningún error para los campos solicitados pero no " |
| "encontrados." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:124 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " |
| "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " |
| "verbose listing." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista los contenidos de la parte del archivo de paquete que se instala en el " |
| "árbol del sistema de ficheros, sin incluir ficheros específicos del sistema " |
| "de empaquetado de Debian. La lista se genera con el formato producido por el " |
| "listado informativo de B<tar>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:124 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<directorio-archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " |
| "directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae el árbol del sistema de ficheros del archivo de paquetes al " |
| "directorio especificado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:134 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " |
| "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "¡Tenga en cuenta que I<no> obtendrá una instalación correcta si extrae un " |
| "paquete en el directorio raíz! Use B<dpkg> para instalar paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:138 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " |
| "permissions modified to match the contents of the package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se creará el I<directorio> (pero no los directorios padre) de ser necesario, " |
| "modificando sus permisos de acuerdo a los contenidos del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:138 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<directorio-archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:145 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) but prints a listing of the files extracted " |
| #| "as it goes." |
| msgid "" |
| "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " |
| "listing of the files extracted as it goes." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Similar a B<--extract> (B<-x>), pero muestra una lista de ficheros a medida " |
| "que se extraen." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:145 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<directorio-archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:150 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " |
| #| "directory." |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " |
| "directory, and the control information files into a DEBIAN subdirectory of " |
| "the specified directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae el árbol del sistema de ficheros del archivo de paquetes al " |
| "directorio especificado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:152 dpkg-deb.1:172 |
| msgid "" |
| "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio de destino (pero no los directorios padre) se creará de ser " |
| "necesario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:152 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archivo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:161 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " |
| #| "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be " |
| #| "used to extract a particular file from a package archive." |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " |
| "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " |
| "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " |
| "always be processed sequentially." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae los datos del árbol de sistema de ficheros de un paquete binario, " |
| "enviándolo por la salida estándar en formato B<tar>. Se puede usar junto con " |
| "B<tar> para extraer un fichero específico del archivo de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:161 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" |
| msgstr "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archivo> [I<directorio>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " |
| "specified directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae los ficheros de información de control de un archivo de paquete al " |
| "directorio especificado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " |
| "directory is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se especifica ningún directorio, se usará el subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> " |
| "del directorio actual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:180 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:185 dpkg-query.1:127 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " |
| "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción sirve para especificar el formato de la salida que B<--show> " |
| "producirá. El formato es una cadena que será la salida de cada paquete " |
| "listado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:194 |
| msgid "" |
| "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " |
| "form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " |
| "same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " |
| "escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " |
| "B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La cadena puede mostrar cualquier campo de estado usando la forma " |
| "«${I<nombre-campo>}», y puede generar una lista de campos válidos usando B<-" |
| "I> con el mismo paquete. Para una explicación de las opciones de formato " |
| "(incluyendo secuencias de escape y el tabulado de los campos), consulte la " |
| "explicación de la opción B<--showformat> en B<dpkg-query> (1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:196 |
| msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." |
| msgstr "El valor predefinido de este campo es «${Package}\\et${Version}\\en»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:196 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-z>I<compress_level>" |
| msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" |
| msgstr "B<-z>I<compress_level>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:200 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Specify which compression level to pass to the compressor backend " |
| #| "program, when building a package." |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " |
| "building a package (default is 9 for gzip and bzip2, 6 for xz and lzma)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el nivel de compresión a introducir al programa de compresión externo " |
| "al construir un paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:200 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-Z>I<compress_type>" |
| msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" |
| msgstr "B<-Z>I<compress_type>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " |
| "values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma>, and I<none> (default is " |
| "I<gzip>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica el tipo de compresión a usar al construir un paquete. Los valores " |
| "aceptados son I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma>, y I<none> (ninguno). El " |
| "valor predefinido es I<gzip>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:205 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--new>" |
| msgstr "B<--new>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:210 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Asegura que B<dpkg-deb> construya un archivo con el «nuevo» formato. Éste es " |
| "el comportamiento por omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:210 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--old>" |
| msgstr "B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:218 |
| msgid "" |
| "Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " |
| "is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " |
| "is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " |
| "0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Fuerza que B<dpkg-deb> construya un archivo con el formato antiguo («old»). " |
| "Este formato antiguo de archivo es más difícil de analizar por las " |
| "herramientas que no forman parte de Debian, y a día de hoy está obsoleto. " |
| "Sólo se usa al construir paquetes que versiones de dpkg anteriores a 0.93.76 " |
| "(septiembre 1995) analizarán, la cual se distribuyó sólo para sistemas i386 " |
| "en formato «a.out.»" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:218 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--nocheck>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:224 |
| msgid "" |
| "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " |
| "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Impide las comprobaciones habituales de B<dpkg-deb --build> sobre los " |
| "contenidos del archivo. Puede construir cualquier archivo que desee, no " |
| "importa lo mal que esté." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:224 start-stop-daemon.8:255 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" |
| msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:228 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enables verbose output. This currently only affects B<--extract> making it " |
| "behave like B<--vextract>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:228 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>, B<--debug>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:231 |
| msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." |
| msgstr "Activa los mensajes de depuración. No son muy interesantes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:237 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " |
| "temporary files and directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se define, B<dpkg-deb> lo usará como el directorio en el que crear " |
| "ficheros temporales y directorios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paquete1>B<.deb> I<paquete2>B<.deb> no funciona como " |
| "debería." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:251 |
| msgid "" |
| "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " |
| "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " |
| "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " |
| "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. " |
| "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "No realiza ninguna comprobación de autenticidad de los ficheros B<.deb>; de " |
| "hecho, ni siquiera una suma de control. Las herramientas de nivel alto como " |
| "APT son capaces de autenticar paquetes obtenidos desde el repositorio dado, " |
| "y la mayoría de estos ofrecen a día de hoy un fichero de sumas de control " |
| "md5 generado por «debian/rules». Las herramientas de bajo nivel no tienen " |
| "una compatibilidad directa con estos procesos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:258 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " |
| "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " |
| "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." |
| msgstr "" |
| "¡No use B<dpkg-deb> para instalar software! Debe usar B<dpkg> para asegurar " |
| "que todos los ficheros se instalan en el sitio correcto, los scripts del " |
| "paquete se ejecuten y que se registren los contenidos y estado el de éste." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:264 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-divert" |
| msgstr "dpkg-divert" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" |
| msgstr "dpkg-divert - Redefine la versión de un fichero del paquete" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " |
| "diversions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-divert> es una herramienta para configurar y actualizar la lista de " |
| "redirecciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:23 |
| msgid "" |
| "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " |
| "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " |
| "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " |
| "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " |
| "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " |
| "'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " |
| "of a package which contains those files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La I<redirección> («diversion») de ficheros es una forma de evitar que dpkg " |
| "instale un fichero en su ubicación, sino que lo instale en una ubicación " |
| "I<redirigida>. Las redirecciones se pueden usar a través de los scripts en " |
| "los paquetes Debian para mover un fichero cuando causa un conflicto. Los " |
| "administradores de sistema pueden usarlo también para redefinir el fichero " |
| "de configuración de algún paquete, o cuando algunos ficheros (que no están " |
| "marcados como «conffiles») deben ser preservados por dpkg si se instala una " |
| "versión nueva del paquete que contiene estos ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:25 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" |
| msgstr "[B<--add>] I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:28 |
| msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>." |
| msgstr "Añade una redirección para el I<fichero>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:35 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--remove>I< fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:31 |
| msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>." |
| msgstr "Elimina una redirección para el I<fichero>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:31 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--list>I< comodín>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:34 |
| msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." |
| msgstr "Lista las redirecciones que encajan con el I<comodín> (patrón «glob»)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--listpackage>I< fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>. Prints LOCAL if I<file> " |
| "is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra el nombre del paquete que redirige al I<fichero>. Muestra «LOCAL» si " |
| "el fichero está redirigido localmente, y nada si el I<fichero> no está " |
| "redirigido." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:38 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--truename>I< fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:41 |
| msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." |
| msgstr "Muestra el nombre real del fichero redirigido." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:43 dpkg-statoverride.8:52 dselect.1:44 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:328 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir>I< directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the dpkg data directory to I<directory> (default: I</var/lib/dpkg>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el directorio de datos de dpkg como I<directorio> (por omisión: I</" |
| "var/lib/dpkg>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:46 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" |
| msgstr "B<--divert>I< redirigir-a>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " |
| "other packages, will be diverted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<redirigir-a> es la ubicación donde las versiones del I<fichero>, tal y " |
| "como otros paquetes lo ofrecen, se redirigirá." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--local>" |
| msgstr "B<--local>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " |
| "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " |
| "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " |
| "version." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica que todas las versiones de los paquetes de este fichero se " |
| "redirigirán. Esto es, sin excepciones, y sin importar qué paquete está " |
| "instalado, el fichero se redirigirá. El administrador del sistema puede usar " |
| "esto para instalar una versión modificada localmente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--package>I< package>" |
| msgstr "B<--package>I< paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " |
| "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia del I<fichero> no se " |
| "redirigirá. Por ejemplo, el I<fichero> se redirigirá para todos los paquetes " |
| "a excepción de I<paquete>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:61 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 update-alternatives.8:350 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--quiet>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:64 |
| msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." |
| msgstr "Modo silencioso, esto es: sin información detallada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:64 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--rename>" |
| msgstr "B<--rename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:68 |
| msgid "" |
| "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " |
| "in case the destination file already exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Mueve el archivo a un lado (o atrás). B<dpkg-divert> interrumpirá la " |
| "operación en caso de que el fichero destino ya exista." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:68 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--test>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:71 |
| msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Modo de prueba, esto es, no realiza ningún cambio, sólo muestra su ejecución." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:78 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "NOTES" |
| msgstr "NOTAS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:82 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." |
| #| "distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " |
| #| "match if specified." |
| msgid "" |
| "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. " |
| "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if " |
| "specified." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al añadir redirecciones por omisión se usa B<--local> y B<--divert> " |
| "I<E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib>. Al eliminar, B<--package> o B<--local> y B<--" |
| "divert> deben coincidir en caso de definirse." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:84 |
| msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." |
| msgstr "Los directorios no se pueden redirigir con B<dpkg-divert>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " |
| "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " |
| "library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " |
| "symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " |
| "has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debe tener cuidado al redireccionar bibliotecas compartidas, B<ldconfig> (8) " |
| "crea un enlace simbólico basado en el campo «DT_SONAME» integrado en la " |
| "biblioteca. Ya que ldconfig no respeta las redirecciones (sólo dpkg lo " |
| "hace), si una biblioteca redirigida tiene el mismo «SONAME» que la que no " |
| "está redirigida, es posible que el enlace simbólico acabe apuntando a la " |
| "biblioteca redirigida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." |
| "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" |
| "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para redireccionar todas las copias de I</usr/bin/ejemplo> a I</usr/bin/" |
| "ejemplo.foo>; hará que todos los paquetes que provean I</usr/bin/ejemplo> lo " |
| "instalen como I</usr/bin/ejemplo.foo>, renombrando el fichero en caso de ser " |
| "necesario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:97 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/ejemplo.foo --rename /usr/bin/ejemplo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:99 dpkg-divert.8:109 |
| msgid "To remove that diversion:" |
| msgstr "Para eliminar esa redirección:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:101 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/ejemplo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:105 |
| msgid "" |
| "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" |
| "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para redireccionar cualquier paquete que instale I</usr/bin/ejemplo> como I</" |
| "usr/bin/ejemplo.foo>, a excepción de su propio paquete I<wibble>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" |
| "example" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/ejemplo.foo --rename /usr/bin/" |
| "ejemplo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:111 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/ejemplo" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:113 dpkg-query.1:205 dpkg-statoverride.8:69 dpkg-trigger.1:61 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:355 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_LIBDIR>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_LIBDIR>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:117 dpkg-query.1:209 dpkg-statoverride.8:73 dpkg-trigger.1:65 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " |
| "as the dpkg data directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " |
| "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:123 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " |
| "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " |
| "important to dpkg, such as I<status> or I<available>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero que contiene la lista actual de redirecciones en el sistema. Está " |
| "ubicado en el directorio de administración de dpkg, así como otros ficheros " |
| "importantes para dpkg, como I<status> o I<available>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-" |
| "old>, before replacing it with the new one." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Nota: B<dpkg-divert> preserva la copia antigua de este archivo, insertando " |
| "la extensión I<-old> antes de reemplazarlo con uno nuevo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:137 update-alternatives.8:496 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995 Ian Jackson" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 1995 Ian Jackson" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-genchanges" |
| msgstr "dpkg-genchanges" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-genchanges - Generación de ficheros de Debian «.changes»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " |
| "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " |
| "upload control file (B<.changes> file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges> lee la información de un árbol de fuentes de Debian " |
| "desempaquetado y construido, así como de los ficheros que ha generado, y " |
| "crea un fichero de control de subida de Debian, el fichero B<.changes>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:18 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>" |
| msgstr "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are to " |
| "be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, the " |
| "produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created by the " |
| "B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que sólo se va a realizar una construcción binaria (no se incluyen " |
| "los ficheros de fuente). No hay diferencias entre B<-b>, B<-B> y B<-A>, y el " |
| "fichero B<.changes> incluirá aquellos ficheros creados mediante el o los " |
| "«target» de make binarios (B<binary-*>) del paquete a construir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages will " |
| "be included)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que sólo se deben subir las fuentes (no se incluirán paquetes " |
| "binarios)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " |
| "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-" |
| "B> haven't been used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las opciones B<-s>I<x> controlan si el archivo original de las fuentes se " |
| "incluye en la subida generada, en caso de generar alguna fuente (por " |
| "ejemplo, si no se han usado B<-b> o B<-B>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " |
| "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " |
| "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " |
| "entry." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por omisión, o si se especifica, las fuentes originales se incluirán si el " |
| "número de versión del autor original (la versión sin «epoch» y sin la parte " |
| "del número de versión que corresponde a la revisión de Debian) difiere del " |
| "número de versión de la fuente original en la entrada del registro de " |
| "cambios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:45 |
| msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." |
| msgstr "Fuerza la inclusión de la fuente original." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:48 |
| msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Fuerza la exclusión de la fuente original y sólo incluye el fichero de " |
| "diferencias «.diff»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:54 |
| msgid "" |
| "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " |
| "I<version> to be used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Provoca el uso de la información del registro de cambios de todas las " |
| "versiones estrictamente posteriores a I<versión>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " |
| "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee la descripción de los cambios del fichero I<changesdescription> en vez " |
| "de usar la información contenida en el fichero de cambios del árbol de " |
| "fuentes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " |
| "this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " |
| "control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Utiliza I<dirección-mantenedor> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " |
| "responsable de este paquete, en lugar de usar la información del fichero de " |
| "control del árbol de fuentes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:72 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " |
| "this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " |
| "changelog." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Utiliza I<dirección-mantenedor> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " |
| "responsable de esta subida, en lugar de usar la información del registro de " |
| "cambios del árbol de fuentes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:72 dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 dpkg-source.1:127 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<-V>I<nombre>B<=>I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-source.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " |
| "discussion of output substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define una variable de sustitución de la salida. Consulte B<deb-substvars>" |
| "(5) para más información acerca de la sustitución de la salida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-gencontrol.1:45 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:169 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:131 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-T>I<fichero-variables-sust>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:86 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are " |
| "output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of " |
| "the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee variables de sustitución desde el I<fichero-variables-sust>; B<debian/" |
| "substvars> es el valor por omisión. No se realiza ninguna sustitución de " |
| "variables en ninguno de los campos que son parte de la salida. Por otra " |
| "para, la variable especial I<Format> sobreescribirá el campo del mismo " |
| "nombre. Puede usar esta opción varias veces para leer variables de " |
| "sustitución de varios ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:87 dpkg-gencontrol.1:53 dpkg-source.1:137 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<campo>B<=>I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:140 |
| msgid "Override or add an output control file field." |
| msgstr "Sobreescribe o añade un campo en el fichero de control de salida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:140 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-U>I<field>" |
| msgstr "B<-U>I<campo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:143 |
| msgid "Remove an output control file field." |
| msgstr "Elimina un campo del fichero de control de salida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:104 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-c>I<fichero-control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " |
| "is B<debian/control>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el fichero de control principal de las fuentes del que leer la " |
| "información. Por omisión es B<debian/control>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:16 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-l>I<fichero-cambios>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " |
| "B<debian/changelog>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el fichero de registro de cambios del que leer la información. Por " |
| "omisión es B<debian/changelog>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/" |
| "files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee o escribe la lista de ficheros para subir aquí, en lugar de usar " |
| "B<debian/files>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" |
| msgstr "B<-F>I<formato-registro-cambios>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:112 dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " |
| "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " |
| "the debian standard format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el formato del registro de cambios. Por omisión, el formato se lee de " |
| "una línea especial cerca del final del registro de cambios o, en caso de " |
| "fallo, usa el formato estándar debian." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" |
| msgstr "B<-u>I<directorio-subida-ficheros>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " |
| "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " |
| "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Busca ficheros a subir en I<directorio-subida-ficheros> en lugar de B<..> " |
| "(B<dpkg-genchanges> necesita encontrar estos ficheros para poder incluir sus " |
| "tamaños y sumas de verificación en el fichero B<.changes>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 dpkg-gensymbols.1:421 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>" |
| msgstr "B<-q>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " |
| "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " |
| "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Habitualmente, B<dpkg-genchanges> producirá mensajes informativos por la " |
| "salida de error estándar, por ejemplo acerca de cuántos de los ficheros " |
| "fuente de los paquetes se están subiendo. B<-q> suprime dichos mensajes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:147 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La lista de ficheros generados que forman parte de la subida al servidor en " |
| "preparación. B<dpkg-genchanges> lee los datos aquí cuando produce un fichero " |
| "B<.changes>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-gencontrol" |
| msgstr "dpkg-gencontrol" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-gencontrol - Generación de ficheros de control de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " |
| "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" |
| "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> lee la información desde un árbol de fuentes de Debian " |
| "desempaquetado, y genera un fichero de control de paquete binario (por " |
| "omisión ubicado en «debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control»); durante el proceso, también " |
| "simplificará los campos de las relaciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Thus I<Pre-Depends>, I<Depends>, I<Recommends> and I<Suggests> are " |
| "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " |
| "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " |
| "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " |
| "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " |
| "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " |
| "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " |
| "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " |
| "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por ello, I<Pre-Depends>, I<Depends>, I<Recommends> y I<Suggests> se " |
| "simplifican en este orden mediante la eliminación de dependencias reales de " |
| "acuerdo a las dependencias más fuertes ya analizadas. También elimina " |
| "cualquier dependencia sobre si mismo (de hecho, eliminará cualquier " |
| "dependencia tomada como verdadera, «true», si la versión actual del paquete " |
| "ya se encuentra instalada). Retendrá de forma lógica la intersección de " |
| "varias dependencias sobre el mismo paquete. El orden de las dependencias se " |
| "modifica lo menos posible: en caso de tener que eliminar una dependencia " |
| "debida a que otra aparece más adelante en el campo, ésta tomará la posición " |
| "de la dependencia descartada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "The other relation fields (I<Enhances>, I<Conflicts>, I<Breaks>, I<Replaces> " |
| "and I<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " |
| "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " |
| "field." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los otros campos de relación (I<Enhances>, I<Conflicts>, I<Breaks>, " |
| "I<Replaces> y I<Provides>) se simplifican individualmente computando la " |
| "unión de todas las dependencias cuando un paquete aparece varias veces en el " |
| "campo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/" |
| "files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> también añade una entrada para el paquete binario en " |
| "B<debian/files>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 |
| msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." |
| msgstr "Define el número de versión del paquete binario a generar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " |
| "of output substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define una variable de sustitución de la salida. Consulte B<deb-substvars>" |
| "(5) para más información acerca de la sustitución de la salida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee variables de sustitución desde el I<fichero-variables-sust>; B<debian/" |
| "substvars> es el valor por omisión. Puede usar esta opción varias veces para " |
| "leer variables de sustitución de varios ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-gensymbols.1:373 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85 |
| msgid "" |
| "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " |
| "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " |
| "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " |
| "generate." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Genera información para el paquete binario I<paquete>. Puede omitir esta " |
| "opción si el fichero de control de las fuentes lista un sólo paquete " |
| "binario; de no ser así, es esencial seleccionar el paquete binario del cual " |
| "se desea generar la información." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " |
| "package_version_arch.deb filename." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Supone que el nombre de fichero del paquete será I<nombre-fichero> en vez " |
| "del habitual, «paquete_versión_arquitectura.deb»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" |
| msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99 |
| msgid "" |
| "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " |
| "but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " |
| "include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " |
| "default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" |
| "U> option to delete the fields from the control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Estas opciones se ignoran por compatibilidad con versiones anteriores de " |
| "dpkg-dev, pero ya están obsoletas. Antes se usaban para hacer que dpkg-" |
| "gencontrol incluyese los campos «Section» y «Priority» en el fichero de " |
| "control. Hoy en día es el comportamiento predefinido. Si desea el " |
| "comportamiento antiguo deberá usar la opción B<-U> para eliminar los campos " |
| "del fichero de control." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" |
| msgstr "B<-P>I<directorio-compilación-paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " |
| "instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " |
| "the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " |
| "B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Dice a B<dpkg-source> que el paquete se está creando en I<directorio-" |
| "compilación-paquete> en vez de B<debian/tmp>. Se usa para encontrar el valor " |
| "por omisión de la variable de sustitución y campo del fichero de control " |
| "B<Installed-Size>, Tamaño-Instalado, (usando B<du>), y para establecer la " |
| "ruta predefinida del fichero de salida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112 dpkg-gensymbols.1:391 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>" |
| msgstr "B<-O>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B<debian/tmp/" |
| "DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra el fichero de control por la salida estándar, en lugar de B<debian/" |
| "tmp/DEBIAN/control> (o I<directorio-compilación-paquete>B</DEBIAN/control> " |
| "si se usó la opción B<-P>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:129 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/control>" |
| msgstr "B<debian/control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:134 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main source control information file, giving version-independent " |
| "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero de información de control de fuentes principal, que da " |
| "información independiente de la versión acerca del paquete fuente y los " |
| "paquetes binarios que puede generar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:141 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " |
| "control files it generates here." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La lista de ficheros generados que forman parte de la subida en preparación. " |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> añade los supuestos nombres de fichero de paquetes " |
| "binarios cuyos ficheros de control genera." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:148 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:337 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2008 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2007-2008 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-gensymbols" |
| msgstr "dpkg-gensymbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:5 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " |
| "information)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols - Generación de ficheros «symbols» (información de " |
| "dependencia de bibliotecas compartidas)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " |
| "looking for libraries and generate a I<symbols> file describing them. This " |
| "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " |
| "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> analiza un árbol temporal de construcción («debian/tmp» " |
| "por omisión) en busca de bibliotecas para generar un fichero I<symbols> que " |
| "los describa. Este fichero, si no está vacío, se instala en el subdirectorio " |
| "«DEBIAN» del árbol de construcción, para después incluir el contenido en la " |
| "información de control del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " |
| "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and use the first that is " |
| "found):" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al generar estos ficheros, usa algunos ficheros «symbols» como entrada " |
| "proporcionados por el desarrollador. Busca los siguientes ficheros, usando " |
| "el primero que encuentra." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22 |
| msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:24 |
| msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "debian/symbols.I<arch>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:26 |
| msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" |
| msgstr "debian/I<package>.symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:28 |
| msgid "debian/symbols" |
| msgstr "debian/symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " |
| "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " |
| "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " |
| "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " |
| "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " |
| "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> helps him." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La meta principal de estos ficheros es proporcionar la versión mínima " |
| "asociada a cada símbolo proporcionado por las bibliotecas. Habitualmente, se " |
| "corresponde con la primera versión de ese paquete que proporciona el " |
| "símbolo, pero el desarrollador lo puede incrementar manualmente si la ABI " |
| "del símbolo se extiende sin romper la compatibilidad con versiones " |
| "anteriores. Es la responsabilidad del desarrollador que estos ficheros estén " |
| "al día y que sean apropiados, pero B<dpkg-gensymbols> le asiste en esta " |
| "tarea." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " |
| "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " |
| "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando los ficheros «symbols» generados difieren del proporcionado por el " |
| "desarrollador, B<dpkg-gensymbols> mostrará las diferencias entre ambas " |
| "versiones. Más aún, puede que falle si la diferencia es demasiado grande, " |
| "(puede configurar cuanta diferencia tolerar, consulte la opción B<-c>)." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" |
| msgstr "MANTENER FICHEROS «SYMBOLS»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " |
| "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " |
| "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " |
| "matches reality. To do this properly he can use the diffs contained in the " |
| "build logs. In most cases, the diff applies directly to his debian/" |
| "I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's " |
| "recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version " |
| "so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version " |
| "still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be " |
| "dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, " |
| "then one should suffix the version with \"~\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros «symbols» son realmente útiles sólo cuando reflejan la " |
| "evolución del paquete a lo largo de varias publicaciones. Por ello, el " |
| "desarrollador tiene que actualizarlos cada vez que se añada un símbolo " |
| "nuevo, para que así la mínima versión asociada concuerde con la realidad. " |
| "Para hacer esto apropiadamente puede usar los «diff» contenidos en los " |
| "registros de construcción. En la mayoría de los caso, el «diff» se aplica " |
| "directamente sobre el fichero «debian/I<package>.symbols». Dicho esto, es " |
| "necesario afinar este proceso: se recomienda, por ejemplo, eliminar el " |
| "número de revisión de Debian de la versión mínima para que así aquellas " |
| "adaptaciones hacia atrás («backports») con un número de versión menor, pero " |
| "con la misma versión que la fuente original, puedan satisfacer las " |
| "dependencias generadas. Si no se puede eliminar la revisión de Debian porque " |
| "el símbolo se añadió debido a un cambio específico de Debian puede afijar " |
| "«~» a la versión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-" |
| "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the " |
| "patch should ideally only add new lines." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Antes de aplicar un parche al fichero «symbols» el desarrollador debería " |
| "revisar nuevamente que es adecuado. Se espera que los símbolos públicos no " |
| "desaparezcan así que, idealmente, el parche sólo debería añadir líneas " |
| "nuevas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with '#' as the " |
| "first character is a comment except if it starts with '#include' (see " |
| "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with '#MISSING:' are special " |
| "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:64 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" |
| msgstr "Usar la sustitución de #PACKAGE#" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:72 |
| msgid "" |
| "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " |
| "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " |
| "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " |
| "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " |
| "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En algunos casos aislados el nombre de la biblioteca varía según la " |
| "arquitectura. Puede usar el marcador I<#PACKAGE#> para evitar incrustar " |
| "(«hardcode») el nombre del paquete en el fichero «symbols». Se reemplazará " |
| "por el nombre real del paquete durante la instalación de los ficheros " |
| "«symbols». A diferencia del marcador I<#MINVER#>, I<#PACKAGE#> nunca " |
| "aparecerá en un fichero «symbols» contenido en un paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:72 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using symbol tags" |
| msgstr "Usar etiquetas de símbolos" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " |
| "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " |
| "all tags are parsed and stored, only a some of them are understood by B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection " |
| "B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El etiquetado de símbolos es útil para marcar aquellos símbolos que son de " |
| "alguna manera especiales. Cada símbolo puede tener un número arbitrario de " |
| "etiquetas asociadas a éste. Aunque se analizan y guardan todas las " |
| "etiquetas, B<dpkg-gensymbols> sólo entiende algunas de ellas, e iniciará un " |
| "tratamiento especial de los símbolos. Consulte la sub-sección B<Etiquetas " |
| "estándar de símbolos> para una referencia de estas etiquetas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:91 |
| msgid "" |
| "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " |
| "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " |
| "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " |
| "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " |
| "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " |
| "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " |
| "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " |
| "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " |
| "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " |
| "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " |
| "until the first space." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La especificación de la etiqueta aparece a continuación del nombre del " |
| "símbolo (no se permite un espacio vacío entre estos). Siempre comienza con " |
| "un paréntesis de apertura B<(>, finaliza con un paréntesis de cierre B<)>, y " |
| "debe contener al menos una etiqueta. Varias etiquetas se separan con un " |
| "carácter B<|>. Opcionalmente, cada etiqueta puede tener un valor separado " |
| "del nombre de la etiqueta mediante el carácter B<=>. Los nombres de etiqueta " |
| "y valores pueden ser cadenas arbitrarias, a excepción de que no pueden " |
| "contener ningún carácter especial: B<)>, B<|> y B<=>. Los nombres de símbolo " |
| "a continuación de una especificación de etiqueta se pueden entrecomillar con " |
| "caracteres B<'> o B<\">, permitiendo así espacios vacíos. Por otra parte, de " |
| "no existir ninguna etiqueta definida para el símbolo, las comillas se " |
| "tratarán como parte del nombre del símbolo, continuando hasta el primer " |
| "espacio." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:95 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" |
| " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " (tag1=tengo una marca|nombre de etiqueta con espacio)\"símbolo\n" |
| " entrecomillado y etiquetado\"@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (optional)símbolo_sin_comillas_y_etiquetado@Base 1.0 1\n" |
| " símbolo_sin_etiquetar@Base 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:101 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " |
| "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " |
| "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " |
| "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " |
| "untagged symbol." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El primer símbolo del ejemplo se llama I<símbolo entrecomillado y " |
| "etiquetado>, y tiene dos etiquetas: I<tag1>, con el valor I<tengo una marca> " |
| "y I<nombre de etiqueta con espacio>, que no tiene valor. El segundo símbolo " |
| "se llama I<símbolo_sin_comillas_y_etiquetado>, y sólo tiene una etiqueta " |
| "llamada I<optional>. El último símbolo es un ejemplo de un símbolo normal " |
| "sin etiquetar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since symbol tags are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can " |
| "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " |
| "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " |
| "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " |
| "I<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the I<deb-symbols(5)" |
| "> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements of their " |
| "standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, in " |
| "template mode (I<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and unknown " |
| "ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form as they " |
| "were loaded." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debido a que las etiquetas de símbolos son una extensión del formato I<deb-" |
| "symbols(5)> sólo pueden formar parte de los ficheros «symbols» de paquetes " |
| "fuente (estos ficheros deberían aparecer como plantillas usadas para generar " |
| "los ficheros «symbols» integrados en paquetes binarios). Cuando invoca " |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> con la opción I<-t>, enviará por la salida ficheros " |
| "«symbols» compatibles con el formato I<deb-symbols(5)>: procesa " |
| "completamente los símbolos de acuerdo a los requerimientos de sus etiquetas " |
| "estándar, y elimina todas las etiquetas de la salida. Por otra parte, en el " |
| "modo plantilla (I<-t>), todos los símbolos y etiquetas (estándar y " |
| "desconocidos) se muestran por la salida, y se escriben en su forma original " |
| "a medida que se cargan." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:113 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Standard symbol tags" |
| msgstr "Etiquetas de símbolo estándar" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:114 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<optional>" |
| msgstr "B<optional>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:124 |
| msgid "" |
| "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " |
| "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " |
| "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " |
| "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " |
| "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " |
| "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " |
| "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " |
| "to the \"existing\" status with its minimum version unchanged." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un símbolo marcado como opcional puede desaparecer de la biblioteca en " |
| "cualquier momento sin causar un fallo de B<dpkg-gensymbols>. Por otra parte, " |
| "los símbolos opcionales desaparecidos aparecerán continuamente como " |
| "«MISSING» (ausente) en el «diff» de cada nueva revisión del paquete. Este " |
| "comportamiento sirve como un recordatorio para el desarrollador para " |
| "informar de la necesidad de eliminar tal símbolo del fichero «symbols», o de " |
| "añadir éste nuevamente a la biblioteca. Cuando el símbolo opcional declarado " |
| "previamente como «MISSING» reaparece de súbito en la siguiente revisión, se " |
| "actualizara a un estado «existente» sin modificar la versión mínima." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:129 |
| msgid "" |
| "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " |
| "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " |
| "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " |
| "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " |
| "optional." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta etiqueta es útil para aquellos símbolos privados cuya desaparición no " |
| "rompe la ABI. Por ejemplo, la mayoría de plantillas de producción de un " |
| "objeto definido más específicamente por medio del reemplazo de ciertas " |
| "variables por valores («instantiation») de C++ se encuentran dentro de esta " |
| "categoría. Al igual que con cualquier otra etiqueta, éste puede tener un " |
| "valor arbitrario: se puede usar para indicar porqué el símbolo se considera " |
| "opcional." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:129 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>" |
| msgstr "B<arch=>I<lista-de-arquitecturas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:142 |
| msgid "" |
| "This tag allows one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol is " |
| "supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " |
| "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " |
| "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " |
| "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " |
| "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " |
| "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " |
| "architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the " |
| "arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this " |
| "change), but it is not considered as new." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta etiqueta permite limitar el conjunto de arquitecturas dónde se supone " |
| "que el símbolo existe. Cuando la lista de símbolos se actualiza con los " |
| "símbolos descubiertos en la biblioteca, todos los símbolos específicos de la " |
| "arquitectura que no son relevantes para la arquitectura anfitrión se toman " |
| "como no existentes. Si un símbolo específico a la arquitectura que concuerda " |
| "con la arquitectura anfitrión presente no existe en la biblioteca, se " |
| "aplicarán los procedimientos normales para símbolos desaparecidos, llevando " |
| "a que B<dpkg-gensymbols> falle. Por otra parte, si el símbolo específico a " |
| "la arquitectura se encuentra cuando se suponía que no existe (porque la " |
| "arquitectura anfitrión presente no está listada en la etiqueta), pasa a ser " |
| "neutral a la arquitectura (por ejemplo, se elimina la etiqueta de " |
| "arquitectura, apareciendo el símbolo en el «diff» debido a la modificación), " |
| "pero no se toma como un nuevo símbolo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " |
| "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " |
| "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " |
| "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " |
| "template mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al operar en el modo por omisión (sin plantilla) sólo se escribirán al " |
| "fichero «symbols» aquellos símbolos específicos a la arquitectura que " |
| "coinciden con la arquitectura anfitrión. Por otra parte, en el modo " |
| "plantilla todos los símbolos específicos a la arquitectura (incluyendo " |
| "arquitecturas alternativas) siempre se escribirán al fichero «symbols»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the " |
| "I<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " |
| "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " |
| "considered only on alpha, amd64, kfreebsd-amd64 and ia64 architectures while " |
| "the second one anywhere except on armel." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de I<lista-de-arquitecturas> es el mismo que el usado en el campo " |
| "I<Build-Depends> de I<debian/control> (a excepción de los paréntesis " |
| "cuadrados de cierre «[]»). Por ejemplo, el primer símbolo de la lista a " |
| "continuación se considerará sólo en las arquitecturas alpha, amd64, kfreebsd-" |
| "amd64 y ia64, mientras que el segundo en todos menos armel." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:157 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (arch=alpha amd64 kfreebsd-amd64 ia64)a_64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " (arch=alpha amd64 kfreebsd-amd64 ia64)un_símbolo _específico_64bit@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=!armel)símbolo_que_armel_no_tiene@Base 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:157 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" |
| msgstr "B<ignore-blacklist>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear " |
| "in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " |
| "details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those " |
| "symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with " |
| "B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain " |
| "libraries like libgcc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols tiene una lista negra interna de símbolos que no deberían " |
| "aparecer en los ficheros «symbols», ya que habitualmente son sólo efectos " |
| "secundarios de los detallas de implementación de la cadena de herramientas. " |
| "Si por alguna razón desea incluir uno de esos símbolos en el fichero " |
| "«symbols» debería etiquetar el símbolo con B<ignore-blacklist>. Puede ser " |
| "necesario con alguna cadena de herramientas de bajo nivel como libgcc." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:165 dpkg-gensymbols.1:202 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<c++>" |
| msgstr "B<c++>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Denota el patrón I<c++>- Consulte la subsección a continuación B<Usar " |
| "patrones de símbolos>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:169 dpkg-gensymbols.1:233 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<symver>" |
| msgstr "B<symver>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:173 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " |
| "patterns> subsection below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Denota el patrón de símbolos I<symver> (versión del símbolo). Consulte la " |
| "sub-sección a continuación B<Usar patrones de símbolos>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:173 dpkg-gensymbols.1:258 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<regex>" |
| msgstr "B<regex>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " |
| "below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Denota el patrón de símbolos I<regex> (expresión regular). Consulte la sub-" |
| "sección a continuación B<Usar patrones de símbolos>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:177 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using symbol patterns" |
| msgstr "Usar patrones de símbolos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:185 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " |
| "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " |
| "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " |
| "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " |
| "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " |
| "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " |
| "considered as new." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A diferencia de cualquier definición de símbolo estándar un patrón puede " |
| "cubrir varios símbolos reales de la biblioteca. B<dpkg-gensymbols> intentará " |
| "emparejar cada patrón con cada símbolo real que I<no> tiene un símbolo " |
| "específico de contrapartida definido en el fichero de símbolos. En el " |
| "momento que se encuentre el primer patrón que coincida se usarán todas sus " |
| "etiquetas y propiedades como un definición básica del símbolo. Si ninguno de " |
| "los patrones encaja, el símbolo se considerará nuevo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:193 |
| msgid "" |
| "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. " |
| "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under I<-c1> or " |
| "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be " |
| "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " |
| "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " |
| "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " |
| "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " |
| "more information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un patrón se considera perdido si no encaja con ningún símbolo en la " |
| "biblioteca. Por omisión, esto accionará un fallo de B<dpkg-gensymbols> bajo " |
| "I<-c1> o un nivel superior. Aun así, si no desea la aparición del fallo, " |
| "puede marcar el patrón con la etiqueta I<optional>. Entonces, si el patrón " |
| "no encaja con nada simplemente aparecerá en el «diff» como «MISSING». Aún " |
| "más, al igual que con cualquier símbolo, puede limitar el patrón a unas " |
| "arquitecturas definidas con la etiqueta I<arch>. Consulte la sección " |
| "anterior B<Etiquetas de símbolo estándar>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "Patterns are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are " |
| "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " |
| "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " |
| "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " |
| "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " |
| "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los patrones son una extensión del formato I<deb-symbols(5)>, y por ello " |
| "sólo son válidos en plantillas de fichero de símbolos. Por otra parte, la " |
| "parte del nombre del símbolo definido sirve como una expresión que se " |
| "comparará con el I<nombre@versión> del símbolo real. Para poder distinguir " |
| "entre los diferentes tipos de patrón, éste se etiquetará habitualmente con " |
| "una etiqueta especial." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:202 |
| msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "A día de hoy, B<dpkg-gensymbols> es compatible con tres tipos de patrones " |
| "básicos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:214 |
| msgid "" |
| "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " |
| "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " |
| "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " |
| "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. " |
| "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture " |
| "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this " |
| "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-" |
| "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on " |
| "32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit " |
| "ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este patrón se indica con la etiqueta I<c++>. Sólo encaja con el nombre " |
| "«demangled» de símbolos C++ (tal y como muestra la herramienta B<c++filt>" |
| "(1)). Este patrón es de utilidad para emparejar símbolos con nombres " |
| "«mangled» que pueden variar según la arquitectura, mientras que sus nombres " |
| "«demangled» permanecen sin cambios. Un grupo de estos símbolos son los " |
| "I<thunk no virtuales>, que tienen direcciones relativas («offsets») " |
| "específicas a la arquitectura integradas en sus nombres «mangled». Un " |
| "ejemplo común de este caso es un destructor virtual, que bajo una herencia " |
| "de diamante necesita un símbolo thunk no virtual. Por ejemplo, incluso si " |
| "«_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base» en arquitecturas de 32bit es " |
| "«_ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base» en arquitecturas de 64bit, puede emparejarlo " |
| "con un único patrón I<c++>:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:220 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:222 |
| msgid "" |
| "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede obtener el nombre «demangled» del ejemplo anterior ejecutando la " |
| "siguiente orden:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:224 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" |
| msgstr " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " |
| "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " |
| "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " |
| "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " |
| "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " |
| "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " |
| "not degrade quality of the symbol file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Observe que aunque el nombre «mangled» sea por definición único en la " |
| "biblioteca, no es necesariamente cierto para nombres «demangled». Puede que " |
| "dos símbolos reales y distintos tengan el mismo nombre «demangled». Por " |
| "ejemplo, en caso de existir símbolos thunk no virtuales en complejas " |
| "configuraciones de herencia, o con la mayoría de constructores y " |
| "destructores (ya que habitualmente g++ genera dos símbolos para ellos). Por " |
| "otra parte, estas colisiones aparecen al nivel de la ABI, y por ello no " |
| "deberían degradar la calidad del fichero de símbolos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:239 |
| msgid "" |
| "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " |
| "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " |
| "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " |
| "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La etiqueta I<symver> indica este patrón. Las bibliotecas bien mantenidas " |
| "tienen símbolos con versión, donde cada versión corresponde con la versión " |
| "del autor original en la que se añadió el símbolo. De ser así, puede usar un " |
| "patrón I<symver> para emparejar el símbolo asociado con una versión en " |
| "particular. Por ejemplo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:246 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" |
| " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" |
| " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:252 |
| msgid "" |
| "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " |
| "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " |
| "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " |
| "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " |
| "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todos los símbolos asociados con las versiones «GLIBC_2.0» y «GLIBC_2.7» " |
| "llevan a una versión mínima de 2.0 y 2.7 respectivamente, con la excepción " |
| "del símbolo «access@GLIBC_2.0». El segundo lleva a una dependencia mínima " |
| "sobre la versión 2.2 de libc6, a pesar de estar en el rango del patrón " |
| "«(symver)GLIBC_2.0», debido a que los símbolos específicos tiene precedencia " |
| "sobre los patrones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:257 |
| msgid "" |
| "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " |
| "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " |
| "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " |
| "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " |
| "behaviour is needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tenga en cuanta que los patrones de comodín antiguos (indicados por " |
| "«*@versio» en el campo del nombre del símbolo) son aún compatibles, aunque " |
| "han quedado obsoletos por el nuevo estilo de sintaxis «(symver|optional)" |
| "versión». Por ejemplo, debería escribir «*@GLIBC_2.0 2.0» como «(symver|" |
| "optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0» si desea el mismo comportamiento." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " |
| "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " |
| "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " |
| "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " |
| "string. For example:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los patrones de expresiones regulares se indican con la etiqueta I<regex>. " |
| "Buscan coincidencias con la expresión regular de perl definido en el campo " |
| "de nombre del símbolo. Una expresión regular se empareja tal cual, por ello " |
| "no olvide insertar I<^> al inicio de la misma o puede que coincida con " |
| "cualquier parte de la cadena real del símbolo I<nombre@versión>. Por ejemplo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:270 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base" |
| "\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. " |
| "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all symbols " |
| "having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit " |
| "I<optional> tag from the pattern." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los símbolos como «mystack_new@Base», «mystack_push@Base», " |
| "«mystack_pop@Base» y similares encajarían con el primer patrón, mientras que " |
| "otros como «ng_mystack_new@Base» no lo harían. El segundo patrón encaja con " |
| "todos los símbolos con «private» en su nombre, y las coincidencias heredarán " |
| "de este patrón la etiqueta I<optional>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:280 |
| msgid "" |
| "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " |
| "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " |
| "example, both" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede combinar los patrones listados anteriormente, cuando tenga sentido. En " |
| "tal caso, se procesan en el orden de las etiquetas definidas. Por ejemplo, " |
| "ambos" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:283 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:293 |
| msgid "" |
| "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " |
| "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " |
| "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " |
| "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " |
| "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " |
| "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " |
| "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " |
| "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " |
| "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of " |
| "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." |
| msgstr "" |
| "encaja con «_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base» y " |
| "«_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base». Al comparar el primer patrón " |
| "se «demangle» el símbolo sin procesar como símbolo C++, para después " |
| "comparar el nombre «demangled» con la expresión regular. Por otra parte, al " |
| "comparar el segundo patrón la expresión regular se compara con el nombre sin " |
| "procesar del símbolo, para después confirmar si es un símbolo de C++ " |
| "mediante «demangle». Un fallo de un patrón básico lleva a un fallo de todo " |
| "el patrón. Por ejemplo, «__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base» no " |
| "encajaría con ningún patrón porque no es un símbolo válido de C++." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " |
| "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " |
| "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " |
| "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " |
| "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En general, todos los patrones se dividen en dos grupos: aliases (los " |
| "básicos I<c++> y I<symver>) y patrones genéricos (I<regex>, todas las " |
| "combinaciones de varios patrones básicos). Establecer coincidencias con " |
| "patrones basados en alias es rápido (0(1)) mientras que los patrones " |
| "genéricos son 0(N) (N - cuenta genérica del patrón) para cada símbolo. " |
| "Debido a ello, se recomienda no abusar de los patrones genéricos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:306 |
| msgid "" |
| "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " |
| "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " |
| "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " |
| "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " |
| "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " |
| "based on the alphanumerical order of their names." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los alias (primero I<c++>, después I<symver>) tienen prioridad sobre los " |
| "patrones genéricos. Éstos se emparejan por orden de aparición en la " |
| "plantilla del fichero de símbolos hasta el primer resultado de éxito. Tenga " |
| "en cuenta, no obstante, que no se recomienda la reorganización manual de las " |
| "entradas en plantillas de fichero ya que B<dpkg-gensymbols> genera «diffs» " |
| "basados en el orden alfanumérico de sus nombres." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:306 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using includes" |
| msgstr "Usar «include»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:311 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " |
| "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " |
| "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Hay casos en los que usar un sólo fichero de símbolos es contraproducente " |
| "cuando el conjunto de símbolos exportados difiere según la arquitectura. En " |
| "estos casos, una directiva «include» puede ser útil de un par de maneras:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:315 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " |
| "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " |
| "like this:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede factorizar la parte común en algún fichero externo, e incluir ese " |
| "fichero en su fichero I<paquete>.symbols.I<arq> usando una directiva " |
| "«include» como esta:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:317 |
| msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" |
| msgstr "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:319 |
| msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al igual que con cualquier símbolo, puede etiquetar la directiva «include»:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:321 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "(tag|..|tagN)#include \"file_to_include\"" |
| msgid "(tag|..|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"" |
| msgstr "(etiqueta|..|etiquetaN)#include \"fichero-para-include\"" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:326 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "As a result, all symbols included from I<file_to_include> will be " |
| #| "considered to be tagged with I<tag> .. I<tagN> by default. You can use " |
| #| "this feature to create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes " |
| #| "architecture specific symbol files:" |
| msgid "" |
| "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " |
| "to be tagged with I<tag> .. I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " |
| "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " |
| "symbol files:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Como resultado, se considerará que todos los símbolos incluidos en I<fichero-" |
| "para-include> están etiquetados con I<etiqueta> .. I<etiquetaN> por omisión. " |
| "Puede usar esta característica para crear un fichero común I<package>." |
| "symbols, que incluye ficheros de símbolos específicos a la arquitectura." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:331 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" |
| " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" |
| " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" |
| " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" |
| " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:340 |
| msgid "" |
| "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " |
| "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " |
| "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " |
| "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " |
| "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " |
| "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " |
| "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " |
| "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros de símbolos se leen línea a línea, y las directivas «include» " |
| "se procesan por orden de aparición. Esto significa que el contenido del " |
| "fichero incluido puede sustituir cualquier contenido aparecido antes de la " |
| "directiva «include», y que todo contenido a continuación de la directiva " |
| "puede sustituir cualquier contenido del fichero incluido. Todo símbolo (o " |
| "incluso otra directiva «#include») en el fichero incluido puede especificar " |
| "etiquetas adicionales, o sustituir valores de las etiquetas heredadas en la " |
| "especificación de etiqueta. Por otra parte, el símbolo no puede eliminar " |
| "ninguna de las etiquetas heredadas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:345 |
| msgid "" |
| "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " |
| "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " |
| "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " |
| "do it is the following:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un fichero incluido puede repetir la línea de cabecera que contiene el " |
| "«SONAME» de la biblioteca. En tal caso, sustituye cualquier línea de " |
| "cabecera leída anteriormente. Por otra parte, generalmente es mejor evitar " |
| "duplicar las líneas de cabecera. A continuación puede ver una manera de " |
| "realizar esto:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:348 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" |
| " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" |
| " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:348 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Good library management" |
| msgstr "Buena gestión de bibliotecas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:351 |
| msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Una biblioteca mantenida adecuadamente tiene las siguientes características:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:355 |
| msgid "" |
| "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " |
| "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" |
| msgstr "" |
| "su API es estable (los símbolos públicos nunca se eliminan, sino que sólo se " |
| "añaden símbolos nuevos), y los cambios pueden introducir una " |
| "incompatibilidad sólo cuando el «SONAME» cambia;" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:358 |
| msgid "" |
| "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " |
| "changes and API extension;" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Idealmente, usa el versionado de símbolos para alcanzar la estabilidad de la " |
| "ABI, a pesar de cambios internos y la extensión de la API;" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:361 |
| msgid "" |
| "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " |
| "workaround)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No exporta símbolos privados (tales como símbolos etiquetados como " |
| "opcionales para evitar un problema)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:369 |
| msgid "" |
| "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " |
| "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " |
| "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " |
| "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " |
| "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " |
| "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " |
| "specific work-around." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al mantener un fichero «symbols» es sencillo notar la aparición y " |
| "desaparición de símbolos. Pero es más difícil notar cambios incompatibles en " |
| "las API y ABI. Por ello, el responsable del paquete debería leer " |
| "cuidadosamente el registro de cambios de la fuente original en busca de " |
| "casos en los que se ha roto la correcta gestión de bibliotecas. Se debería " |
| "notificar al autor original en caso de encontrar problemas potenciales, ya " |
| "que un arreglo en la fuente original del software es siempre preferible a un " |
| "arreglo específico de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:370 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" |
| msgstr "B<-P>I<directorio-compilación-paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:373 |
| msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." |
| msgstr "Analiza I<directorio-compilación-paquete> en lugar de «debian/tmp»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:377 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " |
| "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el nombre del paquete. Es necesario si aparece más de un paquete " |
| "binario en «debian/control» (o si no existe ningún fichero «debian/control»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/" |
| "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define la versión del paquete. El valor por omisión es la versión extraída " |
| "de «debian/changelog». Necesario en caso de una invocación externa al árbol " |
| "del paquete fuente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" |
| msgstr "B<-e>I<fichero-biblioteca>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:387 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " |
| "libraries. You can use a regular expression in I<library-file> to match " |
| "multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-" |
| "e>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Sólo analiza las bibliotecas listadas explícitamente, en lugar de buscar " |
| "todas las bibliotecas públicas. Puede usar una expresión regular en " |
| "I<fichero-biblioteca> para emparejar varias bibliotecas con un único " |
| "argumento (de otra forma, necesita varias B<-e>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:387 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<-I>I<nombre-fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:391 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " |
| "integrated in the package itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa I<nombre-fichero> como un fichero de referencia para generar el fichero " |
| "«symbols» integrado en el mismo paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:395 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the generated symbols file to standard output, rather than being " |
| "stored in the package build tree." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra por la salida estándar el fichero «symbols» generado, en lugar de " |
| "almacenarlo en el árbol de construcción del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:395 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<-O>I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "Store the generated symbols file as I<filename>. If I<filename> is pre-" |
| "existing, its content is used as basis for the generated symbols file. You " |
| "can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer " |
| "upstream version of your library." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Guarda el fichero de símbolos generado como I<fichero>. Si el I<fichero> ya " |
| "existe su contenido se usará como base para el fichero «symbols» generado. " |
| "Puede usar esta característica para actualizar un fichero «symbols» para que " |
| "coincida con una versión más reciente de la biblioteca del autor original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:401 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>" |
| msgstr "B<-t>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410 |
| msgid "" |
| "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " |
| "with I<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode " |
| "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " |
| "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " |
| "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard I<deb-symbols" |
| "(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols are " |
| "always written to the symbol file template." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Escribe el fichero «symbols» en modo plantilla en lugar del formato " |
| "compatible con I<deb-symbols(5)>. La diferencia más notable es que en modo " |
| "plantilla los nombres de símbolo y etiquetas se escriben en su forma " |
| "original, en lugar de los nombres de símbolo post-procesados con las " |
| "etiquetas eliminadas en modo compatible. Además, puede que se omitan algunos " |
| "símbolos al escribir un fichero estándar de I<deb-symbols(5)> (de acuerdo a " |
| "las reglas de procesamiento de etiquetas), mientras que siempre se insertan " |
| "todos los símbolos en el modo plantilla." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" |
| msgstr "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:418 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " |
| "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " |
| "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " |
| "fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " |
| "new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " |
| "disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define las comprobaciones a realizar al comparar el fichero «symbols» " |
| "generado usando como base el fichero de plantilla. El nivel predefinido es " |
| "1. Aumentar los niveles conlleva más comprobaciones, así como la inclusión " |
| "de todos los niveles inferiores. El nivel 0 nunca falla. El nivel 1 falla si " |
| "algunos símbolos han desaparecido. El nivel 2 falla si se han introducido " |
| "símbolos nuevos. El nivel 3 falla si han desaparecido algunas bibliotecas. " |
| "El nivel 4 falla si se han introducido bibliotecas nuevas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421 |
| msgid "" |
| "This value can be overridden by the environment variable " |
| "DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede sustituir este valor con la variable de entorno " |
| "«DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:427 |
| msgid "" |
| "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " |
| "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " |
| "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " |
| "output but not the checks themselves (see I<-c> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No muestra informes y nunca genera un «diff» entre el fichero «symbols» " |
| "generado y el fichero de plantilla tomado como base, ni muestra ningún aviso " |
| "relativo a bibliotecas nuevas o ausentes, o símbolos nuevos o ausentes. Esta " |
| "opción solo desactiva la salida informativa, pero no las comprobaciones " |
| "(consulte la opción I<-c>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:427 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:432 |
| msgid "" |
| "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " |
| "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " |
| "binaries are already available." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Toma I<arquitectura> como la arquitectura anfitrión al procesar ficheros " |
| "«symbols». Use esta opción para generar un fichero «symbols» o un «diff» " |
| "para cualquier arquitectura, siempre y cuando sus binarios ya estén " |
| "disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:437 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> does." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa el modo de depuración. Se muestran numerosos mensajes que explican " |
| "las acciones de B<dpkg-gensymbols>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:437 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-V>" |
| msgstr "B<-V>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:443 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " |
| "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " |
| "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa el modo verboso. El fichero «symbols» generado contiene símbolos " |
| "obsoletos en la forma de comentarios. Además, en modo plantilla los patrones " |
| "de símbolo anteceden a los comentarios que listan los símbolos reales que " |
| "coinciden con el patrón." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:452 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" |
| msgstr "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:454 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" |
| msgstr "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:456 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" |
| msgstr "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:459 |
| msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:462 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2007-2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper" |
| msgstr "dpkg-maintscript-helper" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:4 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " |
| "scripts" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-maintscript-helper - Solución alternativa a las limitaciones de dpkg en " |
| "scripts de mantenedor" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameters>...] -- I<maint-" |
| #| "script-parameters>" |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-" |
| "parameter>..." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<orden> [I<parámetros>...] -- I<parámetros-" |
| "script-mantenedor>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" |
| msgstr "ÓRDENES Y PARÁMETROS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:12 |
| msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]" |
| msgstr "B<rm_> I<conffile> [I<última-versión> [I<paquete>]]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<mv_conffile> I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<mv_conffile> I<conffile-antiguo> I<conffile-nuevo> [I<última-versión> " |
| "[I<paquete>]]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " |
| "tasks that dpkg can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " |
| "decisions or due to current limitations." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este programa está diseñado para su uso dentro de scripts de mantenedor para " |
| "realizar tareas que dpkg no puede (por ahora) gestionar de forma nativa, " |
| "bien por decisiones de diseño o limitaciones actuales." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:27 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " |
| #| "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " |
| #| "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " |
| #| "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " |
| #| "DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " |
| #| "have to forward after a double dash." |
| msgid "" |
| "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " |
| "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " |
| "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " |
| "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " |
| "have to forward after a double dash." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muchas de estas tareas requieren la ejecución coordinada de varios scripts " |
| "de mantenedor (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). Para evitar " |
| "errores sólo tiene que insertar la misma invocación en todos los scripts, y " |
| "el programa adaptará automáticamente su comportamiento en base a la variable " |
| "de entorno «DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME» y a los argumentos de los scripts del " |
| "mantenedor, que debe introducir después de un guión doble." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" |
| msgstr "TAREAS CON FICHEROS DE CONFIGURACIÓN «CONFFILES»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "When upgrading a package, dpkg will not automatically remove a conffile (a " |
| "configuration file for which dpkg should preserve user changes) if it is not " |
| "present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for this; the " |
| "first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and the next " |
| "version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown away. The " |
| "second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-maintained " |
| "conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer scripts, usually " |
| "with a tool like debconf or ucf." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al actualizar un paquete, dpkg no eliminará automáticamente un fichero de " |
| "configuración (un fichero de configuración con cambios del usuario que dpkg " |
| "debería preservar) si no está presente en la versión más reciente. Existen " |
| "dos razones principales para esto: la primera es que puede que el fichero de " |
| "configuración «conffile» haya desaparecido accidentalmente, con lo que la " |
| "siguiente versión la restauraría. Los usuarios no querrían ver desparecer " |
| "los cambios hechos. La segunda es permitir a los paquetes una transición de " |
| "un fichero de configuración «conffile» mantenido por dpkg a un fichero " |
| "mantenido por los scripts de mantenedor del paquete, habitualmente con una " |
| "herramienta como debconf o ucf." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " |
| "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " |
| "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " |
| "scripts." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto significa que si un paquete pretende renombrar o eliminar un fichero de " |
| "configuración, debe hacerlo de forma explícita. B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> " |
| "se puede usar para implementar con sencillez dentro de los scripts del " |
| "mantenedor la eliminación y el desplazamiento de ficheros de configuración " |
| "«conffile»." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "REMOVING A CONFFILE" |
| msgstr "ELIMINAR UN FICHERO DE CONFIGURACIÓN «CONFFILE»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " |
| "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " |
| "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " |
| "should not disappear." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se elimina un fichero de configuración «conffile» por completo, se " |
| "debería eliminar del disco a menos que un usuario lo haya modificado. Se " |
| "deberían preservar modificaciones locales en caso de existir. Si se cancela " |
| "la actualización del paquete, el fichero de configuración «conffile» " |
| "declarado como obsoleto no debería desaparecer." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " |
| "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto se puede integrar introduciendo el siguiente texto de consola en los " |
| "scripts de mantenedor B<preinst>, B<postinst> y B<postrm>:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<conffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<conffile> I<última-versión> I<paquete> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove. I<lastversion> is " |
| "the last version of the package that contained the conffile (or the last " |
| "version of the package that did not take care to remove the obsolete " |
| "conffile if this was not immediately implemented). If I<lastversion> is " |
| "empty or omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade. I<package> " |
| "is the package name, it's optional as it will default to " |
| "$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this variable is set by dpkg to the name of the " |
| "package acted upon). All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be " |
| "forwarded to the program after \"--\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<conffile> es el nombre del fichero de configuración «conffile» a eliminar. " |
| "I<última-versión> es la última versión del paquete que contenía el fichero " |
| "de configuración «conffile» (o la última versión del paquete que no se ocupó " |
| "de eliminar el fichero de configuración «conffile» obsoleto en el caso de " |
| "que este método no se implementó inmediatamente). Si I<última-versión> está " |
| "vacío o se omite, se intentará la operación en cada actualización. " |
| "I<paquete> es el nombre del paquete, su aparición es opcional ya que el " |
| "valor por omisión es «$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE» (dpkg define esta variable " |
| "con el nombre del paquete sobre el que actúa). Todos los parámetros de los " |
| "scripts de mantenedor se deben introducir al programa después de «--»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " |
| "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " |
| "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " |
| "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " |
| "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " |
| "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " |
| "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-" |
| "bak> file kept up to now." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Implementación actual: en el script B<preinst>, comprueba si se ha " |
| "modificado el fichero de configuración y lo renombra bien como I<conffile>B<." |
| "dpkg-remove> (si no se ha modificado), o como I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (si " |
| "se ha modificado). En el script B<postinst>, el segundo fichero se renombra " |
| "a I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> y se guarda como referencia ya que contiene " |
| "modificaciones del usuario, mientras que el primer script se elimina. Si se " |
| "interrumpe la actualización del paquete, el script B<postrm> reinstalará el " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile» original. Durante el purgado, el script " |
| "B<postrm> borrará también el fichero B<.dpkg-bak> mantenido hasta ahora." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "RENAMING A CONFFILE" |
| msgstr "RENOMBRAR UN FICHERO DE CONFIGURACIÓN «CONFFILE»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " |
| "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " |
| "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " |
| "being prompted by dpkg to approve the conffile edits even though they are " |
| "not responsible of them." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se ha cambiado la ubicación de un fichero de configuración «conffile» " |
| "debe asegurarse de que también migra los cambios hechos por el usuario. Esto " |
| "puede parecer en principio como un sencillo cambio en el script B<preinst>, " |
| "aunque resultará en un diálogo de dpkg para confirmar la edición del fichero " |
| "«conffile» incluso si no son responsables de ellos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " |
| "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede integrar renombrar con sencillez insertando el siguiente texto de " |
| "consola en los scripts de mantenedor B<preinst>, B<postinst> y B<postrm>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<conffile-antiguo> I<conffile-nuevo> I<última-versión>\n" |
| " I<paquete> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<oldconffile> and I<newconffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " |
| "to rename. I<lastversion> is the last version of the package that contained " |
| "the conffile with the old name. If I<lastversion> is empty or omitted, then " |
| "the operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the " |
| "version and have the operation tried only once). I<package> is the package " |
| "name, it's optional as it will default to $DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this " |
| "variable is set by dpkg to the name of the package acted upon). All the " |
| "parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the program " |
| "after \"--\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<conffile-antiguo> y I<conffile-nuevo> son el nombre antiguo y nuevo del " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile» a renombrar. I<última-versión> es la " |
| "última versión del paquete que contenía el fichero de configuración " |
| "«conffile» con el nombre antiguo. Si I<ultima-versión> está vacío o se " |
| "omite, se ejecutará la operación en cada actualización (nota: es más seguro " |
| "dar la versión y ejecutar la operación una sola vez). I<paquete> es el " |
| "nombre del paquete, opcional ya que su valor por omisión es " |
| "«$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE» (dpkg define esta variable con el nombre del " |
| "paquete sobre el que actúa). Todos los parámetros de scripts de mantenedor " |
| "se deben introducir después de «--»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:108 |
| msgid "" |
| "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " |
| "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to " |
| "I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes " |
| "I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<oldconffile> to I<newconffile> " |
| "if I<oldconffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the " |
| "B<postrm> renames I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<oldconffile> if " |
| "required." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Implementación actual: el script B<preinst> comprueba si se ha modificado el " |
| "fichero de configuración «conffile», preservándolo en su lugar si es así, o " |
| "renombrándolo como I<conffile-antiguo>B<.dpkg-remove> en caso contrario. " |
| "Durante la configuración, el script B<postinst> elimina I<conffile-" |
| "antiguo>B<.dpkg-remove> y renombra I<conffile-antiguo> como I<conffile-" |
| "nuevo> si el primero aún está disponible. Durante la cancelación de una " |
| "instalación o actualización el script I<postrm> renombra I<conffile-" |
| "antiguo>B<.dpkg-remove> nuevamente como I<conffile-antiguo> de ser necesario." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" |
| msgstr "INTEGRACIÓN EN PAQUETES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:116 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " |
| #| "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " |
| #| "version of dpkg has been configured before. The required version depends " |
| #| "on the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2:" |
| msgid "" |
| "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " |
| "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " |
| "version of dpkg has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " |
| "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debido a que B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> se usa en el script B<preinst>, " |
| "usarlo incondicionalmente precisa una pre-dependencia para asegurar que la " |
| "versión requerida de dpkg se ha configurado en el pasado. La versión " |
| "requerida depende de la orden usada, 1.15.7.2 para B<rm_conffile> y " |
| "B<mv_conffile>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:118 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid " Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n" |
| msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n" |
| msgstr " Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " |
| "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " |
| "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " |
| "dpkg:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Aún así, en muchos casos la operación efectuada por el programa no es " |
| "crítica para el paquete, y en lugar de usar un pre-dependencia puede invocar " |
| "el programa sólo si sabemos que la orden requerida es compatible con la " |
| "versión de dpkg actualmente instalada:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:127 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports E<lt>commandE<gt>; then\n" |
| #| " dpkg-maintscript-helper E<lt>commandE<gt> ...\n" |
| #| " fi\n" |
| msgid "" |
| " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" |
| " fi\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports E<lt>commandE<gt>; then\n" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper E<lt>commandE<gt> ...\n" |
| " fi\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:130 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:132 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 Joey Hess" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008 Joey Hess" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:134 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Guillem Jover" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2007 Guillem Jover" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:136 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2005 Scott James Remnant" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2005 Scott James Remnant" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs" |
| msgstr "dpkg-mergechangelogs" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-mergechangelogs - Fusión a partir de tres versiones («3-way merge») de " |
| "ficheros «debian/changelog»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:8 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<opción>...] I<antiguo> I<nuevo-a> I<nuevo-b> " |
| "[I<salida>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " |
| "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " |
| "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este programa usa las tres versiones proporcionadas del registro de cambios " |
| "de Debian para generar un fichero de registro de cambios («changelog») " |
| "fusionado. El registro de cambios resultante se guarda en el fichero " |
| "I<salida>, o se mostrará por la salida estándar en caso de no introducir tal " |
| "parámetro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " |
| "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " |
| "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " |
| "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " |
| "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " |
| "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " |
| "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available \\[em] " |
| "it's part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl \\[em] otherwise you get a " |
| "global conflict on the content of the entry)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada entrada se identifica por su número de versión y, asumiendo que no " |
| "entran en conflicto, se fusionarán en el orden correcto (por orden " |
| "decreciente del número de versión). Cuando se usa B<--merge-prereleases>, se " |
| "omitirá el número de versión tras la última tilde, de forma que «1.0-1~exp1» " |
| "y «1.0-1~exp5» se tomarán como la misma entrada. Cuando la misma versión " |
| "está disponible en I<nuevo-a> y I<nuevo-b>, se intentará una fusión estándar " |
| "de las líneas de las tres versiones (sólo si esta disponible el módulo " |
| "«Algorithm::Merge» \\[em] parte del paquete «libalgorithm-merge-perl» " |
| "\\[em], de no ser así, obtendrá un conflicto global en el contenido de la " |
| "entrada)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>" |
| msgstr "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " |
| "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina la parte tras la última virgulilla en el número de versión al " |
| "realizar una comparación para identificar si dos entradas son la misma o no." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " |
| "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " |
| "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " |
| "changelog entry that has evolved over time." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es útil cuando siempre se usa la misma entrada en el registro de cambios, " |
| "pero aumenta el número de versión regularmente. Por ejemplo, puede tener " |
| "«2.3-1~exp1», «2.3-1~exp2»... hasta la publicación oficial «2.3-1», teniendo " |
| "todas la misma entrada en el registro de cambios, pero que ha evolucionado " |
| "con el tiempo." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:45 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "LIMITATIONS" |
| msgstr "LIMITACIONES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " |
| "This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not " |
| "supposed to be there, etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se perderá durante la fusión todo lo que «Dpkg::Changelog» no analice. Esto " |
| "puede incluir cosas como «modelines» de vim, comentarios donde no deberían " |
| "estar, etc." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" |
| msgstr "INTEGRACIÓN CON GIT" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " |
| "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " |
| "or B<~/.gitconfig>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si desea usar este programa para fusionar ficheros de registro de cambios de " |
| "Debian en un repositorio git primero tendrá que registrar un nuevo «merge " |
| "driver» en B<.git/config> o B<~/.gitconfig>:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" |
| " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" |
| " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" |
| " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" |
| " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " |
| "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/" |
| "attributes>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Después tendrá que definir el «merge attribute» para el fichero «debian/" |
| "changelog» bien en B<.gitattributes> en el mismo repositorio, o en B<.git/" |
| "info/attributes>:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" |
| msgstr " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:68 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2009-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-name" |
| msgstr "dpkg-name" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:9 |
| msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" |
| msgstr "dpkg-name - Renombra paquetes de Debian a nombres completos de paquete" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:15 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<files>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-name> [I<opciones>] [B<-->] I<ficheros>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:29 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an " |
| #| "easy way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A " |
| #| "full package name consists of " |
| #| "I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>." |
| #| "E<lt>package_typeE<gt>> as specified in the control file of the package. " |
| #| "The I<E<lt>versionE<gt>> part of the filename consists of the upstream " |
| #| "version information optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision " |
| #| "information. The I<E<lt>package_typeE<gt>> part comes from that field if " |
| #| "present or fallbacks to B<deb>." |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " |
| "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " |
| "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<." |
| ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The " |
| "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information " |
| "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-" |
| "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta pagina de manual documenta el uso de B<dpkg-name>, que ofrece una forma " |
| "sencilla de renombrar paquetes de B<Debian> a sus nombres completos de " |
| "paquete. Un nombre completo de paquete consiste de " |
| "I<E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.E<lt>tipo-" |
| "paqueteE<gt>> tal y como se define en el fichero de control del paquete. La " |
| "parte de E<lt>versiónE<gt> del fichero consiste de la información de la " |
| "versión de la fuente original, opcionalmente seguido de un guión, y la " |
| "información de la revisión. La parte de I<E<lt>tipo-paqueteE<gt>> se extrae " |
| "de ese campo, de existir. De no ser así, se usará B<deb> por omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:31 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:34 |
| msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre del fichero de destino no incluirá información sobre la " |
| "arquitectura." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" |
| msgstr "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:37 |
| msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." |
| msgstr "Crea un enlace simbólico en vez de mover el fichero." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:37 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" |
| msgstr "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:41 |
| msgid "" |
| "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " |
| "destination filename." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros existentes se sobreescribirán si poseen el mismo nombre que el " |
| "fichero de destino." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:41 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" |
| msgstr "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<directorio>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:53 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as " |
| #| "argument exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the " |
| #| "name of the target directory is extracted from the section field in the " |
| #| "control part of the package. The target directory will be `unstable/" |
| #| "binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not " |
| #| "found in the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as " |
| #| "well as for sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is " |
| #| "`E<lt>sectionE<gt>/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field " |
| #| "isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the `no-" |
| #| "section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy." |
| msgid "" |
| "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " |
| "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " |
| "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " |
| "the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-I<architecture>/" |
| "I<section>'. If the section is not found in the control, then `no-section' " |
| "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections `non-free' and " |
| "`contrib' the target directory is `I<section>/binary-I<architecture>'. The " |
| "section field isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the " |
| "`no-section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros se moverán al subdirectorio definido. Si existe el directorio " |
| "dado como argumento, los ficheros se moverán al directorio definido. De otra " |
| "forma, el nombre del directorio de destino se extraerá del campo de sección, " |
| "en el fichero de control del paquete. El directorio de destino será " |
| "«unstable/binary-E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>/E<lt>secciónE<gt>». Si no se " |
| "encuentra ninguna sección en el fichero de control, se asumirá «no-section». " |
| "En este caso, y también si la sección es «non-free» o «contrib», el " |
| "directorio de destino será «E<lt>secciónE<gt>/binary-" |
| "E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>». El campo de sección no es necesario, por lo que " |
| "muchos paquetes aparecerán como parte de «no-section» (sin sección). Use " |
| "esta opción con cuidado, es algo delicada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:53 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" |
| msgstr "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " |
| "isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción se puede usar junto con la opción «-s». Si no se encuentra " |
| "ningún directorio de destino, se creará automáticamente. B<Use esta opción " |
| "con cuidado.>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:61 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " |
| "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " |
| "of `bar-foo.deb')." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero «bar-foo.deb» se renombrará a «bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb» o similar " |
| "(dependiendo de cual sea la información en la sección de control de «bar-foo." |
| "deb»)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:71 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" |
| msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>ç" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:76 |
| msgid "" |
| "All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " |
| "subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " |
| "architecture information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-name renombrará todos los ficheros con la extensión «.deb» dentro del " |
| "directorio «/root/debian» y sus subdirectorios, en caso de ser necesario, a " |
| "nombres sin información de arquitectura." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" |
| msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:82 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " |
| "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<No haga esto.> Su archivo se corromperá completamente debido a que una " |
| "gran cantidad de paquetes no incluyen una sección de información. B<No haga " |
| "esto.>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:85 |
| msgid "This can be used when building new packages." |
| msgstr "Puede utilizar esto al construir paquetes nuevos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:95 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Some packages don't follow the name structure " |
| #| "E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " |
| #| "renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have " |
| #| "no impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but " |
| #| "other installation tools might depend on this naming structure." |
| msgid "" |
| "Some packages don't follow the name structure " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " |
| "dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact on " |
| "how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " |
| "installation tools might depend on this naming structure." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Algunos paquetes no siguen la misma estructura de " |
| "E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.deb. Los paquetes " |
| "que dpkg-name renombre seguirán esta estructura. Generalmente esto no tendrá " |
| "ningún efecto en la instalación de paquetes por B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), " |
| "aunque otras herramientas de instalación podrían depender de esta estructura." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " |
| "B<xargs>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " |
| "B<xargs>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:106 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" |
| msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-parsechangelog - Análisis de ficheros de registro de cambios de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " |
| "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " |
| "machine-readable form." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lee y analiza el registro de cambios de un árbol de " |
| "fuentes de Debian desempaquetado, mostrando la información contenida a " |
| "través de la salida estándar en un formato legible por el sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>" |
| msgstr "B<-L>I<directorio-bibliotecas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts. This " |
| "directory is searched before the default directories which are currently B</" |
| "usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define un directorio adicional en el que buscar scripts de análisis. Este " |
| "directorio se analiza antes que los directorios predefinidos, B</usr/local/" |
| "lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> y B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Parser Options" |
| msgstr "Opciones de análisis" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44 |
| msgid "" |
| "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " |
| "parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. They need to " |
| "be supported by the parser script in question. See also B<CAVEATS>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las siguientes opciones permiten modificar la salida del analizador de " |
| "registros de cambio, por ejemplo, el rango de las entradas o el formato de " |
| "la salida. Deben ser compatibles con el script analizador en cuestión. Véase " |
| "también B<ADVERTENCIAS>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--format>I< outputformat>" |
| msgstr "B<--format>I< formato-salida>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and " |
| "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " |
| "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " |
| "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " |
| "most fields are taken from the latest entry, except otherwise stated:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el formato de la salido. Los valores compatibles son I<dpkg> y " |
| "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> es el formato de salida clásico (anterior a la existencia " |
| "de esta opción) y el valor predefinido. Consiste de un párrafo con el " |
| "formato de control de Debian (consulte B<deb-control>(5)). En caso de " |
| "requerir más de una entrada, la mayoría de campos se toman de la última " |
| "entrada, a menos que se especifique lo contrario:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:54 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>pkg nameE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>" |
| msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nombre-paqueteE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:56 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>versionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Version:>I< version>" |
| msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>versiónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:58 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Distribution:> E<lt>target distributionE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>" |
| msgstr "B<Distribution:> E<lt>distribución-destinoE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:60 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Urgency:> E<lt>urgencyE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" |
| msgstr "B<Urgency:> E<lt>urgenciaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63 |
| msgid "The highest urgency of all included entries is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se usa la urgencia más elevada presente entre todas las entradas incluidas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>authorE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>" |
| msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>autorE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:65 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Date:> E<lt>dateE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" |
| msgstr "B<Date:> E<lt>fechaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:67 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Closes:> E<lt>bug numberE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" |
| msgstr "B<Closes:> E<lt>número-fallo-BTSE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70 |
| msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." |
| msgstr "Los campos «Closes» de todas las entradas incluidas se fusionan." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Changes:> E<lt>changelog entriesE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" |
| msgstr "B<Changes:> E<lt>entradas-registro-cambiosE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:77 |
| msgid "" |
| "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " |
| "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " |
| "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " |
| "content depends on the changelog format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El texto de todas las entradas del registro de cambios se encadena. Para que " |
| "ésto tenga un formato de control multi-línea de Debian válido, las líneas " |
| "vacías se reemplazan por un retorno de línea, y se inserta un sangrado de un " |
| "carácter de espacio en todas las líneas. El contenido exacto depende del " |
| "formato del registro de cambios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:80 |
| msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." |
| msgstr "Pueden que aparezcan campos adicionales definidos por el usuario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " |
| "for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato B<rfc822> emplea los mismos campos, pero devuelve por la salida " |
| "un párrafo por cada entrada en el registro de cambios, de forma que se " |
| "preservan los metadatos de cada entrada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--since> I<versión>, B<-s>I<versión>,B< -v>I<versión>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87 |
| msgid "include all changes later than I<version>." |
| msgstr "Incluye todos los cambios posteriores a la I<versión>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--until> I<versión>, B<-u>I<versión>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90 |
| msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>." |
| msgstr "Incluye todos los cambios anteriores a la I<versión>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--from> I<versión>, B<-f>I<versión>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93 |
| msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>." |
| msgstr "Incluye todos los cambios posteriores o de la misma I<versión>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--to> I<versión>, B<-t>I<versión>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96 |
| msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." |
| msgstr "Incluye todos los cambios anteriores o de la misma I<versión>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--count> I<número>, B<-c>I<número>, B<-n>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " |
| "than 0)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Incluye un I<número> de entradas desde el inicio (o el final en caso de que " |
| "el I<número> sea menor que 0). " |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--offset> I<número>, B<-o>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104 |
| msgid "" |
| "change the starting point for --count, counted from the top (or the tail if " |
| "I<number> is lower than 0)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Modifica el punto de inicio para «--count» (cuenta), empezando por el " |
| "principio (o el final si el I<número> es menor que 0)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104 update-alternatives.8:268 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--all>" |
| msgstr "B<--all>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:108 |
| msgid "" |
| "include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Incluye todos los cambios. Nota: otras opciones no tendrán efecto cuando " |
| "esta esté en uso." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:114 |
| msgid "" |
| "All B<Parser Options> except for -v are only supported in B<dpkg>, version " |
| "1.14.16 and later. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than " |
| "I<debian> might not support all options." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas las B<Opciones de análisis>, a excepción de «-v», son compatibles a " |
| "partir de la versión 1.14.16 y posteriores de B<dpkg>. Puede que los " |
| "analizadores de formatos de registro de cambios además de I<debian> y " |
| "procedentes de otras fuentes no acepten todas las opciones." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" |
| msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122 |
| msgid "" |
| "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " |
| "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " |
| "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " |
| "itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero de registro de cambios se usa para obtener información " |
| "dependiente de la versión acerca del paquete fuente, así como la urgencia y " |
| "la distribución de una subida, los cambios realizados desde una versión en " |
| "concreto y el propio número de versión de la fuente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:129 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007, 2008 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2007, 2008 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-query.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-query" |
| msgstr "dpkg-query" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" |
| msgstr "dpkg-query - Una herramienta para consultar la base de datos de dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:8 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-query> [I<opción>...] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " |
| "B<dpkg> database." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-query> es una herramienta que muestra información sobre paquetes " |
| "listados en la base de datos de B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:14 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..." |
| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> I<patrón-nombre-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " |
| "given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " |
| "marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). " |
| "Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note " |
| "you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell " |
| "from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package " |
| "names starting with ``libc6'':" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista los paquetes que encajan con el patrón dado. Si no se entrega un " |
| "I<patrón-nombre-paquete>, lista los paquetes en I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, " |
| "excluyendo aquellos marcados como no instalados (esto es, aquellos " |
| "previamente purgados). Puede usar los comodines habituales del intérprete de " |
| "órdenes en el I<patrón-nombre-paquete>. Tenga en cuenta que posiblemente " |
| "tenga que entrecomillar I<patrón-nombre-paquete> para evitar que el " |
| "intérprete realice una expansión del nombre del fichero. Por ejemplo, lo " |
| "siguiente lista todos los paquetes que empiezan con «libc6»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:27 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" |
| msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " |
| "status, and errors, in that order." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las tres primeras columnas de la salida muestran la acción deseada, el " |
| "estado del paquete así como errores, en este orden." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:33 |
| msgid "Desired action:" |
| msgstr "Acción deseada:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " u = Unknown\n" |
| " i = Install\n" |
| " h = Hold\n" |
| " r = Remove\n" |
| " p = Purge\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " u = Desconocida\n" |
| " i = Instalar\n" |
| " h = Retener\n" |
| " r = Eliminar\n" |
| " p = Purgar\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:42 |
| msgid "Package status:" |
| msgstr "Estado del paquete" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " n = Not-installed\n" |
| " c = Config-files\n" |
| " H = Half-installed\n" |
| " U = Unpacked\n" |
| " F = Half-configured\n" |
| " W = Triggers-awaiting\n" |
| " t = Triggers-pending\n" |
| " i = Installed\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " n = No instalado\n" |
| " c = Ficheros de configuración\n" |
| " H = Parcialmente instalado\n" |
| " U = Desempaquetado\n" |
| " F = Parcialmente configurado\n" |
| " W = Disparadores esperando\n" |
| " t = Disparadores pendientes\n" |
| " i = Instalado\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:54 |
| msgid "Error flags:" |
| msgstr "Marcas de error:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:57 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" |
| " R = Reinst-required\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" |
| " R = Reinst-required\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " |
| "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " |
| "states and flags." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un estado con mayúscula o una letra de error indica que es posible que el " |
| "cause problemas serios. Para más información acerca de los estados y marcas " |
| "consulte B<dpkg>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:67 |
| msgid "" |
| "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " |
| "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " |
| "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" |
| "showformat> for a way to configure the output format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de la salida de esta opción no se puede modificar, pero varía " |
| "automáticamente para encajar el ancho de la terminal. Esto se hace para " |
| "lectores humanos, pero no facilita su lectura por el sistema. Consulte B<-W> " |
| "(B<--show>) y B<--showformat> para ver una manera de configurar el formato " |
| "de la salida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:67 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<package-name-pattern>..." |
| msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I<patrón-nombre-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " |
| "given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" |
| "showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " |
| "package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " |
| "separated by a tab." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al igual que la opción B<--list>, esto lista todos los paquetes que encajan " |
| "con el patrón dado. Por otra parte, puede configurar la salida usando la " |
| "opción B<--showformat>. El formato predefinido de la salida da una línea por " |
| "cada paquete que encaje, mostrando el nombre y la versión instalada, y " |
| "separados por una tabulación." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:74 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status> I<nombre-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:79 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " |
| #| "installed package status database." |
| msgid "" |
| "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " |
| "installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, " |
| "the requested status entries are separated by an empty line." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Informa del estado del paquete definido. Esto sólo muestra la entrada de los " |
| "paquetes con el estado de instalado en la base de datos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:79 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<nombre-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:85 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. However, note " |
| #| "that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not " |
| #| "listed." |
| msgid "" |
| "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " |
| "I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " |
| "empty line. However, note that files created by package-specific " |
| "installation-scripts are not listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista los ficheros que I<nombre-paquete> creó en el sistema. Por otra parte, " |
| "tenga en cuenta que los ficheros creados por los scripts de instalación " |
| "específicos del paquete no aparecerán." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:85 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<nombre-paquete> [I<fichero-control>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name>. " |
| "If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that control " |
| "file if it is present. B<Warning>: this command is semi-public, it should be " |
| "used only as a last resort solution, and if no other interface is available. " |
| "It might get deprecated later on if better interfaces or the current " |
| "architectural deficiencies have been solved." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista las rutas de los ficheros de control de I<nombre-paquete> instalados " |
| "en el sistema. Si se define I<fichero-control>, sólo se mostrará la ruta de " |
| "ese fichero de control. B<Advertencia>: esta orden es semi-pública, y sólo " |
| "se debería usar como la última solución y en caso de no disponer de ninguna " |
| "otra interfaz. Puede que quede obsoleto en el futuro en caso de aparecer " |
| "mejores interfaces, o si se solucionan las deficiencias actuales de su " |
| "arquitectura." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." |
| msgstr "B<-S>, B<--search> I<patrón-búsqueda-fichero>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:99 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell " |
| #| "wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra " |
| #| "files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." |
| msgid "" |
| "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " |
| "Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not " |
| "list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list " |
| "alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Busca un fichero entre los paquetes instalados. Puede usar todos los " |
| "comodines estándar de intérprete de órdenes en el patrón. Esta orden no " |
| "lista los ficheros adicionales creados por el script del responsable del " |
| "paquete, ni tampoco alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:99 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<nombre-paquete>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:105 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| #| "available>. Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> " |
| #| "I<package-name> instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date " |
| #| "when using B<dselect>." |
| msgid "" |
| "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| "available>. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the requested " |
| "I<available> entries are separated by an empty line." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra detalles de I<nombre-paquete>, tal y como aparece en I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| "available>. Los usuarios de interfaces de usuario basados en APT deberían " |
| "usar B<apt-cache show> I<nombre-paquete>, ya que el fichero I<available> " |
| "sólo se encuentra al día si usa dselect." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:110 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| #| "available>. Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> " |
| #| "I<package-name> instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date " |
| #| "when using B<dselect>." |
| msgid "" |
| "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> " |
| "instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using " |
| "B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra detalles de I<nombre-paquete>, tal y como aparece en I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| "available>. Los usuarios de interfaces de usuario basados en APT deberían " |
| "usar B<apt-cache show> I<nombre-paquete>, ya que el fichero I<available> " |
| "sólo se encuentra al día si usa dselect." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:122 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<formato>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:129 |
| msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" |
| msgstr "En la cadena de formato, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduce escapes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<\\en> newline\n" |
| " B<\\er> carriage return\n" |
| " B<\\et> tab\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " B<\\en> nueva línea\n" |
| " B<\\er> retorno de línea\n" |
| " B<\\et> tabulación\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " |
| "of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" |
| "$>\\(rq." |
| msgstr "" |
| "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq posicionado antes de cualquier otro carácter suprime " |
| "cualquier significado especial que puede tener el siguiente carácter, útil " |
| "para \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:147 |
| msgid "" |
| "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " |
| "package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " |
| "Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " |
| "left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised but they " |
| "are not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or " |
| "fields stored in the binary package end up in it):" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede incluir información del paquete insertando variables de referencia a " |
| "los campos del paquete usando la sintaxis \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}" |
| ">\\(rq. Los campos se alinean a la derecha a menos que el ancho sea " |
| "negativo, en cuyo caso se alinean a la izquierda. Los siguientes I<campos> " |
| "se reconocen pero no están siempre disponibles en el fichero de estado (sólo " |
| "se guardan los campos internos o campos contenidos en el paquete binario):" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:182 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| " B<Architecture>\n" |
| #| " B<Bugs>\n" |
| #| " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" |
| #| " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" |
| #| " B<Conflicts>\n" |
| #| " B<Breaks>\n" |
| #| " B<Depends>\n" |
| #| " B<Description>\n" |
| #| " B<Enhances>\n" |
| #| " B<Essential>\n" |
| #| " B<Filename> (internal, dselect related)\n" |
| #| " B<Homepage>\n" |
| #| " B<Installed-Size>\n" |
| #| " B<MD5sum> (internal, dselect related)\n" |
| #| " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, dselect related)\n" |
| #| " B<Maintainer>\n" |
| #| " B<Origin>\n" |
| #| " B<Package>\n" |
| #| " B<Pre-Depends>\n" |
| #| " B<Priority>\n" |
| #| " B<Provides>\n" |
| #| " B<Recommends>\n" |
| #| " B<Replaces>\n" |
| #| " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" |
| #| " B<Section>\n" |
| #| " B<Size> (internal, dselect related)\n" |
| #| " B<Source>\n" |
| #| " B<Status> (internal)\n" |
| #| " B<Suggests>\n" |
| #| " B<Tag> (usually not in the .deb but in APT's Packages files)\n" |
| #| " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" |
| #| " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" |
| #| " B<Version>\n" |
| msgid "" |
| " B<Architecture>\n" |
| " B<Bugs>\n" |
| " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Conflicts>\n" |
| " B<Breaks>\n" |
| " B<Depends>\n" |
| " B<Description>\n" |
| " B<Enhances>\n" |
| " B<Essential>\n" |
| " B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Homepage>\n" |
| " B<Installed-Size>\n" |
| " B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Maintainer>\n" |
| " B<Origin>\n" |
| " B<Package>\n" |
| " B<Pre-Depends>\n" |
| " B<Priority>\n" |
| " B<Provides>\n" |
| " B<Recommends>\n" |
| " B<Replaces>\n" |
| " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" |
| " B<Section>\n" |
| " B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Source>\n" |
| " B<Status> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Suggests>\n" |
| " B<Tag> (usually not in the .deb but in the repository Packages files)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Version>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " B<Architecture>\n" |
| " B<Bugs>\n" |
| " B<Conffiles> (interno)\n" |
| " B<Config-Version> (interno)\n" |
| " B<Conflicts>\n" |
| " B<Breaks>\n" |
| " B<Depends>\n" |
| " B<Description>\n" |
| " B<Enhances>\n" |
| " B<Essential>\n" |
| " B<Filename> (interno, dselect)\n" |
| " B<Homepage>\n" |
| " B<Installed-Size>\n" |
| " B<MD5sum> (interno, dselect)\n" |
| " B<MSDOS-Filename> (interno, dselect)\n" |
| " B<Maintainer>\n" |
| " B<Origin>\n" |
| " B<Package>\n" |
| " B<Pre-Depends>\n" |
| " B<Priority>\n" |
| " B<Provides>\n" |
| " B<Recommends>\n" |
| " B<Replaces>\n" |
| " B<Revision> (obsoleto)\n" |
| " B<Section>\n" |
| " B<Size> (interno, dselect)\n" |
| " B<Source>\n" |
| " B<Status> (interno)\n" |
| " B<Suggests>\n" |
| " B<Tag> (generalmente no en el «.deb» pero en los ficheros\n" |
| " «Packages» de APT)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Awaited> (interno)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Pending> (interno)\n" |
| " B<Version>\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:190 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " |
| "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " |
| "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " |
| "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " |
| "maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La cadena de formato por omisión es \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>" |
| "\\(rq. En realidad, puede consultar todos los campos contenidos en el " |
| "fichero de estado (por ejemplo, etiquetas de usuario). Aparecerán «tal " |
| "cual», sin conversión o revisión de fallos. Para obtener el nombre del " |
| "responsable de dpkg y la versión instalada ejecute lo siguiente:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:193 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n" |
| msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-query.1:195 dpkg-split.1:179 start-stop-daemon.8:259 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:374 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXIT STATUS" |
| msgstr "ESTADOS DE SALIDA" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:196 dpkg-split.1:180 start-stop-daemon.8:260 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:289 update-alternatives.8:375 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<0>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:199 |
| msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." |
| msgstr "La consulta requerida se ejecutó con éxito." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:199 dpkg-split.1:186 start-stop-daemon.8:270 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:292 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<1>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:203 |
| msgid "" |
| "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing the " |
| "query, including no file or package being found (except for --control-path)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se han detectado problemas analizando la línea de órdenes o realizando la " |
| "consulta requerida, además de que no se han encontrado ningún fichero o " |
| "paquete (a excepción de «--control-path»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:213 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " |
| "width of its output." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción influencia la salida de B<--list> al modificar el ancho de la " |
| "salida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:216 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Wichert Akkerman" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2001 Wichert Akkerman" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" |
| msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:18 |
| msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Creación de ficheros de índice «Packages»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| #| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<opciones>] I<directorio-binario> [I<fichero-" |
| "anulación> [I<prefijo-ruta>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " |
| "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " |
| "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " |
| "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " |
| "install on a cluster of machines." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> busca paquetes binarios de Debian en un árbol de " |
| "directorios, creando un fichero «Packages» usado por B<dselect>(8) y otros " |
| "para mostrar al usuario los paquetes disponibles para su instalación. Estos " |
| "ficheros «Packages» son idénticos a los presentes en los archivos de Debian " |
| "en Internet o en los discos ópticos. B<dpkg-scanpackages> se puede usar para " |
| "crear un directorio local con paquetes a instalar en una o varias máquinas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " |
| "will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1) (generating a " |
| "Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt " |
| "ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> " |
| "sources)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<Nota:> Si desea acceder al fichero «Packages» generado mediante B<apt>, " |
| "posiblemente necesite comprimir el fichero con B<bzip>(1), generando un " |
| "fichero «Packages.bz2», o B<gzip>(1), que generaría un fichero «Packages." |
| "gz». apt ignora los ficheros «Packages» descomprimidos, a excepción de los " |
| "ficheros locales (por ejemplo, B<file://> sources)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " |
| "example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " |
| "root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " |
| "file will start with this string." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<directorio-binario> es el nombre del árbol de directorios que contiene los " |
| "paquetes binarios a procesar (por ejemplo, B<contrib/binary-i386>). Se " |
| "recomienda que este directorio sea relativo al directorio principal del " |
| "archivo de Debian, ya que todo fichero listado en el nuevo fichero " |
| "«Packages» empezará por esta cadena de caracteres." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " |
| "about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed " |
| "file); see B<deb-override>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<fichero-override> es el nombre del fichero que contiene información acerca " |
| "de cómo se instalan los paquetes en la distribución (puede ser un fichero " |
| "comprimido); consulte B<deb-override>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<prefijo-ruta> es una cadena opcional que se antepondrá a los campos " |
| "«Filename»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " |
| "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " |
| "architecture only the first one found is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En caso de existir más de una versión de un paquete, sólo se mostrará la " |
| "última por la salida. Si comparten la misma versión pero difieren en la " |
| "arquitectura, sólo se usará el primero." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:72 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" |
| msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<tipo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:75 |
| msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." |
| msgstr "Busca paquetes «*.I<tipo>» en vez de «*.deb»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:75 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>, B<--udeb>" |
| msgstr "B<-u>, B<--udeb>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78 |
| msgid "B<Obsolete> alias for B<-tudeb>." |
| msgstr "Alias B<obsoleto> para B<-tudeb>." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78 dpkg-scansources.1:49 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:54 |
| msgid "" |
| "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed). " |
| "See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on its format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Analiza el I<fichero> para encontrar alternativas adicionales (el fichero " |
| "puede estar descomprimido). Consulte B<deb-extra-override>(5) para más " |
| "información acerca del formato." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arquitectura>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " |
| "scanning for all debs." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa un patrón que consiste de I<*_all.deb> y I<*_arch.deb>, en lugar de " |
| "buscar todos los «.deb»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" |
| msgstr "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 |
| msgid "Include all found packages in the output." |
| msgstr "Incluye en la salida todos los paquetes encontrados." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" |
| msgstr "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<cadena-identificación>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is " |
| "required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the multicd " |
| "access method of dselect." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Añade un campo «X-Medium», que consiste del valor de la I<cadena-" |
| "identificación>. Este campo es necesario si desea generar ficheros " |
| "B<Packages.cd> para su uso a través del método «multicd» de dselect." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:103 update-alternatives.8:448 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" |
| msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:109 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " |
| "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " |
| "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " |
| "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> devuelve los errores auto-explicativos habituales. " |
| "Además, genera avisos sobre paquetes presentes en un subdirectorio " |
| "equivocado, duplicados, que tienen un campo «Filename» en su fichero de " |
| "control, no aparecen en el fichero de anulación, o que contienen alguna " |
| "sustitución del responsable del paquete que no tiene efecto." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:115 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " |
| "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " |
| "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-scansources" |
| msgstr "dpkg-scansources" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-scansources - Creación de ficheros de índice «Sources»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:12 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| #| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<opciones>] I<directorio-binario> [I<fichero-override> " |
| "[I<prefijo-ruta>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " |
| "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> busca ficheros I<.dsc> en el I<directorio-binario> dado. " |
| "Estos sirven para crear un índice de fuentes de Debian, que se muestra por " |
| "la salida estándar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " |
| "index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " |
| "files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5) for the format of " |
| "this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not " |
| "source, packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current " |
| "implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages produced " |
| "by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the override " |
| "entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify " |
| "maintainer information. This might change." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se proporciona un I<fichero-override>, se usará para fijar prioridades en " |
| "el índice resultante y sobreescribir el campo del mantenedor dado en los " |
| "ficheros I<.dsc>. El fichero se puede comprimir. Consulte B<deb-override>(5) " |
| "para conocer más acerca del formato de este fichero. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Debido a " |
| "que el fichero «override» se indexa con el paquetes binario, y no con las " |
| "fuentes, encontramos un pequeño problema. La implementación actual usa la " |
| "prioridad más alta entre los paquetes binarios producidos por un fichero I<." |
| "dsc>, para así obtener la prioridad del paquete fuente, así como la entrada " |
| "«override» del primer paquete binario listado en el fichero I<.dsc> que " |
| "modifica la información sobre el mantenedor. Esto puede cambiar en un futuro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " |
| "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " |
| "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se proporciona I<prefijo-ruta>, se antepondrá al campo del directorio en " |
| "el índice de fuentes generado. Habitualmente, se usa para hacer que el campo " |
| "de directorio contenga la ruta desde el directorio superior del archivo de " |
| "Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " |
| "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " |
| "Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " |
| "access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<Nota:> Si desea acceder al fichero generado «Sources» mediante B<apt>(8), " |
| "es posible que necesite comprimir el fichero con B<gzip>(1), generando así " |
| "un fichero «Sources.gz». apt ignora ficheros «Sources» descomprimidos, a " |
| "excepción de ficheros locales (por ejemplo, B<file://> sources)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:45 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" |
| msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " |
| "name." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Evita ordenar los registros del índice de fuentes. Habitualmente, se ordena " |
| "por el nombre de los paquetes fuente." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:54 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed). The " |
| "default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa el I<fichero> como el fichero «override» de las fuentes. Por omisión es " |
| "el nombre del fichero «override» con la extensión I<.src> que definió " |
| "anteriormente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " |
| "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " |
| "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " |
| "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " |
| "the source override takes precedence for setting the section." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero «override» de las fuentes está en un formato distinto del fichero " |
| "«override» de los paquetes binarios. Contiene solamente dos campos separados " |
| "por espacios en blanco, siendo el primer campo el nombre del paquete fuente " |
| "y el segundo el de sección. Se omiten las líneas en blanco y de comentarios. " |
| "Si un paquete aparece en ambos ficheros, el fichero «override» de las " |
| "fuentes tiene preferencia." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:64 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--debug>" |
| msgstr "B<--debug>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:66 |
| msgid "Turn debugging on." |
| msgstr "Activa la depuración." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:75 |
| msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:77 |
| msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" |
| msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" |
| msgstr "dpkg-shlibdeps" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-shlibdeps - Genera dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de " |
| "sustitución de variables" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<options>] I<executable>|B<-e>I<executable> " |
| #| "[I<options>]" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<opciones>] I<ejecutable>|B<-e>I<ejecutable> " |
| "[I<opciones>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " |
| #| "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " |
| #| "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" |
| #| ">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. " |
| #| "Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file." |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " |
| "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " |
| "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" |
| ">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " |
| "other variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcula las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de los " |
| "ejecutables suministrados en sus argumentos. Las dependencias se añaden al " |
| "fichero de sustitución de variables B<debian/substvars> como nombres de " |
| "variable B<shlibs:>I<campo-dependencia>, donde I<campo-dependencia> es un " |
| "nombre de campo de dependencia. Cualquier otra variable que empiece con " |
| "I<shlibs:> se elimina del fichero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " |
| "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " |
| "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " |
| "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " |
| "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " |
| "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " |
| "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " |
| "as /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>." |
| "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library " |
| "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would " |
| "use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing " |
| "the library." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tiene dos posibles fuentes de información para generar la " |
| "información de dependencias. Estos son los ficheros I<symbols> y I<shlibs>. " |
| "Por cada binario que B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analiza, busca la lista de " |
| "bibliotecas enlazadas con éste. Entonces, por cada biblioteca, busca el " |
| "fichero I<symbols> o el fichero I<shlibs> (en caso de que el primero no " |
| "exista, o si «debian/shlibs.local» contiene la dependencia relevante). Se " |
| "asume que el paquete de la biblioteca proporciona ambos ficheros, y por ello " |
| "debería estar disponible como «/var/lib/dpkg/info/I<paquete>.I<symbols>» o «/" |
| "var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<shlibs>». El nombre del paquete se identifica " |
| "en dos pasos: búsqueda en el sistema del fichero de la biblioteca (buscando " |
| "en los mismos directorios que usaría B<ld.so>), y ejecución de B<dpkg -S " |
| ">I<library-file> para conocer el paquete que proporciona la biblioteca." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:45 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Symbols files" |
| msgstr "Ficheros de símbolos" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " |
| "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " |
| "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " |
| "following places (first match is used):" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros de símbolos contienen una información más precisa de las " |
| "dependencias, proporcionando la dependencia mínima de cada símbolo que la " |
| "biblioteca exporta. El script intenta encontrar un fichero de símbolos " |
| "asociado al paquete de la biblioteca en las siguientes ubicaciones (se usa " |
| "la primera coincidencia):" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" |
| msgstr "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " |
| "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " |
| "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " |
| "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " |
| "other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La información de biblioteca compartida generada por el proceso de " |
| "construcción actual, que también invoca B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Se generan " |
| "mediante B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). Sólo se usan en caso de encontrar la " |
| "biblioteca en la árbol de construcción del paquete. El fichero de símbolos " |
| "de ese árbol de construcción tiene prioridad sobre los ficheros de símbolos " |
| "de otros paquetes binarios." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:58 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<paquete>.symbols.I<arquitectura>" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:59 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols" |
| msgstr "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<paquete>.symbols" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " |
| "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -" |
| "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Información de redefinición de bibliotecas compartidas por cada sistema. " |
| "I<arquitectura> es la arquitectura del sistema actual (obtenido mediante " |
| "B<dpkg-architecture - qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:63 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols\\(rq" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:100 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless " |
| #| "overridden, I<admindir> is /var/lib/dpkg." |
| msgid "" |
| "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " |
| "by --admindir, those files are located in /var/lib/dpkg." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Información de dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas proporcionadas por el " |
| "paquete. A menos que se redefina, I<directorio-administración> es «/var/lib/" |
| "dpkg»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " |
| "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " |
| "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " |
| "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> recuerda la versión mínima (más grande) necesaria para " |
| "cada biblioteca al analizar los símbolos usados por todos los binarios. Al " |
| "finalizar el proceso, puede escribir la dependencia mínima para cada " |
| "biblioteca usada (siempre que la información de los ficheros I<symbols> sea " |
| "precisa)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a I<Build-Depends-" |
| "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the " |
| "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the Build-Depends " |
| "field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version computed " |
| "by scanning symbols." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Como medida de precaución, un fichero de símbolos puede proporcionar un " |
| "campo de meta información I<Build-Depends-Package> para que B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps> extraiga la versión mínima requerida por el paquete " |
| "correspondiente en el campo «Build-Depends», y usar tal versión si es mayor " |
| "que la versión mínima calculada en el análisis de símbolos." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Shlibs files" |
| msgstr "Ficheros «shlibs»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " |
| "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " |
| "and easy to handle." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros «shlibs» asocian de forma directa una librería con una " |
| "dependencia (sin analizar «symbols»). Por ello, es más sólido que necesario, " |
| "pero sencillo y seguro de manipular." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " |
| "file providing information for the library of interest is used:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las dependencias de una biblioteca se buscan en varias ubicaciones. Se usará " |
| "el primer fichero que proporcione información de la biblioteca relevante." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:87 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/shlibs.local" |
| msgstr "debian/shlibs.local" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89 |
| msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " |
| "compartidas específicas al paquete local." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override" |
| msgstr "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91 |
| msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " |
| "compartidas para cada sistema." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" |
| msgstr "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:97 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " |
| "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " |
| "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " |
| "over shlibs files from other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La información de bibliotecas compartidas generada por el proceso de " |
| "construcción actual, que B<dpkg-shlibdeps> también invoca. Sólo se usa si la " |
| "biblioteca se encuentra en el árbol de construcción del paquete. El fichero " |
| "«shlibs» en el árbol de construcción tiene prioridad sobre otros ficheros " |
| "«shlibs» de otros paquetes binarios." |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:97 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs\\(rq" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:100 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default" |
| msgstr "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102 |
| msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Información del sistema acerca de las dependencias predefinidas de " |
| "bibliotecas compartidas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:106 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " |
| "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " |
| "than another dependency)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tras ello, se usan las dependencias extraídas directamente (a menos que se " |
| "hayan omitido debido que se les identifique como duplicados, o como más " |
| "débiles que otra dependencia)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " |
| "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interpreta cualquier argumento que no sea una opción como " |
| "el nombre de un fichero ejecutable, igual que si se hubiesen proporcionado " |
| "con B<-e>I<ejecutable>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" |
| msgstr "B<-e>I<ejecutable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 |
| msgid "" |
| "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " |
| "I<executable>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Incluye dependencias apropiadas para las bibliotecas compartidas requeridas " |
| "por el I<ejecutable>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" |
| msgstr "B<-d>I<campo-dependencias>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " |
| "I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " |
| "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Añade dependencias al campo I<campo-dependencias> del fichero de control. " |
| "(Las dependencias para este campo se ubican en la variable B<shlibs:>I<campo-" |
| "dependencias>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " |
| "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " |
| "I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La opción B<-d>I<campo-dependencias> tiene efecto para todos los ejecutables " |
| "después de dicha opción, hasta el siguiente B<-d>I<campo-dependencias>. Por " |
| "omisión el I<campo-dependencias> es B<Depends>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " |
| "one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " |
| "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " |
| "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " |
| "representing the most important dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si la misma dependencia (o un conjunto de alternativas) aparece en más de " |
| "uno de los nombres de campo de dependencias reconocidos: B<Pre-Depends>, " |
| "B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> o B<Suggests>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "eliminará automáticamente la dependencia de todos los campos, exceptuando " |
| "aquél que contenga las dependencias más importantes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" |
| msgstr "B<-p>I<prefijo-de-variable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "Start substitution variables with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:" |
| ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " |
| "I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " |
| "substitution variables file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Provoca que las variables de sustitución empiecen por I<prefijo-de-" |
| "variable>B<:> en vez de B<shlibs:>. Asimismo, cualquier variable de " |
| "sustitución ya existente que empiece por I<prefijo-de-variable>B<:> (en vez " |
| "de B<shlibs:>) se eliminará del fichero de sustitución de variables." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:156 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being " |
| "added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra las propiedades de las variables de sustitución por la salida " |
| "estándar, en lugar de añadirse al fichero de sustitución de variables (por " |
| "omisión B<debian/substvars>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:156 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>I<type>" |
| msgstr "B<-t>I<tipo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:163 |
| msgid "" |
| "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " |
| "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " |
| "information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency " |
| "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " |
| "type, a colon, and whitespace." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Da prioridad a la información de dependencia de bibliotecas compartidas " |
| "etiquetada para el tipo de paquete dado. En caso de no existir ninguna " |
| "información etiquetada, usa información sin etiquetar por omisión. El tipo " |
| "de paquete predefinido es «deb». La información de dependencia de " |
| "bibliotecas compartidas se etiqueta para un tipo dado prefijando éste con el " |
| "nombre del tipo, dos puntos, y un espacio." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:163 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-L>I<fichero-shlibs-local>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read overriding shared library dependency information from " |
| "I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Provoca que B<dpkg-shlibs> lea la información sobre dependencias con " |
| "bibliotecas compartidas desde I<fichero-shlibs-local> en vez de B<debian/" |
| "shlibs.local>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:175 |
| msgid "" |
| "Write substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Escribe las variables de sustitución en I<fichero-sustitución-variables>; " |
| "por omisión B<debian/substvars>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:175 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>" |
| msgstr "B<-v>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:180 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps> does." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa el modo informativo. Se muestran numerosos mensajes que explican las " |
| "acciones de B<dpkg-shlindeps>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:180 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<-x>I<paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:187 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to avoid " |
| "self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries (executables or " |
| "library plugins) using a library contained in the same package. This option " |
| "can be used multiple times to exclude several packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Excluye el paquete de las dependencias generadas. Es útil para evitar auto-" |
| "dependencias de paquetes que proporcionan binarios ELF (ejecutables o " |
| "extensiones de bibliotecas) y que usan una biblioteca contenida en el mismo " |
| "paquete. Esta opción se puede usar varias veces para excluir varios paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:187 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>" |
| msgstr "B<-S>I<directorio-compilación-paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:194 |
| msgid "" |
| "Look into I<pkgbuilddir> first when trying to find a library. This is useful " |
| "when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same library and you " |
| "want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given binary package. You " |
| "can use this option multiple times: directories will be tried in the same " |
| "order before directories of other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Analiza el I<directorio-compilación-paquete> primero al buscar una " |
| "biblioteca. Es útil cuando el paquete fuente genera distintas variantes de " |
| "la misma biblioteca, y quiere asegurar que obtiene la dependencia de un " |
| "paquete binario dado. Puede usar esta opción varias veces: los directorios " |
| "se analizan en el mismo orden antes de analizar los directorios de otros " |
| "paquetes binarios." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:194 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" |
| msgstr "B<--ignore-missing-info>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library. " |
| "Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should provide dependency " |
| "information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols files) even if they " |
| "are not yet used by other packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No devuelve un fallo en caso de no encontrar la información de dependencia " |
| "de una biblioteca compartida. No se recomienda usar esta opción ya que todas " |
| "las bibliotecas deberían proporcionar información de dependencia (mediante " |
| "los ficheros «shlibs», o ficheros de símbolos), incluso cuando otros " |
| "paquetes no los usan actualmente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:200 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<--warnings=>I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:211 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol I<sym> used " |
| "by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 (value=2) enables the " |
| "warning \"dependency on I<library> could be avoided\" and bit 2 (value=4) " |
| "enables the warning \"I<binary> shouldn't be linked with I<library>\". The " |
| "default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active by default, the " |
| "last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings to be active." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<valor> es un campo de bit que define el conjunto de avisos que B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps> puede emitir. Bit 0 (valor=1) activa el aviso «symbol I<sym> used " |
| "by I<binary> found in none of the libraries», el bit 1 (valor=2) activa el " |
| "aviso «dependency on I<library> could be avoided», y bit 2 (valor=4) activa " |
| "el aviso «I<binary> shouldn't be linked with I<library>». El I<valor> " |
| "predefinido es 3: los dos primeros avisos están activados por omisión, no el " |
| "último. Defina el I<valor> con 7 si desea que todos los avisos estén activos." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:222 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNINGS" |
| msgstr "ADVERTENCIAS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " |
| "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " |
| "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " |
| "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " |
| "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debido a que B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analiza el conjunto de símbolos usado por " |
| "cada binario del paquete generado, puede mostrar avisos en varias " |
| "situaciones. Éstos informan de aspectos mejorables del paquete. En la " |
| "mayoría de los casos, conciernen directamente a las fuentes original. A " |
| "continuación se muestran los varios mensajes de advertencia que pueden " |
| "aparecer, por orden de importancia decreciente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:230 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" |
| msgstr "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236 |
| msgid "" |
| "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " |
| "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " |
| "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " |
| "of the linker)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El símbolo indicado no se encontró en las bibliotecas enlazadas con el " |
| "binario. Posiblemente, I<binario> es una biblioteca, y necesita estar " |
| "enlazado con una biblioteca adicional durante el proceso de construcción " |
| "(opción B<-l>I<biblioteca> del enlazador)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>" |
| msgstr "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:249 |
| msgid "" |
| "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " |
| "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " |
| "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " |
| "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " |
| "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " |
| "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " |
| "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " |
| "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " |
| "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " |
| "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El símbolo indicado no se ha encontrado en las bibliotecas enlazadas con el " |
| "binario. Probablemente, el I<binario> es una extensión, y cabe que el " |
| "programa que carga tal extensión proporciona el símbolo. Teóricamente, una " |
| "extensión no tiene ningún «SONAME», pero sí este binario, y por ello no se " |
| "le puede identificar claramente como tal. Aún así, el hecho de que el " |
| "binario se guarda en un directorio no público es una indicación de que no es " |
| "una biblioteca compartida normal. Si el binario es realmente una extensión, " |
| "no haga caso de este aviso. Siempre cabe la posibilidad de que es una " |
| "biblioteca real, y que los programas que enlazan con el usan un «RPATH» para " |
| "que el cargador dinámico lo encuentre. En tal caso, la biblioteca está rota " |
| "y precisa un arreglo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:249 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dependency on >I<library>B< could be avoided if >I<binaries>B< were not uselessly linked against it (they use none of its symbols).>" |
| msgstr "B<dependency on >I<library>B< could be avoided if >I<binaries>B< were not uselessly linked against it (they use none of its symbols).>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " |
| "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " |
| "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " |
| "also generated by another library that is really used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ninguno de los I<binarios> enlazados con la I<biblioteca> usan símbolos que " |
| "proporciona la biblioteca. Al arreglar todos los binarios, evitaría la " |
| "dependencia asociada a esta biblioteca (a menos que la dependencia se genere " |
| "también para otra biblioteca que sí la usa)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:255 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<binary>B< shouldn't be linked with >I<library>B< (it uses none of its symbols).>" |
| msgstr "I<binary>B< shouldn't be linked with >I<library>B< (it uses none of its symbols).>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:262 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " |
| "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " |
| "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " |
| "same information than the previous one but does it for each binary instead " |
| "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El I<binario> está enlazado con una biblioteca que no necesita. No es un " |
| "problema, pero puede optimizar levemente el tiempo de carga del binario si " |
| "no enlaza tal binario a la biblioteca. Este aviso revisa la misma " |
| "información que el anterior, pero lo hace para cada binario, en lugar de una " |
| "revisión global de todos los binarios." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:262 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ERRORS" |
| msgstr "FALLOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:269 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " |
| "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " |
| "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " |
| "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " |
| "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> fallará si no puede encontrar ninguna biblioteca pública " |
| "usada por un binario, o si no existe ninguna información de dependencia " |
| "asociada a esta biblioteca (el fichero «shlibs», o el fichero «symbols»). " |
| "Una biblioteca pública tiene un «SONAME», el cual tiene información de " |
| "versión (biblioteca.so.I<x>). Una biblioteca privada (como una extensión) no " |
| "debería tener un «SONAME», y por ello no necesita información de versión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:269 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" |
| msgstr "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:285 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-" |
| #| "shlibdeps> has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| #| "creates a list of directories to check as following: directories listed " |
| #| "in the RPATH of the binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, " |
| #| "directories listed in the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, and " |
| #| "standard public directories (/lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /" |
| #| "usr/lib64). Then it checks those directories in the package's build tree " |
| #| "of the binary being analyzed, in the packages's build trees indicated " |
| #| "with the -S command-line option, in other packages's build trees that " |
| #| "contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root " |
| #| "directory. If the library is not found in any of those directories, then " |
| #| "you get this error." |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " |
| "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " |
| "binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, directories listed in the " |
| "LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, and standard public directories (/" |
| "lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks those " |
| "directories in the package's build tree of the binary being analyzed, in the " |
| "packages' build trees indicated with the -S command-line option, in other " |
| "packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file " |
| "and finally in the root directory. If the library is not found in any of " |
| "those directories, then you get this error." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El I<binario> usa una biblioteca llamada I<soname-biblioteca>, pero B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps> ha sido incapaz de encontrar la biblioteca. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "crea una lista de directorios a revisar en el siguiente orden: los " |
| "directorios listados en el «RPATH» del binario, los directorios listados en /" |
| "etc/ld.so.conf, los directorios listados en la variable de entorno " |
| "«LD_LIBRARY_PATH», y los directorios públicos estándar (/lib, /usr/lib, /" |
| "lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Después revisa esos directorios en " |
| "el árbol de construcción del paquete del binario analizado, en los árboles " |
| "de construcción del paquete indicados con la opción de línea de órdenes «-" |
| "S», en otros árboles de construcción de paquete que contienen el fichero " |
| "«DEBIAN/shlibs» o «DEBIAN/symbols», y por último en el directorio raíz. Esto " |
| "error aparece cuando la biblioteca no se encuentra en ninguno de estos " |
| "directorios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " |
| "you want to add the directory to LD_LIBRARY_PATH. If it's in another binary " |
| "package being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of " |
| "this package is already created and that LD_LIBRARY_PATH contains the " |
| "appropriate directory if it also is in a private directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si la biblioteca que no se encontró está dentro de un directorio privado del " |
| "mismo paquete, querrá añadir el directorio a «LD_LIBRARY_PATH». Si está en " |
| "otro paquete binario en construcción, querrá asegurar que el fichero " |
| "«shlibs» o «symbols» de este paquete ya existe, y que «LD_LIBRARY_PATH» " |
| "contiene el directorio adecuado, en caso de ser un directorio privado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>" |
| msgstr "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:304 |
| msgid "" |
| "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " |
| "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " |
| "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " |
| "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-" |
| "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in /var/" |
| "lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/DEBIAN/)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> encontró la biblioteca que I<binario> necesita en " |
| "I<fichero-biblioteca>, pero no ha sido capaz de encontrar ninguna " |
| "información de dependencia para esta biblioteca. Para encontrar la " |
| "dependencia, intentó establecer una correlación de la biblioteca con el " |
| "paquete Debian con la ayuda de B<dpkg -S >I<fichero-biblioteca>. Después " |
| "revisó los correspondientes ficheros «shlibs» y «symbols» en «/var/lib/dpkg/" |
| "info/», y en los distintos árboles de construcción del paquete («debian/*/" |
| "DEBIAN/»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:318 |
| msgid "" |
| "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " |
| "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " |
| "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " |
| "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " |
| "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl." |
| "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any " |
| "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback " |
| "on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. " |
| "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fallo puede estar causado por un fichero «shlibs» o «symbols» " |
| "incorrecto o ausente en el paquete de la biblioteca. También cabe que la " |
| "biblioteca se construya dentro del mismo paquete fuente, y que aún no se " |
| "haya creado el fichero «shlibs» (en cuyo caso debería arreglar «debian/" |
| "rules» para crear «shlibs» antes de invocar B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Un " |
| "incorrecto «RPATH» también puede llevar a encontrar la biblioteca bajo un " |
| "nombre no canónico (por ejemplo, «/usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl." |
| "so.0.9.8» en lugar de «/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8») que no esté asociado a " |
| "ningún paquete. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> intenta evitar esto usando un nombre " |
| "canónico (con B<realpath>(3)), pero no siempre funciona. Siempre es mejor " |
| "limpiar el «RPATH» del binario para evitar problemas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:324 |
| msgid "" |
| "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (-v) will provide much more " |
| "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " |
| "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invocar B<dpkg-shlibdeps> en modo informativo (-v) ofrece mucha más " |
| "información acerca de dónde buscó la información de dependencia. Puede ser " |
| "útil si no entiende porque muestra este fallo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:328 |
| msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:335 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2006 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2006 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-source" |
| msgstr "dpkg-source" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:5 |
| msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-source - Herramienta de manipulación de paquetes fuente de Debian «.dsc»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-source> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:13 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaqueta y desempaqueta archivos de fuentes de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " |
| "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " |
| "argument." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ninguna de estas órdenes permite combinar múltiples opciones en una sola. " |
| "Tampoco permiten que el valor de una opción se especifique en un argumento " |
| "separado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:19 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc >[I<output-directory>]" |
| msgstr "B<-x >I<fichero>B<.dsc >[I<directorio-salida>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " |
| "of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " |
| "argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " |
| "package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " |
| "source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> " |
| "under the current working directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extrae un paquete fuente. Se debe suministrar un argumento que no sea una " |
| "opción, el nombre del fichero de control de fuente de Debian (B<.dsc>). " |
| "Puede introducir un segundo argumento que no sea una opción para definir el " |
| "directorio en el que extraer el paquete fuente, el cual no debe existir. En " |
| "caso de no definir ningún directorio, el paquete fuente se extraerá en un " |
| "directorio llamado I<fuente>-I<versión> dentro del directorio actual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " |
| "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " |
| "as the B<.dsc>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> lee los nombres de los demás ficheros que componen el paquete " |
| "fuente desde el fichero de control; se asume que están en el mismo " |
| "directorio que el fichero B<.dsc>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " |
| "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " |
| "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " |
| "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " |
| "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " |
| "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los permisos y propietarios de los ficheros del paquete extraído serán los " |
| "mismos que se esperarían si los ficheros se hubiesen simplemente creado - " |
| "0777 para directorios y ejecutables y 0666 para el resto de ficheros, ambos " |
| "modificados según el umask del extractor. Si el directorio superior tiene " |
| "activado el bit setgid, los directorios extraídos lo tendrán también, y " |
| "todos los ficheros y directorios heredarán el grupo al que pertenece." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " |
| "formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> " |
| "so that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " |
| "default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si el paquete fuente usa un formato no estándar (a día de hoy, todos los " |
| "formatos menos «1.0»), su nombre se guardará en B<debian/source/format> para " |
| "que las siguientes construcciones del paquete fuente usen el mismo formato " |
| "por omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:49 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" |
| msgstr "B<-b> I<directorio> [I<parámetros-específicos-formato>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Build a source package. The first non-option argument is taken as the name " |
| "of the directory containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian " |
| "sub-directory and maybe changes to the original files). Depending on the " |
| "source package format used to build the package, additional parameters might " |
| "be accepted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Construye un paquete fuente. El primer argumento, que no opción, se toma " |
| "como el nombre del directorio que contiene el árbol de fuentes " |
| "«debianizado» (por ejemplo, con un subdirectorio «debian/», y puede que " |
| "cambios en los ficheros originales). Puede especificar parámetros " |
| "adicionales, dependiendo del formato de paquete fuente usado en la " |
| "construcción del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:65 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found " |
| #| "in this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command-" |
| #| "line option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". " |
| #| "The fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point " |
| #| "in the future, you should always document the desired source format in " |
| #| "B<debian/source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an " |
| #| "extensive description of the various source package formats." |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " |
| "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " |
| "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". The " |
| "fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " |
| "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/" |
| "source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive " |
| "description of the various source package formats." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> construirá el paquete fuente con el primer formato posible de " |
| "esta lista, y en este orden: el formato indicados con la opción de línea de " |
| "órdenes I<--format>, el formato indicado en B<debian/source/format>, «1.0». " |
| "El uso predefinido de «1.0» en ausencia de otro valor está obsoleto y se " |
| "eliminará en el futuro. Siempre debería documentar el formato fuente deseado " |
| "en B<debian/source/format>. Consulte la sección B<FORMATOS DE PAQUETE " |
| "FUENTE> para una extensa descripción de los diferentes formatos de paquete " |
| "fuente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--print-format> I<directorio>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " |
| "B<dpkg-source -b >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and with " |
| "the same parameters)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra el formato de fuentes a usar en la construcción del paquete fuente " |
| "si se invocó B<dpkg-source -b >I<directorio> (con las mismas condiciones y " |
| "los mismos parámetros)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:72 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--before-build> I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:81 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This command should be called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-" |
| #| "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). " |
| #| "This command should be idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not " |
| #| "all source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do " |
| #| "usually prepare the source tree for the build for example by ensuring " |
| #| "that the Debian patches are applied." |
| msgid "" |
| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called " |
| "before any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early " |
| "even before B<debian/rules clean>). This command is idempotent and can be " |
| "called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this " |
| "hook, and those that do usually prepare the source tree for the build for " |
| "example by ensuring that the Debian patches are applied." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se debería invocar esta orden antes de construir un paquete (B<dpkg-" |
| "buildpackage> lo invoca muy temprano en el proceso, incluso antes que " |
| "B<debian/rules clean>). Esta orden debería ser idempotente, y se puede " |
| "invocar varias veces. No todos los formatos de fuentes implementan algo en " |
| "este «hook», y aquellos que lo hacen habitualmente preparan el árbol de las " |
| "fuentes para la construcción, por ejemplo, comprobando que se aplican los " |
| "parches de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--after-build> I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:89 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This command should be called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-" |
| #| "buildpackage> calls it last). This command should be idempotent and can " |
| #| "be called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in " |
| #| "this hook, and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-" |
| #| "build> has done." |
| msgid "" |
| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called " |
| "after any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This " |
| "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source " |
| "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually use it " |
| "to undo what B<--before-build> has done." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se debería invocar esta orden después de construir un paquete (B<dpkg-" |
| "buildpackage> lo invoca en último lugar). Esta orden debería ser " |
| "idempotente, y se puede invocar varias veces. No todos los formatos de " |
| "fuentes implementan algo en este «hook», y aquellos que lo hacen lo usan " |
| "habitualmente para deshacer lo que B<--before-build> ha hecho." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" |
| msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." |
| msgstr "B<--print-format> I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory>. This command can " |
| "take supplementary parameters depending on the source format. It will error " |
| "out for formats where this operation doesn't mean anything." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "GENERIC BUILD OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPCIONES GENÉRICAS DE CONSTRUCCIÓN" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " |
| "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " |
| "starting at the source tree's top level directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el fichero de control principal de las fuentes del que leer la " |
| "información, B<debian/control> por omisión. Si se introducen rutas " |
| "relativas, éstas se interpretan empezando en el directorio superior del " |
| "árbol de fuentes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:118 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " |
| "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " |
| "starting at the source tree's top level directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el fichero de registro de cambios del que leer la información, " |
| "B<debian/changelog> por omisión. Si se introducen rutas relativas, éstas se " |
| "interpretan empezando en el directorio superior del árbol de fuentes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:123 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<--format=>I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:127 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use the given format for building the source package. It does override any " |
| "format given in B<debian/source/format>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa el formato dado para la construcción del paquete fuente. Esto " |
| "sobreescribe cualquier formato presente enB<debian/source/format>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:137 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is to not read " |
| "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee las variables de sustitución desde I<fichero-variables-sust>; el valor " |
| "por omisión es no leer ninguno. Puede usar esta opción varias veces para " |
| "leer variables de sustitución de varios ficheros." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" |
| msgstr "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compresión>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:151 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs). Note " |
| "that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be recompressed, it " |
| "only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and " |
| "I<xz>. I<gzip> is the default. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg-dev " |
| "1.15.5." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define qué compresión usar con los ficheros creados (archivos tar y ficheros " |
| "«diff»). Tenga en cuenta que esta opción no provoca que los archivos tar " |
| "existentes se compriman nuevamente, sólo afecta a los ficheros nuevos. Los " |
| "valores permitidos son: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> y I<xz>. I<gzip> se usa " |
| "por omisión. La compatibilidad con I<xz> es posible desde dpkg-dev 1.15.5." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:151 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" |
| msgstr "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<nivel>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:157 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created " |
| #| "files. Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. I<9> is " |
| #| "the default." |
| msgid "" |
| "Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. " |
| "Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is " |
| "I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> for xz and lzma." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nivel de compresión a usar. Al igual que B<-Z>, sólo afecta a los " |
| "ficheros nuevos. Los valores permitidos son de I<1> a I<9>, I<best>, y " |
| "I<fast>. I<9> se usa por omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:157 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regexp>]" |
| msgstr "B<-i>[I<expresión-regular>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<expresión-regular>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " |
| "out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " |
| "command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 source " |
| "package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommited changes on " |
| "specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.) B<-i> by itself " |
| "enables the option, with a default regexp that will filter out control files " |
| "and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap " |
| "files and Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active " |
| "regexp, of multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede especificar una expresión regular de Perl para indicar aquellos " |
| "ficheros que desee excluir de la lista de ficheros para el «diff» (esta " |
| "lista se genera con una orden find). Puede usar esto para ignorar cambios no " |
| "introducidos en ficheros específicos, en caso de construir un paquete fuente " |
| "como un paquete fuente versión 3 usando VCS. Por sí mismo, B<-i> activa la " |
| "opción con una expresión regular predefinida que elimina los ficheros y " |
| "directorios de control de los sistemas de control de versiones más comunes, " |
| "los ficheros de respaldo, los ficheros de intercambio y los directorios que " |
| "se generan como resultado de las operaciones de Libtool. Sólo puede haber " |
| "una expresión regular activa, y en caso de existir varias opciones B<-i> " |
| "sólo se tendrá en cuenta la última." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:179 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " |
| "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " |
| "want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " |
| "additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ." |
| "cvsignore, .svn/). The default regexp is already very exhaustive, but if you " |
| "need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " |
| "path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " |
| "filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. '(^|/)', " |
| "'($|/)') yourself." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto es útil para eliminar ficheros externos que se incluyen en el «diff». " |
| "Por ejemplo, si desarrolla su software en sistema de control de versiones y " |
| "desea realizar un «checkout» para construir un paquete fuente, sin incluir " |
| "los ficheros y directorios adicionales que habitualmente contiene (por " |
| "ejemplo, «CVS/», «.cvsignore», «.svn»). La expresión regular predefinida es " |
| "bastante completa, pero si necesita reemplazarla, tenga en cuenta que por " |
| "omisión, puede coincidir con cualquier parte de la ruta. Por ello, si desea " |
| "emparejar el principio de un nombre de fichero, o sólo nombres de fichero " |
| "completos, tendrá que introducir directamente el anclaje necesario (por " |
| "ejemplo, '(^|/)', '($|/)')." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regexp>" |
| msgstr "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<expresión-regular>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:186 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default regular " |
| #| "expression associated to B<-i> by concatenating \"B<|>I<regexp>\" to the " |
| #| "default regexp. This option is convenient to use in B<debian/source/" |
| #| "options> to exclude some auto-generated files from the automatic patch " |
| #| "generation." |
| msgid "" |
| "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value of B<--" |
| "diff-ignore> and its current value (if set). It does this by concatenating " |
| "\"B<|>I<regexp>\" to the existing value. This option is convenient to use " |
| "in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated files from the " |
| "automatic patch generation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La expresión regular de perl definida extenderá la expresión regular " |
| "predefinida asociada a B<-i>, concatenando «B<|>I<regexp>» a la expresión " |
| "regular predefinida. Es conveniente usar esta opción en B<debian/source/" |
| "options> para excluir algunos ficheros generados automáticamente a partir de " |
| "la generación automática de parches." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:186 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" |
| msgstr "B<-I>[I<patrón-fichero>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<patrón-fichero>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s --" |
| "exclude option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file. For " |
| "example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." |
| "tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " |
| "patterns to exclude." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se especifica esta opción, el nombre de fichero se pasará como parámetro " |
| "a la opción «--exclude» de B<tar>(1) al generar el fichero «.orig.tar» o «." |
| "tar». Por ejemplo, «-ICVS» hará que tar omita los directorios CVS cuando " |
| "genere el fichero «.tar.gz». La opción se puede repetir varias veces para " |
| "listar varios patrones a excluir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-I> by itself adds default --exclude options that will filter out control " |
| "files and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup " |
| "and swap files and Libtool build output directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por si mismo, B<-I> añade las opciones predefinidas «--exclude», que " |
| "filtrarán los ficheros de control y los directorios de los sistemas de " |
| "control de versiones más comunes, ficheros de respaldo e intercambio, y los " |
| "directorios de salida de construcción de Libtool." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:212 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " |
| "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " |
| "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " |
| "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " |
| "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " |
| "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " |
| "semantic of tar's --exclude option is somewhat complicated, see http://www." |
| "gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<Nota:> A pesar de tener objetivos similares, B<i> y B<I> tienen una " |
| "sintaxis y semántica muy diferentes. Sólo puede especificar B<i> una vez, " |
| "que toma una expresión regular compatible con Perl, la cual se compara con " |
| "la ruta relativa de cada fichero. Puede especificar B<I> varias veces, y " |
| "toma un patrón de nombre de fichero con comodines de intérprete de órdenes. " |
| "El patrón se compara con la ruta relativa, y también con cada parte de la " |
| "ruta, de manera individual. La semántica exacta de la opción «--exclude» de " |
| "tar es algo complicada, consulte http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar." |
| "html#wildcards para una completa documentación." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:215 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default regexp and patterns for both options can be seen in the output " |
| "of the B<--help> command." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede consultar los patrones y expresiones regulares predefinidas de ambas " |
| "opciones en la salida de la orden B<--help>." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:215 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "GENERIC EXTRACT OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPCIONES DE EXTRACCIÓN GENÉRICAS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:216 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-copy>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-copy>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:219 |
| msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No copia los ficheros tar originales cerca del paquete fuente extraído." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:219 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-check>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-check>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:222 |
| msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking." |
| msgstr "No revisa las firmas y sumas de control antes de desempaquetar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:222 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" |
| msgstr "B<--require-valid-signature>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " |
| "signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> " |
| "keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official Debian " |
| "keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/share/" |
| "keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Rechaza desempaquetar el paquete fuente si no contiene una firma OpenPGP, " |
| "que se verifica o bien con el anillo de claves de usuario I<trustedkeys." |
| "gpg>, uno de los anillos de claves específicos del proveedor, o uno de los " |
| "anillos de claves oficiales de Debian, I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring." |
| "gpg> y I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>. " |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:231 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" |
| msgstr "FORMATOS DE PAQUETE FUENTE" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:236 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " |
| "\"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/" |
| "DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no sabe qué formato de fuentes usar, debería seleccionar o bien «3.0 " |
| "(quilt)» o «3.0 (native)». Consulte «http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/" |
| "DebSrc3.0» para más información acerca del desarrollo de estos formatos " |
| "dentro del proyecto Debian." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:237 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 1.0" |
| msgstr "Formato: 1.0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:241 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " |
| "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " |
| "is said to be I<native>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un paquete fuente en este formato consiste bien de un B<.orig.tar.gz> " |
| "asociado a un B<.diff.gz>, o bien de un único B<.tar.gz> (en tal caso, el " |
| "paquete se considera I<native>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:243 dpkg-source.1:411 dpkg-source.1:586 dpkg-source.1:625 |
| msgid "B<Extracting>" |
| msgstr "B<Extracción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:253 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " |
| "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " |
| "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " |
| "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " |
| "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " |
| "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " |
| "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove " |
| "files (empty files will be left over)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Extraer un paquete nativo es simplemente una extracción de un único archivo " |
| "tar en el directorio destino. Extraer un paquete no nativo se realiza, " |
| "primero, desempaquetando el B<.orig.tar.gz> para después aplicar el parche " |
| "contenido en el fichero B<.diff.gz>. La marca temporal de todos los ficheros " |
| "parcheados se modifica en el momento de extraer el paquete fuente (esto " |
| "evita bifurcaciones de las marcas temporales, que conducen a problemas " |
| "cuando se parchean los ficheros generados automáticamente). El «diff» puede " |
| "crear nuevos ficheros (todo el directorio «debian/» se crea de esta manera) " |
| "pero no puede eliminar ficheros (los ficheros vacíos permanecerán en el " |
| "sistema)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:255 dpkg-source.1:439 dpkg-source.1:597 dpkg-source.1:630 |
| msgid "B<Building>" |
| msgstr "B<Construcción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " |
| "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " |
| "tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> " |
| "by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Construir un paquete nativo consiste de la creación de un único archivo tar " |
| "con el directorio fuente. Construir un paquete no nativo incluye extraer el " |
| "archivo tar original en otro directorio «.orig», regenerando el B<.diff.gz> " |
| "por comparación del I<directorio> del paquete fuente con el directorio «." |
| "orig»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:262 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build options (with -b):>" |
| msgstr "B<Opciones de construcción (con -b):>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " |
| "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " |
| "Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument " |
| "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " |
| "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si hay un segundo argumento, debería ser el nombre del directorio de " |
| "fuentes, del fichero tar original o la cadena vacía, si el paquete es " |
| "específico de Debian y por tanto carece de diffs «debianizantes». Si no se " |
| "proporciona un segundo argumento, B<dpkg-source> buscará el archivo tar " |
| "original I<paquete>B<_>I<versión-autor-original>B<.orig.tar.gz> o el " |
| "directorio de fuentes original I<directorio>B<.orig> en función de los " |
| "argumentos B<-sX>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:281 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " |
| "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" |
| "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> y B<-sr> no sobreescribirán directorios o " |
| "ficheros tar existentes. Si esto es lo que desea, debería utilizar B<-sA>, " |
| "B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> y B<-sR> en su lugar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:281 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sk>" |
| msgstr "B<-sk>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:290 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " |
| "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " |
| "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " |
| "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que se espera la fuente original como un archivo tar, por omisión " |
| "I<paquete>B<_>I<versión-autor-original>B<.orig.tar.gz>. La fuente original " |
| "se dejará en el sitio como un fichero tar, o se copiará al directorio actual " |
| "en caso de no estar ya ahí presente. El archivo tar se desempaquetará en " |
| "I<directorio>B<.orig> para la generación del «diff»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:290 dpkg-source.1:359 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sp>" |
| msgstr "B<-sp>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:295 |
| msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Idéntica a B<-sk>, a diferencia de que eliminará el directorio al finalizar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:295 dpkg-source.1:365 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-su>" |
| msgstr "B<-su>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:303 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " |
| "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " |
| "new original source archive from it." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que se espera que la fuente original sea un directorio, por omisión " |
| "I<paquete>B<->I<versión-autor-original>B<.orig>, y que B<dpkg-source> creará " |
| "un fichero de fuentes nuevo a partir de él." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:303 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sr>" |
| msgstr "B<-sr>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:308 |
| msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Idéntica a B<-su>, a diferencia de que eliminará el directorio después de su " |
| "uso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:308 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-ss>" |
| msgstr "B<-ss>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:316 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " |
| "tarfile. dpkg-source will use the directory to create the diff, but the " |
| "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " |
| "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define que la fuente original está disponible tanto como directorio como un " |
| "fichero tar. dpkg-source usará el directorio para crear el diff , pero el " |
| "fichero tar para crear el B<.dsc>. Debe usar esta opción con precaución, ya " |
| "que si el directorio y el archivo tar no coinciden se generará un archivo " |
| "fuente inválido." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:316 dpkg-source.1:368 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sn>" |
| msgstr "B<-sn>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:322 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " |
| "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " |
| "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " |
| "therefore have no debianisation diffs." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Omite la búsqueda de la fuente original y no generará un «diff». El segundo " |
| "argumento, en caso de existir, debe ser la cadena vacía. Esta opción se usa " |
| "en paquetes específicos de Debian que no tienen fuentes del autor original " |
| "por separado, y por tanto carecen de ficheros «diff» «debianizantes»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:322 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" |
| msgstr "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:348 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " |
| "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " |
| "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " |
| "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-" |
| "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source " |
| "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found " |
| "it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a " |
| "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " |
| "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-" |
| "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-" |
| "sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Defina una búsqueda de la fuente original como directorio o como archivo tar " |
| "- el segundo argumento, de existir, puede ser cualquiera de las dos cosas o " |
| "la cadena vacía (equivale a usar B<-sn>). Si se encuentra un fichero tar, se " |
| "desempaquetará para crear el «diff» y eliminará posteriormente (equivale a " |
| "B<-sp>); si se encuentra un directorio, se empaquetará para crear la fuente " |
| "original y se eliminará posteriormente (equivale a B<-sr>); si no se " |
| "encuentra ninguno de los dos, se asume que el paquete no tiene ficheros " |
| "«diff» «debianizantes», únicamente un fichero de fuentes (equivale a B<-" |
| "sn>). Si se encuentran ambos, B<dpkg-source> ignorará el directorio, " |
| "sobreescribiéndolo, si se especificó B<-sA> (equivale a B<-sP>), o generará " |
| "un error si se definió B<-sa>. B<-sA> es la opción predefinida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:348 dpkg-source.1:541 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:354 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " |
| "the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/" |
| "options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El procesa dará fallo si el «diff» generado contiene cambios realizados a " |
| "ficheros fuera del subdirectorio «debian». Esta opción no se puede usar en " |
| "B<debian/source/options> pero se puede usar en B<debian/source/local-" |
| "options>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:355 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Extract options (with -x):>" |
| msgstr "B<Opciones de extracción (con -x):>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:359 |
| msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." |
| msgstr "En todos los casos cualquier árbol de fuentes original será eliminado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:365 |
| msgid "" |
| "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " |
| "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " |
| "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " |
| "the default>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se usa en la extracción, la fuente original (de existir) se dejará como " |
| "un fichero tar. Si no se encuentra en el directorio actual o si existe un " |
| "fichero pero es diferente, se copiará ahí. (B<Ésta es la acción por " |
| "omisión>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:368 |
| msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." |
| msgstr "Desempaqueta el árbol de fuentes original." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:373 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " |
| "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " |
| "still removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Asegura que la fuente original ni se copia al directorio actual ni se " |
| "desempaqueta. Cualquier árbol de fuentes original existente en el directorio " |
| "actual es eliminado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:378 |
| msgid "" |
| "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " |
| "one only the last one will be used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas las opciones B<-s>I<X> son mutuamente excluyentes. Si define más de " |
| "una, sólo se usará la última." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:378 dpkg-source.1:555 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" |
| msgstr "B<--skip-debianization>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:381 |
| msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Omite la aplicación del «diff» de debian con las fuentes del autor original." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:382 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 2.0" |
| msgstr "Formato: 2.0" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:386 |
| msgid "" |
| "Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread usage, " |
| "the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first specification " |
| "of a new-generation source package format." |
| msgstr "" |
| "También conocido como wig&pen. No se recomienda este formato para un uso " |
| "masivo, ya que el formato «3.0 (quilt)» lo reemplaza. Wig&pen fue la primera " |
| "especificación de un formato de paquete fuente de nueva generación." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:391 |
| msgid "" |
| "The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format " |
| "except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " |
| "B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be " |
| "valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El comportamiento de este formato es idéntico al del formato «3.0 (quilt)», " |
| "a excepción de que no usa una lista explícita de parches. Todos los ficheros " |
| "en B<debian/patches/> que coinciden con la expresión regular de perl B<" |
| "[\\ew-]+> deben ser parches válidos: se aplican durante el proceso de " |
| "extracción." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:394 |
| msgid "" |
| "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " |
| "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Al construir un nuevo paquete fuente, todo cambio en las fuentes original se " |
| "guardan en un parche llamado B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:395 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" |
| msgstr "Formato: 3.0 (nativo)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in the " |
| "1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by default " |
| "any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary files (see " |
| "default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> output)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este formato es una extensión del formato de paquete nativo como se define " |
| "en el formato 1.0. Es compatible con todos los métodos de compresión, e " |
| "ignorará cualquier fichero o directorio específico a sistemas de control de " |
| "versiones, así como muchos ficheros temporales (consulte el valor " |
| "predefinido asociado a la opción B<-I> en la salida de B<--help>)." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:402 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" |
| msgstr "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:409 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<." |
| "orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a " |
| "debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain additional " |
| "original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can " |
| "only contain alphanumeric characters and dashes (\"-\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un paquete fuente con este formato contiene al menos un archivo tar original " |
| "(B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>, siendo I<ext> B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> o B<xz>) y un " |
| "archivo tar de Debian (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). También contiene archivos " |
| "tar originales adicionales (B<.orig->I<componente>B<.tar.>I<ext>). " |
| "I<componente> sólo puede contener caracteres alfanuméricos y guiones («-»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:420 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " |
| "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " |
| "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " |
| "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " |
| "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " |
| "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " |
| "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Primero se extrae el archivo tar original, y después se extraen todos los " |
| "archivos tar originales en subdirectorios nombrados a partir de la parte de " |
| "I<componente> de su nombre de fichero (todo directorio preexistente se " |
| "reemplazará). El archivo tar de Debian se extrae en el directorio raíz del " |
| "árbol después de la eliminación de cualquier directorio B<debian> " |
| "preexistente. Tenga en cuenta que el archivo tar de Debian debe contener un " |
| "subdirectorio B<debian>, pero también puede contener ficheros binarios " |
| "externos a ese directorio (consulte la opción B<--include-binaries>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:432 |
| msgid "" |
| "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/" |
| "series> are then applied. If the former file is used and the latter one " |
| "doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink " |
| "to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of quilt to manage the set of " |
| "patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series " |
| "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line " |
| "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those " |
| "options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option " |
| "of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, " |
| "and the build is likely to fail." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En este momento se aplican todos los parches listados en B<debian/patches/" |
| "debian.series> o B<debian/patches/series>. Si el primer fichero se usa, y el " |
| "segundo no existe (o es un enlace simbólico), éste se reemplazará con un " |
| "enlace simbólico al primero. El objetivo de esto es simplificar el uso de " |
| "quilt al gestionar el conjunto de parches. No obstante, tenga en cuenta que " |
| "mientras que B<dpkg-source> analiza correctamente los ficheros en «series» " |
| "con opciones explícitas para la aplicación del parche (guardados en cada " |
| "línea después del nombre de fichero del parche y uno o más espacios), ignora " |
| "aquellas opciones que siempre esperan parches que se puedan aplicar con la " |
| "opción B<-p1> de B<patch>. De no ser así, mostrará un aviso en caso de " |
| "encontrar tales opciones, y cabe que la construcción falle." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:434 |
| msgid "" |
| "Similarly to quilt's default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." |
| msgstr "" |
| "De forma similar al comportamiento predefinido de quilt, los parches también " |
| "pueden eliminar ficheros." |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:437 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " |
| "during the extraction." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero B<.pc/applied-patches> se crea en caso de aplicar parches durante " |
| "la extracción." |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:451 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " |
| #| "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " |
| #| "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all " |
| #| "patches except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or " |
| #| "B<debian-changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. " |
| #| "The temporary directory is compared to the source package directory and " |
| #| "the diff (if non-empty) is stored in the automatic patch. If the " |
| #| "automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series " |
| #| "file and from the quilt metadata." |
| msgid "" |
| "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " |
| "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " |
| "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " |
| "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-" |
| "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary " |
| "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-" |
| "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> " |
| "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If " |
| "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series " |
| "file and from the quilt metadata." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todos los archivos tar original encontrados en el directorio actual se " |
| "extraen a un directorio temporal siguiendo la misma lógica para " |
| "desempaquetar, copiando el directorio «debian» al directorio temporal y por " |
| "último aplicando todos los parches, a excepción del parche automático " |
| "(B<debian-changes->I<version> o B<debian-changes>, dependiendo de B<--single-" |
| "debian-patch>). El directorio temporal se compara con el directorio de " |
| "fuentes del paquete, guardando el «diff» (si no está vacío) en el parche " |
| "automático. En caso de crear o añadir el parche automática, este se añade o " |
| "elimina del fichero «series» y de los metadatos de quilt." |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:459 |
| msgid "" |
| "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " |
| "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " |
| "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/" |
| "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the " |
| "debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/" |
| "source/include-binaries>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cualquier cambio en un fichero binario no se puede representar en un «diff», " |
| "conduciendo así a un fallo a menos que el desarrollador decida " |
| "explícitamente incluir el fichero binario modificado en el archivo tar " |
| "«debian» (mediante su listado en B<debian/source/include-binaries>). La " |
| "construcción también fallará si encuentra ficheros binarios en el " |
| "subdirectorio «debian», a menos que estén en el «whitelist» de B<debian/" |
| "source/include-binaries>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:462 |
| msgid "" |
| "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " |
| "to generate the debian tarball." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Llegado a este punto se genera el archivo tar «debian» en base al directorio " |
| "«debian» modificado y la lista de binarios modificados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:468 |
| msgid "" |
| "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " |
| "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " |
| "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " |
| "quilt is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El «diff» generado automáticamente no incluye cambios en ficheros " |
| "específicos al sistema de control de versiones, así como muchos otros " |
| "ficheros temporales (consulte el valor predefinido asociado a B<-i> en la " |
| "salida de B<--help>). En particular, se ignora el directorio B<.pc> empleado " |
| "por quilt durante la creación del parche automático." |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:477 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Note: B<dpkg-source> expects the source tree to have all patches listed " |
| #| "in the series file applied when you generate the source package. This is " |
| #| "not the case when the source tree has been obtained by unpacking a source " |
| #| "package using the Format: 1.0 for instance. To mitigate the problem, " |
| #| "B<dpkg-source> will apply the patches by itself if it believes that they " |
| #| "have not yet been applied. To detect this situation, it uses the " |
| #| "following heuristic: it finds the list of supposedly unapplied patches " |
| #| "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-" |
| #| "patches>), and if the first patch in that set can be applied without " |
| #| "errors, it will apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be " |
| #| "used to disable this behaviour. This operation is usually done as part of " |
| #| "the B<--prepare-build> command." |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<-b>) will ensure that all " |
| "patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always " |
| "has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are " |
| "listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the " |
| "first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them " |
| "all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Nota: B<dpkg-source> espera que el árbol de fuentes contenga todos los " |
| "parches listados en el fichero «series» aplicado al generar el paquete " |
| "fuente. Este no es el caso cuando el árbol de fuentes se obtuvo al " |
| "desempaquetar un paquete fuente usando, por ejemplo, «Format: 1.0». Para " |
| "mitigar el problema, B<dpkg-source> aplicará los parches directamente si " |
| "cree que estos aún no se han aplicado. Para detectar tal situación, usa la " |
| "siguiente heurística: si encuentra la lista de parches supuestamente no " |
| "aplicados (listados en el fichero B<series> pero no en B<.pc/applied-" |
| "patches>) y aplica el primer parche del conjunto sin problemas, procederá a " |
| "aplicar el resto. Puede usar la opción B<--no-preparation> para desactivar " |
| "este comportamiento. Habitualmente, esta operación se realiza con la orden " |
| "B<--prepare-build>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:480 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" |
| msgid "B<Recording changes>" |
| msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:480 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" |
| msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<nombre-paquete> [I<fichero-control>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:490 |
| msgid "" |
| "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " |
| "the quilt patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the name " |
| "I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. If " |
| "I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the local " |
| "changes to integrate. This is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-" |
| "generated this file. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that you can " |
| "edit the meta-information in the patch header." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:493 dpkg-source.1:567 dpkg-source.1:606 |
| msgid "B<Build options>" |
| msgstr "B<Opciones de construcción>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:493 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<versión>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:501 |
| msgid "" |
| "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the quilt " |
| "metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know about it. " |
| "Effectively this says that the given version of the quilt metadata is " |
| "compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The " |
| "version of the quilt metadata is stored in B<.pc/.version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Permite que B<dpkg-source> construya el paquete fuente si la versión de los " |
| "metadatos de quilt es el especificado, incluso si B<dpkg-source> no lo " |
| "conoce. De hecho, esto dice que la versión dada de los metadatos de quilt es " |
| "compatible con la versión 2, con la que B<dpkg-source> tiene compatibilidad " |
| "actualmente. Esta versión de los metadatos de quilt se guardan en B<.pc/." |
| "version>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:501 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-removal>" |
| msgstr "B<--include-removal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:505 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " |
| "patch." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No ignora los ficheros eliminados y los incluye en el parche generado " |
| "automáticamente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:505 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" |
| msgstr "B<--include-timestamp>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:508 |
| msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." |
| msgstr "Incluye la marca temporal en el parche generado automáticamente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:508 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-binaries>" |
| msgstr "B<--include-binaries>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:513 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/" |
| "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds " |
| "and this option is thus no more needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Añade todos los ficheros binarios modificados al archivo tar «debian». " |
| "También los añade a B<debian/source/include-binaries>: se añadirán por " |
| "omisión en futuras construcciones, con lo que esta opción ya no será " |
| "necesaria." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:513 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-preparation>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-preparation>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:517 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " |
| "apparently unapplied." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No intenta preparar el árbol de construcción aplicando parches que están " |
| "supuestamente sin aplicar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:517 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" |
| msgstr "B<--single-debian-patch>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:528 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-" |
| #| "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during " |
| #| "build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained " |
| #| "in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current " |
| #| "diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. When using this " |
| #| "option, it is recommended to create a debian/source/patch-header file " |
| #| "explaining how the Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in " |
| #| "the VCS that is used." |
| msgid "" |
| "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-" |
| "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during " |
| "build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained in " |
| "a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff " |
| "with upstream should be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in " |
| "B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a B<debian/source/" |
| "local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes can be best " |
| "reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usa B<debian/patches/debian-changes> en lugar de B<debian/patches/debian-" |
| "changes->I<version> para el nombre del parche generado automáticamente " |
| "durante la construcción. Esta opción es particularmente útil si el paquete " |
| "se guarda en un sistema de control de versiones y si no se puede generar un " |
| "conjunto de parches adecuados. Al usar esta opción, se recomienda crear un " |
| "fichero «debian/source/patch-header», detallando la mejor forma de revisar " |
| "los cambios de Debian, por ejemplo, el sistema de control de versiones en " |
| "uso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:528 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" |
| msgstr "B<--create-empty-orig>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:534 |
| msgid "" |
| "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " |
| "if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to be " |
| "used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream software " |
| "and where there's no \"main\" software." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Crea automáticamente el archivo tar principal y original como vacío en caso " |
| "de no existir y si hay otros archivos tar originales adicionales. Esta " |
| "opción está diseñada para su uso cuando el paquete fuente es un conjunto de " |
| "varios programas de la fuente principal y cuando no hay programas " |
| "«principales»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:534 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--unapply-patches>" |
| msgstr "B<--unapply-patches>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:541 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Unapply the patches in the B<--after-build> hook. This is mainly useful " |
| #| "when you build your package directly in a VCS that contains unpatched " |
| #| "upstream source and where you want to keep the tree unpatched even after " |
| #| "a package build. This option is usually put in B<debian/source/local-" |
| #| "options> (it's not allowed in B<debian/source/options> so that all " |
| #| "generated source packages have the same behaviour by default)." |
| msgid "" |
| "Unapply the patches in the B<--after-build> hook. You usually don't need " |
| "this option as dpkg-source will automatically unapply the patches if it did " |
| "apply them during B<--before-build>. This option is only allowed in B<debian/" |
| "source/local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same " |
| "behavior by default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No aplica o elimina los cambios de los parches en el «hook» B<--after-" |
| "build>. Esto es útil principalmente cuando construye su paquete directamente " |
| "en un sistema de control de versiones que contiene la fuente original sin " |
| "parchear, y cuando quiere mantener el árbol sin parchear incluso después de " |
| "la construcción del paquete. Habitualmente, esta opción se introduce en " |
| "B<debian/source/local-options> (no se permite en B<debian/source/options> " |
| "para que todos los paquetes de fuente generados tengan el mismo " |
| "comportamiento por omisión)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:548 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option can " |
| "be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate quilt " |
| "patches prior to the source package build. This option is not allowed in " |
| "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El proceso falla si se genera un parche automático. Esta opción se puede " |
| "usar para asegurar que todos los cambios se registren apropiadamente en " |
| "parches de quilt separados antes de la construcción del paquete fuente. Esta " |
| "opción no se permite en B<debian/source/options> pero se puede usar en " |
| "B<debian/source/local-options>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:548 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--no-act>" |
| msgid "B<--auto-commit>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-act>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:552 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " |
| "it's immediately recorded in the quilt series." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:555 |
| msgid "B<Extract options>" |
| msgstr "B<Opciones de extracción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:558 |
| msgid "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Omite la extracción del archivo tar «debian» sobre las fuente del autor " |
| "original." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:558 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-patches>" |
| msgstr "B<--skip-patches>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:561 |
| msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction." |
| msgstr "No aplica los parches al finalizar la extracción." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:562 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" |
| msgstr "Formato: 3.0 (custom)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:565 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This format is particular. It doesn't represent a real source package " |
| #| "format but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files." |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is special. It doesn't represent a real source package format " |
| "but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este formato es especial. No representa ningún formato de paquete fuente " |
| "real, pero se puede usar para crear paquetes fuente con ficheros arbitrarios." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:571 |
| msgid "" |
| "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " |
| "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. " |
| "At least one file must be given." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todos los argumentos que no son opciones se toman como ficheros a integrar " |
| "en el paquete fuente generado. Deben existir, a ser posible en el directorio " |
| "actual. Debe introducir al menos un fichero." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:571 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<--target-format=>I<valor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:576 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " |
| "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its I<Format> field and not " |
| "\"3.0 (custom)\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<Obligatorio>. Define el formato real del paquete fuente generado. El " |
| "fichero «.dsc» generado contendrá este valor en su campo I<Format> y no «3.0 " |
| "(custom)»." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:577 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" |
| msgstr "Format: 3.0 (git)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:579 |
| msgid "This format is experimental." |
| msgstr "Este formato es experimental." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:584 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " |
| "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<." |
| "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un paquete de fuente con este formato consiste de un sólo archivo con un " |
| "repositorio B<.git>, que guarda la fuente del paquete. Puede también existir " |
| "un fichero B<.gitshallow> que lista las revisiones de una clonación de git " |
| "superficial («shallow»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:590 |
| msgid "" |
| "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " |
| "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the cloned " |
| "git repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El archivo se clona como un repositorio git en el directorio destino. Si hay " |
| "un fichero «gitshallow», se instala como «.git/shallow» dentro del " |
| "repositorio git clonado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:595 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " |
| "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", but " |
| "it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under `remotes/" |
| "origin/`." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Tenga en cuenta que, por omisión, el nuevo repositorio tendrá un «checkout» " |
| "de la misma rama de la que se realizó el «checkout» de la fuente original. " |
| "(Habitualmente, «master», pero podría ser cualquier otra cosa.) Todas las " |
| "demás ramas estarán disponibles bajo «remotes/origin/»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:600 dpkg-source.1:633 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " |
| "any non-ignored uncommitted changes." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Antes de continuar, se realizan algunas revisiones para asegurar que no " |
| "queden cambios no ignorados a remitir al repositorio mediante «commit»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:604 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " |
| "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<git-bundle>(1) se usa para generar un archivo a partir de un repositorio " |
| "git. Por omisión, se incluyen en el archivo todas las ramas y etiquetas en " |
| "el repositorio." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:606 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" |
| msgstr "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:616 |
| msgid "" |
| "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " |
| "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " |
| "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " |
| "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " |
| "example, to include only the master branch, use --git-ref=master. To include " |
| "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use --git-ref=--all --" |
| "git-ref=^private" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Permite especificar una referencia («ref») de git a incluir en el archivo de " |
| "git. Su uso desactiva el comportamiento predefinido de incluir todas las " |
| "ramas y etiquetas, y se puede definir varias veces. I<ref> puede ser el " |
| "nombre de una rama o etiqueta a incluir. Por ejemplo, para incluir sólo la " |
| "rama «master», use «--git-ref=master». Para incluir todas las etiquetas y " |
| "ramas a excepción de la rama local («private»), use «--git-ref=--all --git-" |
| "ref=^private»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:616 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:620 |
| msgid "" |
| "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " |
| "revisions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Crea un clon superficial («shalow») con la historia truncada en el número " |
| "definido de revisiones." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:620 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" |
| msgstr "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:623 |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the " |
| "bzr repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este formato es experimental. Genera un único archivo tar que contiene el " |
| "repositorio bzr." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:628 |
| msgid "" |
| "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El archivo tar se desempaqueta, usando después bzr para realizar un " |
| "«checkout» de la rama actual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:637 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " |
| "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " |
| "various cleanup are done to save space." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Entones, la parte del directorio de fuentes específico al sistema de control " |
| "de versiones se copia a un directorio temporal. Antes de empaquetar este " |
| "directorio temporal en una archivo tar se realizan varios procesos de " |
| "limpieza, para así ahorrar espacio." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:637 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNINGS AND ERRORS" |
| msgstr "AVISOS Y ERRORES" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:638 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" |
| msgstr "no se definió ningún formato de fuentes en «debian/source/format»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:644 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " |
| "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is " |
| "assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some " |
| "point in the future dpkg-source will be modified to fail when that file " |
| "doesn't exist." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero B<debian/source/format> siempre debería existir e indicar el " |
| "formato de fuentes deseado. Por razones de compatibilidad hacia atrás, se " |
| "supone el formato «1.0» cuando el fichero no existe, pero no debería " |
| "depender de esto. En algún punto en el futuro, se modificará dpkg para que " |
| "falle cuando no encuentre ese fichero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:650 |
| msgid "" |
| "The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, " |
| "you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 " |
| "(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If " |
| "you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it " |
| "and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fundamente es que el formato «1.0» ya no es el formato recomendado, sino " |
| "que debería escoger uno de los formatos más recientes («3.0 (quilt)», «3.0 " |
| "(native)»). B<dpkg-source> no hará esto automáticamente. Si desea continuar " |
| "usando el formato antiguo, tendrá que ser explícito e insertar «1.0» en " |
| "B<debian/source/format>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:650 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" |
| msgstr "el diff modifica los siguientes ficheros de la fuente original" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:657 |
| msgid "" |
| "When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " |
| "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ." |
| "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian " |
| "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can " |
| "also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers this natively." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Generalmente, es una mala idea modificar ficheros de la fuente original si " |
| "está usando el formato de fuentes «1.0» ya que los cambios terminarán " |
| "ocultos y generalmente sin documentar dentro del fichero «diff.gz». Debería " |
| "guardar los cambios como parches en el directorio «debian» y aplicarlos en " |
| "tiempo de construcción. Para evitar esta complejidad también puede usar el " |
| "formato «3.0 (quilt)», que ofrece esto de forma nativa." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:657 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" |
| msgstr "no se pueden representar los cambios al I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:663 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " |
| "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " |
| "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " |
| "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " |
| "will get this error message." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los cambios a las fuentes originales se suelen guardar el ficheros de " |
| "parche, pero no todos los cambios se pueden representar con parches: sólo " |
| "pueden alterar el contenido de ficheros de texto simple. Si intenta " |
| "reemplazar un fichero con algo de otro tipo (por ejemplo, un fichero simple " |
| "con un enlace simbólico o directorio), obtendrá el siguiente mensaje de " |
| "error." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:663 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "el fichero vacío I<fichero> recientemente creado no estará representado en el «diff»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:666 |
| msgid "" |
| "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " |
| "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No se pueden crear ficheros vacíos con ficheros de parche. Por ello, este " |
| "cambio no se registra en el paquete fuente, está usted avisado." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:666 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "los I<permisos> de modo de ejecución del I<fichero> no se representarán en el «diff»" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:667 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "los I<permisos> de modo especial del I<fichero> no se representarán en el «diff»" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:671 |
| msgid "" |
| "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " |
| "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los ficheros de parche no registran permisos de los ficheros, y por ello los " |
| "permisos modificados no se guardan en el paquete fuente. Este aviso le sirve " |
| "de recordatorio." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:671 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FILE FORMATS" |
| msgstr "FORMATOS DE FICHERO" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:672 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/format" |
| msgstr "debian/source/format" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:676 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " |
| "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " |
| "trailing spaces are allowed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene en una única línea el formato que se debería usar para " |
| "construir el paquete fuente (los formatos posibles se describen en un punto " |
| "anterior). No se permiten espacios vacíos al principio o final de la línea." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:676 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" |
| msgstr "debian/source/include-binaries" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:680 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " |
| "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. " |
| "Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " |
| "ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene una lista de ficheros binarios (uno por línea) que se " |
| "deberían incluir en el archivo tar «debian». Se eliminan los espacios vacíos " |
| "al principio y final de la línea. Las líneas que comienzan con «#» son " |
| "comentarios, y por tanto, se omiten. Se ignorarán líneas vacías." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:680 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/options" |
| msgstr "debian/source/options" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:686 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " |
| "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source -b> or " |
| "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--" |
| "compression-level> are well suited for this file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene una lista de opciones largas que se deberían anexar al " |
| "conjunto de las opciones de línea de órdenes de una invocación a B<dpkg-" |
| "source -b> o B<dpkg-source --print-format>. Las opciones como B<--" |
| "compression> y B<--compression-level> son adecuadas con este fichero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:692 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " |
| "with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped and short " |
| "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the \"=\" symbol " |
| "and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example of such " |
| "a file:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada opción debería aparecer en una línea separada. Se ignorarán las líneas " |
| "vacías, y aquellas que comienzan con «#». Los guiones «--» al principio de " |
| "la opción se deberían eliminar, y no se permiten opciones cortas. Se " |
| "permiten espacios adicionales en torno al símbolo «=», así como comillas " |
| "dobles en torno al valor. Aquí tiene un ejemplo de este fichero:" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:700 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" |
| #| " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" |
| #| " compression-level = 9\n" |
| #| " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" |
| #| " single-debian-patch\n" |
| msgid "" |
| " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" |
| " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" |
| " compression-level = 9\n" |
| " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" |
| " single-debian-patch\n" |
| " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" |
| " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " # permite a dpkg-source crear un debian.tar.bz2 con la máxima compresión\n" |
| " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" |
| " compression-level = 9\n" |
| " # usa debian/patches/debian-changes como parche automático\n" |
| " single-debian-patch\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:703 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " |
| "B<debian/source/format> instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Nota: no se permiten en este fichero las opciones de B<formato>, y debería " |
| "usar B<debian/source/format> en su lugar." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:703 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/local-options" |
| msgstr "debian/source/local-options" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:708 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " |
| "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " |
| "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " |
| "maintained." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Idéntico a B<debian/source/options>, a excepción de que el fichero no se " |
| "incluye en el paquete fuente generado. Puede ser útil para guardar una " |
| "preferencia ligada al mantenedor a al repositorio del sistema de control de " |
| "versiones dónde el paquete es mantenido." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:708 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "debian/source/patch-header" |
| msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header" |
| msgstr "debian/source/patch-header" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:709 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/patch-header" |
| msgstr "debian/source/patch-header" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:713 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " |
| #| "formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\"." |
| msgid "" |
| "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " |
| "formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\". B<local-patch-header> is not included in " |
| "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Texto con formato libre que se inserta al inicio del parche automático con " |
| "los formatos «2.0» o «3.0 quilt)»." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:713 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/patches/series" |
| msgstr "debian/patches/series" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:722 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " |
| "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " |
| "stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty " |
| "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to " |
| "the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end " |
| "of line. Optional quilt options can follow up to the end of line or the " |
| "first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " |
| "comment up to the end of line)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero lista todos los parches que se deben aplicar (en el orden dado) " |
| "al paquete fuente del autor original. Se eliminarán los espacios vacíos al " |
| "principio y final de la línea. Las líneas que comienzan con «#» son " |
| "comentarios, y se omiten. Las líneas restantes empiezan con un nombre de " |
| "fichero de un parche (relativo al directorio B<debian/patches/>) hasta el " |
| "primer carácter de espacio, o el final de la línea. Opcionalmente, puede " |
| "insetar a continuación opciones de quilt hasta el final de línea, o el " |
| "primer «#» precedido de uno o más espacios (que indican el inicio de un " |
| "comentario hasta el final de la línea)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:729 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:736 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2011 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-split" |
| msgstr "dpkg-split" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:5 |
| msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" |
| msgstr "dpkg-split - Herramienta para separar y unir paquetes Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-split> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " |
| "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " |
| "small media such as floppy disks." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-split> separa un paquete binario de Debian en varias partes más " |
| "pequeñas para luego volverlas a unir, posibilitando almacenar paquetes en " |
| "dispositivos de poca capacidad, como disquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:19 |
| msgid "" |
| "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " |
| "options." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se puede usar manualmente usando las opciones B<--split>, B<--join> y B<--" |
| "info>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " |
| "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " |
| "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" |
| "discard> options allow the management of the queue." |
| msgstr "" |
| "También ofrece un modo automático mediante la opción B<--auto>, que crea una " |
| "cola con las partes que ha analizado pero aún separadas para después crear " |
| "el paquete tras analizar todas las partes. Las opciones B<--listq> y B<--" |
| "discard> permiten administrar la cola." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:30 |
| msgid "" |
| "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " |
| "on standard output; these may safely be ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los procesos de separar, unir y posicionado en cola producen mensajes " |
| "informativos por la salida estándar, que se pueden ignorar sin ningún riesgo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:32 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" |
| msgstr "B<-s>, B<--split> I<paquete-completo> [I<prefix>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:35 |
| msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." |
| msgstr "Divide un único paquete binario de Debian en varias partes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " |
| "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " |
| "decimal)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las partes reciben el nombre I<prefijo>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb>, siendo I<N> " |
| "el número de la parte, comenzando por 1, y I<M> el número total de partes " |
| "(ambos en decimal)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " |
| "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se proporciona ningún I<prefijo>, se toma el nombre del I<fichero-" |
| "completo>, incluyendo el directorio, y eliminando cualquier terminación B<." |
| "deb>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." |
| msgstr "B<-j>, B<--join> I<parte>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " |
| "as it was before it was split." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Une las partes de un paquete, dejando el paquete tal y como era " |
| "originalmente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " |
| "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " |
| "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Las partes que se proporcionen como argumento deben ser todas parte del " |
| "mismo fichero original. Cada parte se debe proporcionar una sola vez, aunque " |
| "no necesariamente en orden." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " |
| "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " |
| "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas las partes se deben generar con el mismo tamaño especificado en el " |
| "momento de la división, lo que significa que todas se deben generar con la " |
| "misma invocación de B<dpkg-split --split>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:66 |
| msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre de las partes carece de importancia para el proceso de unión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:69 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." |
| msgid "" |
| "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<." |
| "deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por omisión el fichero resultante se llama I<paquete>B<->I<versión>B<.deb>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." |
| msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I<parte>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " |
| "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " |
| "saying so instead (but still on standard output)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra información, en un formato legible por el usuario, acerca de la " |
| "parte o partes del fichero especificadas. Los argumentos que no son parte de " |
| "un paquete binario producen un mensaje avisando del problema (por la salida " |
| "estándar)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:75 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<salida-completa parte>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:78 |
| msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Posiciona las partes en la cola automáticamente, y une nuevamente el " |
| "paquete, si es posible." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " |
| "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La I<parte> especificada se examina y compara junto con las otras partes del " |
| "mismo paquete (si hay alguna) en la cola de las partes de ficheros de " |
| "paquete." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " |
| "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " |
| "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si están disponibles todas las partes del fichero al que pertenece la " |
| "I<parte>, se une paquete y guarda en la I<salida-completa> (que normalmente " |
| "no existe, aunque esto no es un error)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " |
| "not created." |
| msgstr "" |
| "De no se así, la I<parte> se copia en la cola pero no se crea la I<salida-" |
| "completa>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:103 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will " |
| #| "exit with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with " |
| #| "status 2." |
| msgid "" |
| "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " |
| "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " |
| "B<2>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si la I<parte> no es una parte del paquete binario, B<dpkg-split> terminará " |
| "con un estado de salida igual a 1, si ocurre algún otro tipo de error el " |
| "estado de salida será 2." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " |
| "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " |
| "to expect.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debe proporcionar la opción B<--output> o B<-o> cuando use B<--auto>. (Si " |
| "este argumento no fuese obligatorio el programa que ejecute B<dpkg-split> no " |
| "sabría que fichero esperar)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:110 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" |
| msgstr "B<-l>, B<--listq>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:113 |
| msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." |
| msgstr "Lista los contenidos de la cola de paquetes cuyas partes unir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:117 |
| msgid "" |
| "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " |
| "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " |
| "stored in the queue." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por cada fichero de un paquete que contenga partes en la cola se muestra el " |
| "nombre del paquete, las partes en la cola y el número total de bytes " |
| "guardados en ésta." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:117 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" |
| msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<paquete>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " |
| "of their packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Descarta partes de la cola de aquéllas que esperan las partes restantes del " |
| "paquete para su unión con otras." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:126 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " |
| "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se especifica ningún I<paquete> se limpia la cola por completo, si se " |
| "especifica alguno sólo se eliminan las partes de los paquetes relevantes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " |
| "reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica un directorio alternativo para las partes que se encuentran en la " |
| "cola esperando para ser unidas. Por omisión es B</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:139 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" |
| msgstr "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). " |
| "The default is 450 KiB." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica el tamaño máximo de cada parte en kilobytes (1024 bytes). Por " |
| "omisión es 450Kb." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" |
| msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:146 |
| msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." |
| msgstr "Especifica el nombre del fichero generado por la unión de las partes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:151 |
| msgid "" |
| "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " |
| "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ésto sustituye al nombre por omisión en modo manual (B<--join>), y es " |
| "obligatorio con el modo automático (B<--auto>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:151 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" |
| msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:162 |
| msgid "" |
| "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " |
| "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " |
| "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " |
| "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando B<dpkg-split> está en modo automático, normalmente muestra mensajes " |
| "si se le pasa una I<parte> que no es parte del paquete binario. Esta opción " |
| "suprime estos mensajes, permitiendo que programas como B<dpkg> puedan " |
| "separar y unir paquetes sin producir mensajes poco informativos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:162 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--msdos>" |
| msgstr "B<--msdos>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Fuerza que los nombres de los ficheros generados como salida de B<--split> " |
| "sean compatibles con msdos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:173 |
| msgid "" |
| "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " |
| "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " |
| "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción modifica el prefijo (tanto el prefijo por omisión como el " |
| "proporcionado por un argumento): los caracteres alfanuméricos se pasan a " |
| "minúsculas, los signos de suma «+» se reemplazan con B<x> y se descartan el " |
| "resto de caracteres." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:178 |
| msgid "" |
| "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " |
| "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El resultado restante se trunca hasta donde sea necesario de forma que se " |
| "generen ficheros con la forma I<prefijoN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:186 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " |
| #| "command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the " |
| #| "files are not binary package parts." |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " |
| "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un estado de salida 0 indica que la operación requerida se ha realizado con " |
| "éxito. Las órdenes B<--info> se dan cómo satisfactorias incluso si los " |
| "ficheros no son parte de ningún paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:193 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " |
| #| "I<part> file was not a binary package part." |
| msgid "" |
| "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " |
| "binary package part." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se devuelve un estado de salida 1 sólo al usar la opción B<--auto>, e indica " |
| "que la I<parte> no era parte de un paquete binario." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:193 start-stop-daemon.8:275 update-alternatives.8:378 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<2>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:198 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " |
| #| "failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " |
| #| "usage error or some other problem." |
| msgid "" |
| "Some kind of trouble happened, such as a system call failure, a file that " |
| "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some " |
| "other problem." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se devuelve un estado de salida 2 cuando ocurre algún tipo de problema, como " |
| "una llamada al sistema fallida, un fichero que parecía parte de un paquete " |
| "pero que estaba dañado, un uso incorrecto del programa o algún otro problema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:202 |
| msgid "" |
| "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " |
| "digging into the queue directory yourself." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es imposible obtener todos los detalles de los paquetes que están en la cola " |
| "sin investigar directamente la cola." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " |
| "part is one." |
| msgstr "" |
| "No existe una manera sencilla de comprobar si el fichero que puede ser parte " |
| "de un paquete binario es realmente uno." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:207 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:211 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio por omisión donde las partes esperan para la unión automática." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:216 |
| msgid "" |
| "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" |
| "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " |
| "filename format should not be relied upon." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los nombre de los ficheros usados en este directorio se encuentran en un " |
| "formato interno de B<dpkg-split>, y es improbable que sean útiles para otros " |
| "programas. En cualquier caso, no se debería depender del formato del nombre " |
| "del fichero." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:222 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-statoverride" |
| msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian project" |
| msgstr "Proyecto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" |
| msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - Sustitución del propietario y modo de ficheros" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " |
| "or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " |
| "here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " |
| "including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " |
| "that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " |
| "executable by a certain group." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<La sustitución de propiedades> es un modo de indicar a B<dpkg>(1) que use " |
| "un propietario o modo diferente para un fichero cuando un paquete está " |
| "instalado (Nota: aquí usamos la palabra «fichero», pero puede tratarse de " |
| "cualquier objeto del sistema de ficheros que dpkg pueda manejar, incluyendo " |
| "directorios, dispositivos, etc). Se puede usar para forzar que programas que " |
| "normalmente se instalan con bit setuid se instalen sin esta marca, o que " |
| "sólo sean ejecutables por un grupo en concreto." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " |
| "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-statoverride> es una herramienta para administrar la lista de " |
| "sustituciones. Tiene tres funciones básicas: añadir, eliminar y listar las " |
| "excepciones." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:24 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode file>" |
| msgstr "B<--add>I< usuario grupo modo fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add an override for I<file>. I<file> does not need to exist when this " |
| "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " |
| "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " |
| "by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or " |
| "B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Añade una sustitución para el B<fichero>. No es necesario que el I<fichero> " |
| "exista cuando se use esta orden, la sustitución se guardará para usarse " |
| "posteriormente. Los usuarios y los grupos se pueden definir por su nombre " |
| "(por ejemplo B<root> o B<nobody>), o por su número precedido por un B<#> " |
| "(por ejemplo B<#0> o B<#65534>). El I<modo> se debe definir en base al " |
| "sistema octal." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "If --update is specified and I<file> exists, it is immediately set to the " |
| "new owner and mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se proporciona la opción «--update» y el I<fichero> existe, se le asigna " |
| "inmediatamente el nuevo propietario y modo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an override for I<file>, the status of I<file> is left unchanged by " |
| "this command." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina una sustitución para el I<fichero>, esta orden no modifica el estado " |
| "del B<fichero>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" |
| msgstr "B<--list> [I<comodín>]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 |
| msgid "" |
| "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " |
| "overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " |
| "glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lista todas las sustituciones. Si se define un comodín, restringirá la " |
| "salida a lo que concuerde con el patrón. Si no hay ninguna sustitución o " |
| "ninguna concuerda con el patrón, B<dpkg-statoverride> finalizará con un " |
| "código de salida de 1." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change the I<directory> of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " |
| "also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el I<directorio> con la base de datos de dpkg, donde también se " |
| "guarda la información relativa al fichero «statoverride». Por omisión es «/" |
| "var/lib/dpkg»." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:56 update-alternatives.8:336 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force>" |
| msgstr "B<--force>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " |
| "is necessary to override an existing override." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Fuerza una acción, incluso si ésta pudiese resultar perjudicial. Es " |
| "necesario para poder modificar una sustitución existente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--update>" |
| msgstr "B<--update>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Trata inmediatamente de cambiar el fichero al nuevo propietario y modo, de " |
| "existir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 |
| msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." |
| msgstr "Reduce el nivel de información de las acciones tomadas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:75 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " |
| "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " |
| "important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El fichero que contiene la lista actual de sustituciones de propiedades del " |
| "sistema. Se encuentra en el directorio de administración de dpkg, junto con " |
| "otros ficheros importantes para dpkg como «status» o «available»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " |
| "extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Nota: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserva una copia antigua del fichero con la " |
| "extensión «-old» antes de reemplazarla con una nueva." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-trigger" |
| msgstr "dpkg-trigger" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" |
| msgstr "dpkg-trigger - Herramienta de disparadores de paquete" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:8 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<opción>...] I<nombre-disparador>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:11 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<opción>...] I<orden>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " |
| "support on the running B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger> es una herramienta para activar disparadores " |
| "intencionadamente y revisar su compatibilidad con la versión de B<dpkg> en " |
| "ejecución." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " |
| "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " |
| "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " |
| "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " |
| "by B<dpkg-trigger>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se puede usar mediante scripts del desarrollador en situaciones complejas y " |
| "condicionales en las que los ficheros de disparadores, o la declaración de " |
| "la directiva B<activate> en el fichero de control, no son suficientemente " |
| "informativos. También se puede usar para comprobaciones y administradores de " |
| "sistemas (pero tenga en cuenta que B<dpkg-trigger> no accionará los " |
| "disparadores)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:23 |
| msgid "Unrecognised trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La sintaxis no reconocida de nombres de disparadores son un error para " |
| "B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:25 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--check-supported>" |
| msgstr "B<--check-supported>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:31 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " |
| #| "postinst). Will exit 0 if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or 1 with " |
| #| "an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " |
| #| "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " |
| "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " |
| "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " |
| "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Revisa si la versión de B<dpkg> en ejecución es compatible con disparadores " |
| "(habitualmente invocados mediante una post-instalación). Cierra con 0 si " |
| "B<dpkg> es compatible con los disparadores, o 1 con un mensaje de error por " |
| "la salida estándar en caso de fallo. Por otra parte, en general es mejor " |
| "activar sólo el disparador deseado con B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<--by-package=>I<paquete>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:49 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " |
| #| "DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " |
| #| "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " |
| #| "default)." |
| msgid "" |
| "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " |
| "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " |
| "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " |
| "default)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invalida la espera al inicio del disparador (habitualmente definido con " |
| "B<dpkg> a través de la variable de entorno «DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE» en los " |
| "scripts del desarrollador, nombrando el paquete al que el script pertenece. " |
| "Este es el comportamiento por omisión.)" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:49 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-await>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-await>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the " |
| "processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added " |
| "to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may " |
| "be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción define que la invocación al paquete T (de existir) no necesita " |
| "esperar al procesamiento de este disparador; el paquete(s) interesado I no " |
| "se añadirá a la lista de espera del procesado del disparador, sin cambiar el " |
| "estado de T. Puede que se considere que T está instalado aunque no se haya " |
| "procesado el disparador." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-act>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-act>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:59 |
| msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." |
| msgstr "Realiza un simulacro sin cambios en el sistema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:69 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-vendor" |
| msgstr "dpkg-vendor" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" |
| msgstr "" |
| "dpkg-vendor - Consulta información relativa al proveedor de la publicación" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:8 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<opción>...] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B</etc/" |
| "dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> contains information about the " |
| "current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg-vendor> es una herramienta para consultar información de los " |
| "proveedores listados en B</etc/dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> " |
| "contiene información acerca del proveedor actual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--is>I< proveedor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:19 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Exits with 0 if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-" |
| #| "zero." |
| msgid "" |
| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-" |
| "zero." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Finaliza con 0 si I<proveedor> es el proveedor actual. De no ser así, " |
| "finaliza con un valor distinto de 0." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:19 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--derives-from>I< proveedor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:24 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Exits with 0 if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " |
| #| "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the \"Parent\" field to " |
| #| "browse all ancestors of the current vendor." |
| msgid "" |
| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " |
| "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the \"Parent\" field to " |
| "browse all ancestors of the current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Finaliza con 0 si el proveedor de la distribución actual deriva de " |
| "I<proveedor>. De no ser así, finaliza con un valor distinto de 0. Use el " |
| "campo «Parent» para explorar los proveedores anteriores al actual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:24 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--query>I< field>" |
| msgstr "B<--query>I< campo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " |
| "current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra por la salida estándar el valor específico de proveedor I<campo> en " |
| "relación al proveedor actual." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:36 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--vendor>I< proveedor>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:41 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with " |
| #| "the DEB_VENDOR environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| msgid "" |
| "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " |
| "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Supone que el proveedor actual es I<proveedor>, en lugar de definirlo con la " |
| "variable de entorno «DEB_VENDOR» o B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" |
| msgstr "B<DEB_VENDOR>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:47 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " |
| "current vendor by reading B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta opción define el proveedor actual. De estar vacío, el proveedor actual " |
| "se definirá leyendo B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:50 update-alternatives.8:498 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dselect" |
| msgstr "dselect" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:4 |
| msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" |
| msgstr "dselect - Interfaz para la gestión de paquetes de Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" |
| msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opciones>] I<acción>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:17 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect>\n" |
| "is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" |
| "system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" |
| " - Update the list of available package versions,\n" |
| " - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" |
| " - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" |
| " - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>\n" |
| "es una de las principales interfaces para la gestión de paquetes en un\n" |
| "sistema Debian GNU/Linux. El menú principal de B<dselect> permite al\n" |
| "administrador del sistema:\n" |
| " - Actualizar la lista de paquetes disponibles\n" |
| " - Ver el estado de los paquetes instalados y disponibles\n" |
| " - Alterar selecciones de paquetes y gestionar las dependencias\n" |
| " - Instalar paquetes nuevos o actualizarlos a nuevas versiones\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " |
| "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " |
| "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " |
| "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " |
| "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " |
| "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " |
| "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " |
| "internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " |
| "I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect> funciona como una interfaz de B<dpkg(8)>, la herramienta de bajo " |
| "nivel de manipulación de paquetes de Debian. Ofrece una pantalla completa de " |
| "selección de paquetes con un solucionador de dependencias y conflictos. " |
| "Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador permite instalar, actualizar " |
| "y eliminar paquetes. Puede configurar varios métodos de acceso para conocer " |
| "las versiones disponibles e instalables desde repositorios de paquetes. " |
| "Dependiendo del método de acceso usado, esos repositorios de paquetes pueden " |
| "ser archivos públicos en servidores a través de Internet, servidores de " |
| "archivo locales o bien discos ópticos. El método de acceso recomendado es " |
| "I<apt>, proporcionado por el paquete B<apt>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:35 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " |
| #| "presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " |
| #| "argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " |
| #| "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of " |
| #| "B<dselect> or show additional information about the program." |
| msgid "" |
| "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " |
| "presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " |
| "argument, then that action is started immediately. Several command line " |
| "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " |
| "or show additional information about the program." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Habitualmente, B<dselect> se invoca sin parámetros. Se presenta un menú " |
| "interactivo que ofrece al usuario una lista de acciones. Si se da una acción " |
| "como argumento se ejecutará inmediatamente. Hay muchas órdenes disponibles " |
| "para modificar el comportamiento de B<dselect> o también para mostrar " |
| "información adicional acerca del programa." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:43 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the " |
| #| "B<dselect> configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on " |
| #| "the configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " |
| #| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the " |
| #| "commandline option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts " |
| #| "with a B<#>)." |
| msgid "" |
| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " |
| "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " |
| "configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " |
| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " |
| "option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas las opciones se pueden definir en la línea de órdenes y en el fichero " |
| "de configuración de B<dselect> ubicado en I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Cada " |
| "línea en el fichero de configuración es también una opción (exactamente la " |
| "misma que en la línea de órdenes pero sin guiones precedentes) o un " |
| "comentario (si este comienza con un B<#>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " |
| "files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " |
| "shouldn't be any need to change it." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el directorio donde se ubican los ficheros de dpkg I<status>, " |
| "I<available> y otros. Es I</var/lib/dpkg> por omisión y en condiciones " |
| "normales no se debería cambiar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:49 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" |
| msgid "B<--debug>I< file >|I< >B<-D>I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>ficheroE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:52 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." |
| msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa la depuración de fallos. Esta información se envía al " |
| "I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:52 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--expert>" |
| msgstr "B<--expert>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Activa el modo experto. Por ejemplo, no muestra mensajes de ayuda " |
| "posiblemente molestos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" |
| msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<parte-de-pantalla:>[I<primer-plano>],[I<fondo>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " |
| "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " |
| "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " |
| "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Configura los colores de la pantalla. Esto sólo funciona si su equipo es " |
| "capaz de mostrar colores. Puede usar esta opción cuantas veces desee (es " |
| "mejor usarla en I<dselect.cfg>). Cada uso cambia el color (y opcionalmente, " |
| "otros atributos) de una parte de la pantalla. Estas partes de la pantalla " |
| "(desde arriba hacia abajo) son:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:64 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<title>" |
| msgstr "B<title>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:67 |
| msgid "The screen title." |
| msgstr "El título de la pantalla." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:67 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<listhead>" |
| msgstr "B<listhead>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:70 |
| msgid "The header line above the list of packages." |
| msgstr "La línea de cabecera encima de la lista de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<list>" |
| msgstr "B<list>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:73 |
| msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." |
| msgstr "La lista de paquetes (y también otros textos de ayuda)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:73 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<listsel>" |
| msgstr "B<listsel>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:76 |
| msgid "The selected item in the list." |
| msgstr "El elemento seleccionado en la lista." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pkgstate>" |
| msgstr "B<pkgstate>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual de cada " |
| "paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" |
| msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " |
| "currently selected package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual del paquete " |
| "seleccionado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:84 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infohead>" |
| msgstr "B<infohead>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." |
| msgstr "La línea de cabecera que muestra el estado del paquete seleccionado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:87 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infodesc>" |
| msgstr "B<infodesc>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:90 |
| msgid "The package's short description." |
| msgstr "La descripción corta del paquete." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<info>" |
| msgstr "B<info>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:93 |
| msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se usa para mostrar la información del paquete así como su descripción." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infofoot>" |
| msgstr "B<infofoot>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:96 |
| msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." |
| msgstr "La última línea de la pantalla cuando se seleccionan paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<query>" |
| msgstr "B<query>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:99 |
| msgid "Used to display query lines" |
| msgstr "Se usa para mostrar líneas de consulta." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:99 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<helpscreen>" |
| msgstr "B<helpscreen>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:102 |
| msgid "Color of help screens." |
| msgstr "Color de las pantallas de ayuda." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " |
| "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " |
| "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A continuación de la parte de la pantalla aparecen dos puntos y la " |
| "definición del color. Puede definir el color del primer plano, el color de " |
| "fondo, o ambos evitando los colores predefinidos. Se deben usar nombres " |
| "estándar de colores de la biblioteca curses." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " |
| "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " |
| "(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " |
| "on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " |
| "bold" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Opcionalmente, a continuación de la especificación de colores hay otros dos " |
| "puntos, y la especificación de los atributos. Ésta es una lista de uno o más " |
| "atributos, separados por un signo de suma «+». Los atributos disponibles " |
| "incluyen (no todos funcionarán en todos los terminales): normal, standout, " |
| "underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:116 |
| msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." |
| msgstr "Muestra un breve texto de ayuda y cierra con éxito." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:119 |
| msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." |
| msgstr "Muestra la información de versión del programa y cierra con éxito." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:126 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu " |
| #| "of available actions:" |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following actions, either " |
| "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " |
| "with a menu of available actions if running interactively:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando B<dselect> se inicia interactivamente muestra al usuario un menú con " |
| "las siguientes opciones disponibles:" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "access" |
| msgstr "access" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:128 |
| msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Selección y configuración de un método de acceso para acceder a los " |
| "repositorios de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:134 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " |
| #| "I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional " |
| #| "methods, eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or " |
| #| "I<multi_cd> by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, " |
| "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, " |
| "I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. " |
| "the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por omisión, B<dselect> ofrece varios métodos tales como I<floppy> " |
| "(disquete), I<harddisk> (disco duro) o I<cdrom>, aunque otros paquetes " |
| "podrían proporcionar aún más. Por ejemplo, el método de acceso I<apt> " |
| "proporcionado por el paquete B<apt> o bien I<multi_cd> proporcionado por el " |
| "paquete B<dpkg-multicd>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:136 |
| msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." |
| msgstr "El uso del método de acceso vía I<apt> es altamente recomendado." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:137 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "update" |
| msgstr "update" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:139 |
| msgid "Refresh the available packages database." |
| msgstr "Actualiza la lista disponible de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:146 |
| msgid "" |
| "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " |
| "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " |
| "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " |
| "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " |
| "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Obtiene una lista de versiones disponibles de paquetes desde un repositorio, " |
| "configurado por el método de acceso seleccionado, y actualiza la base de " |
| "datos de dpkg. Habitualmente, el repositorio proporciona la lista de " |
| "paquetes mediante ficheros llamados B<Packages> o B<Packages.gz>. Los " |
| "responsables de repositorios pueden generar estos ficheros a través del " |
| "programa B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:149 |
| msgid "" |
| "Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " |
| "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los detalles de la acción de actualizar dependen del método de acceso que se " |
| "haya implementado. Normalmente este proceso es automático y no requiere la " |
| "intervernción del usuario." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:150 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "select" |
| msgstr "select" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:152 |
| msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Examina o gestiona la selección de paquetes y sus respectivas dependencias." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:158 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " |
| "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " |
| "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " |
| "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " |
| "changes to other depending or conflicting packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta es la función principal de B<dselect>. En la pantalla de selección, el " |
| "usuario puede examinar una lista de todos los paquetes disponibles e " |
| "instalados. Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador también es " |
| "posible cambiar el estado de la selección interactivamente. B<dselect> " |
| "registra las implicaciones de estos cambios en relación a otros paquetes " |
| "dependencia o que entran en conflicto." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " |
| "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " |
| "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " |
| "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " |
| "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " |
| "the unresolved depends or conflicts." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando hay un conflicto, o bien una dependencia falla, se muestra la " |
| "pantalla de resolución de dependencias. En esta pantalla aparece una lista " |
| "de paquetes conflictivos o dependientes, y por para cada paquete en la " |
| "lista, se muestra la razón de su aparición en ella. El usuario puede " |
| "ejecutar las sugerencias que B<dselect> ofrece, evitarlas, o bien deshacer " |
| "los cambios hechos, incluyendo aquellos en los que se dejaron dependencias o " |
| "conflictos sin resolver." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:168 |
| msgid "" |
| "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " |
| "in more detail below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A continuación se explica con más detalle el uso de la pantalla interactiva " |
| "de selección de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:169 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "install" |
| msgstr "install" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:171 |
| msgid "Installs selected packages." |
| msgstr "Instala los paquetes seleccionados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " |
| "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " |
| "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " |
| "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " |
| "remove packages that were marked for removal." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El método de acceso configurado descargará los paquetes instalables o " |
| "actualizables desde los repositorios, y los instalará usando B<dpkg>. " |
| "Dependiendo de la implementación del método de acceso, todos los paquetes se " |
| "pueden descargar previamente a la instalación, o bien cuando se requiera. " |
| "Algunos métodos de acceso podrían borrar paquetes que se marcaron para su " |
| "eliminación." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:185 |
| msgid "" |
| "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " |
| "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " |
| "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " |
| "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " |
| "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." |
| "org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " |
| "these are installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si ocurre algún error durante la instalación, normalmente se aconseja " |
| "ejecutar la instalación nuevamente. En la mayoría de los casos los problemas " |
| "desaparecerán o bien se resolverán. Si el problema persiste o la instalación " |
| "se ejecutó de forma incorrecta, le rogamos investigue las causas y " |
| "circunstancias del problema, y remita un informe de fallos al sistema de " |
| "seguimiento de fallos de Debian. Puede encontrar las instrucciones " |
| "correspondientes en «http://bugs.debian.org/», o bien leyendo la " |
| "documentación de los programas B<bug(1)> o B<reportbug(1)>, si es que están " |
| "instalados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:192 |
| msgid "" |
| "Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " |
| "The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " |
| "configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " |
| "in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " |
| "allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los detalles acerca de la acción de instalar dependen de la implementación " |
| "del método de acceso. Puede que se requiera la atención completa del usuario " |
| "durante la instalación, configuración o eliminación de los paquetes " |
| "correspondientes. Esto depende exclusivamente de los scripts del mantenedor " |
| "de los paquetes. Algunos paquetes hacen uso de la biblioteca de B<debconf(8)" |
| ">, permitiendo así una instalación más flexible o incluso más automatizada." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:193 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "config" |
| msgstr "config" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:195 |
| msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Configura cualquier paquete previamente instalado, pero no configurado " |
| "totalmente." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:196 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "remove" |
| msgstr "remove" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:198 |
| msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina o purga (N.T. es decir, elimina los ficheros de configuración) los " |
| "paquetes instalados que estén marcados para su eliminación." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:199 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "quit" |
| msgstr "quit" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:201 |
| msgid "Quit B<dselect>" |
| msgstr "Salir de B<dselect>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:203 |
| msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." |
| msgstr "Termina el programa con éxito (el código de error devuelto es 0)." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dselect.1:205 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Package selections management" |
| msgstr "Manipulación de selecciones de paquetes" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:207 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Introduction" |
| msgstr "Introducción" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:223 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " |
| "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " |
| "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " |
| "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " |
| "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " |
| "instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " |
| "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " |
| "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " |
| "case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " |
| "contained in the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect> expone directamente al administrador a algunas de las " |
| "complejidades relacionadas con la gestión de grandes conjuntos de paquetes " |
| "con muchas dependencias entrelazadas. El usuario que no esté familiarizado " |
| "con los conceptos y el sistema de gestión de paquetes de Debian puede " |
| "encontrar este proceso un tanto abrumador. A pesar de que el objetivo de " |
| "B<dselect> es ser un programa que facilite la gestión y administración de " |
| "paquetes, sólo lo hace de forma instrumental, por lo que no se puede " |
| "considerar como un substituto de los conocimientos y habilidades de un " |
| "administrador. Se requiere que el usuario esté familiarizado con los " |
| "conceptos subyacentes al sistema de paquetes de Debian. En caso de dudas, " |
| "consulte la página de manual de B<dpkg(8)> y el Manual de Normas de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:229 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " |
| "displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " |
| "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " |
| "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " |
| "invoked with the B<'?'> key." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A menos que se ejecute B<dselect> en modo experto o intermedio, se muestra " |
| "una pantalla de ayuda cuando se selecciona esta acción desde el menú. Se " |
| "aconseja I<fervientemente> al usuario que estudie toda la información " |
| "presentada en las pantallas de ayuda. La ayuda en línea puede obtenerse en " |
| "cualquier momento pulsando la tecla B<«?»>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:230 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Screen layout" |
| msgstr "Disposición de la pantalla" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:238 |
| msgid "" |
| "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " |
| "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " |
| "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " |
| "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " |
| "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " |
| "is displayed can be varied." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La pantalla de selección está dividida en dos partes, superior e inferior, " |
| "de forma predefinido. La parte superior muestra la lista de paquetes. Puede " |
| "seleccionar un paquete individual pulsando sobre él, o un grupo de paquetes, " |
| "si es que se puede, seleccionando la cabecera del grupo. La parte inferior " |
| "de la pantalla muestra algunos de los detalles del paquete seleccionado en " |
| "la parte superior de la pantalla. El tipo de detalle mostrado puede variar." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:241 |
| msgid "" |
| "Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " |
| "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Pulsar la tecla B<«I»> conmuta la lista de paquetes a pantalla completa, una " |
| "vista aumentada de los detalles de los paquetes, o la divide la pantalla " |
| "simétricamente." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:242 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Package details view" |
| msgstr "Detalles de la vista de paquetes." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:251 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" |
| "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" |
| "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" |
| "alternates between:\n" |
| " - the extended description\n" |
| " - the control information for the installed version\n" |
| " - the control information for the available version\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Por omisión se muestra una descripción bastante extensa del paquete\n" |
| "seleccionado en la lista.\n" |
| "Puede modificar el tipo de detalles pulsando la tecla B<«i»>.\n" |
| "Las opciones posibles son:\n" |
| " - La descripción extendida\n" |
| " - La información de control de la versión instalada\n" |
| " - La información de control de la versión disponible\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " |
| "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " |
| "causing it to be listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La pantalla de resolución de dependencias también ofrece la posibilidad de " |
| "ver los posibles problemas de dependencias o conflictos sin resolver " |
| "relacionados con el paquete que causa los problemas." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:256 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Packages status list" |
| msgstr "Lista de estado de los paquetes" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " |
| "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " |
| "and packages known from the available packages database." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La pantalla principal muestra una lista de todos los paquetes conocidos por " |
| "el sistema de gestión de paquetes de Debian. Esto incluye los paquetes " |
| "instalados en el sistema y también aquellos conocidos mediante la base de " |
| "datos de paquetes disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:269 |
| msgid "" |
| "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " |
| "installed and available versions, the package name and its short " |
| "description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " |
| "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " |
| "pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " |
| "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para cada paquete, la lista muestra el estado, prioridad, sección, las " |
| "versiones instalada y disponible, el nombre del paquete y su descripción " |
| "corta, todo esto en una sola línea. Pulsar la tecla B<«V»> conmuta la " |
| "aparición de la versión instalada, o la disponible. La tecla B<«v»> modifica " |
| "la pantalla del estado del paquete a la forma breve o informativa. La forma " |
| "breve es la opción predefinido." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " |
| "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " |
| "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " |
| "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La forma breve del estado consiste de cuatro partes: una marca de fallo, la " |
| "cual normalmente debería estar vacía, el estado actual, el estado de la " |
| "última selección y el estado de la selección actual. Las dos primeras están " |
| "en directa relación con el estado actual del paquete, el segundo par con las " |
| "selecciones del usuario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:293 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" |
| " Error flag:\n" |
| " I<empty> no error\n" |
| " B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" |
| " Installed state:\n" |
| " I<empty> not installed;\n" |
| " B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" |
| " B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" |
| " B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" |
| " B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" |
| " B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" |
| " Current and requested selections:\n" |
| " B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" |
| " B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" |
| " B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" |
| " B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" |
| " B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Aquí tiene una tabla de significados de indicadores del estado del paquete:\n" |
| " Marca de error: \n" |
| " I<vacío> No hay error.\n" |
| " B<R> Error serio, necesita una reinstalación.\n" |
| " Estado de la instalación:\n" |
| " I<vacío> No está instalado.\n" |
| " B<*> Totalmente instalado y configurado.\n" |
| " B<-> No está instalado, pero aún existen archivos de\n" |
| " configuración.\n" |
| " B<U> Desempaquetado, pero no configurado por el momento.\n" |
| " B<C> Medio-configurado (ocurrió un error).\n" |
| " B<I> Medio-instalado (ocurrió un error).\n" |
| " Selección actual y solicitada:\n" |
| " B<*> Marcado para su instalación o actualización.\n" |
| " B<-> Marcado para su eliminación, no se eliminarán\n" |
| " los ficheros de configuración.\n" |
| " B<=> Bloqueado: el paquete no se procesará en absoluto.\n" |
| " B<_> El paquete está marcado para su purgación,\n" |
| " también elimina los ficheros de configuración.\n" |
| " B<n> El paquete es nuevo y aún no se ha marcado.\n" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:294 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Cursor and screen movement" |
| msgstr "Movimiento del cursor y de la pantalla" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " |
| "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "La lista de selección de paquetes y la pantalla de resolución de " |
| "dependencias y conflictos se pueden explorar usando las siguientes teclas:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:316 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" |
| " B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" |
| " B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" |
| " B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" |
| " B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" |
| " B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" |
| " B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" |
| " B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" |
| " B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" |
| " B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" |
| " B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" |
| " B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" |
| " B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" |
| " B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" |
| " B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" |
| " B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " B<p, arriba, k> Mueve el cursor hacia arriba.\n" |
| " B<n, abajo, j> Mueve el cursor hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<P, repág, retorno> Mueve la lista una página hacia arriba.\n" |
| " B<N, avpág, Espacio> Mueve la lista una página hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<^p> Mueve la lista una línea hacia arriba.\n" |
| " B<^n> Mueve la lista una línea hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<t, Inicio> Salta al principio de la lista.\n" |
| " B<e, Fin> Salta al fin de la lista.\n" |
| " B<u> Mueve info una página hacia arriba.\n" |
| " B<d> Mueve info una página hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<^u> Mueve info una línea hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<^d> Mueve info una línea hacia abajo.\n" |
| " B<B, izquierda> Exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la izquierda.\n" |
| " B<F, derecha> Exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la derecha.\n" |
| " B<^b> Exhibe un carácter hacia la izquierda.\n" |
| " B<^f> Exhibe un carácter hacia la derecha.\n" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:317 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Searching and sorting" |
| msgstr "Buscar y ordenar" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:331 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " |
| "pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " |
| "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " |
| "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" |
| "i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " |
| "like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " |
| "pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " |
| "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " |
| "searching from there." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede realizar búsquedas de paquetes en la lista mediante el nombre. Puede " |
| "hacerlo pulsando la tecla B<«/»> y escribiendo el nombre del paquete que " |
| "desea buscar. Este nombre se interpreta como una expresión regular de " |
| "acuerdo a B<regex>(7). Si se añade B<«/d»> a la búsqueda, dselect buscará " |
| "también en las descripciones. Si se añade B<«/i»> la búsqueda no " |
| "discriminará entre mayúsculas y minúsculas. Puede combinar estas dos " |
| "opciones de esta manera: B<«/id»>. Puede repetir la búsqueda pulsando las " |
| "teclas B<«n»> o B<«\\e»>, hasta encontrar el paquete que estaba buscando. Si " |
| "la búsqueda comienza al final de la lista, subirá al principio y también " |
| "continuará la búsqueda desde ese punto." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:338 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" |
| "the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" |
| "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" |
| " alphabet available status\n" |
| " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" |
| " section+priority available+section status+section\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "El orden de la lista se puede modificar pulsando las teclas\n" |
| "B<«o»> y B<«O»> repetidamente.\n" |
| "Los siguientes ordenamientos son posibles:\n" |
| " alfabético disponible \t estado\n" |
| " prioridad+sección disponible+prioridad estado+prioridad\n" |
| " sección+prioridad disponible+sección estado+sección\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:341 |
| msgid "" |
| "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " |
| "subordering sort key." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si no se usa explícitamente ninguno de los mencionados arriba, se usa el " |
| "orden alfabético." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:342 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Altering selections" |
| msgstr "Modificar selecciones." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:351 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" |
| "altered with the following commands:\n" |
| " B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" |
| " B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" |
| " B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" |
| " B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" |
| " B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "El estado de la selección solicitada de paquetes individuales se puede\n" |
| "alterar mediante las siguientes órdenes:\n" |
| " B<+, Insert> Instala o actualiza.\n" |
| " B<=, H> Bloqueado en el estado y versión actual.\n" |
| " B<:, G> Elimina el bloqueo: actualiza o deja sin instalar.\n" |
| " B<-, Supr> Elimina, pero deja los ficheros de configuración.\n" |
| " B<_> Elimina y borra los ficheros de configuración.\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:355 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " |
| "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " |
| "This will be further explained below." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando los cambios resultan en una o más dependencias no satisfechas, o " |
| "también en conflictos, B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla de " |
| "resolución de dependencias. Esta pantalla se explicará en detalle más abajo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:360 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " |
| "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " |
| "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| "También es posible aplicar estas órdenes a grupos de selecciones de " |
| "paquetes, apuntando el cursor a la cabecera del grupo. El agrupamiento " |
| "exacto de los paquetes depende de la configuración del ordenamiento de la " |
| "lista." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:366 |
| msgid "" |
| "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " |
| "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " |
| "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " |
| "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " |
| "operations are useful when applied to groups." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se debe tomar el cuidado apropiado al alterar grupos grandes de selecciones, " |
| "ya que esto puede crear inmediatamente una larga lista de dependencias sin " |
| "resolver o conflictos con otros paquetes, los cuales aparecerán en una " |
| "pantalla única, dificultando su gestión. En la práctica, al manipular grupos " |
| "sólo son útiles las operaciones de retención «hold» y «unhold»." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:367 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" |
| msgstr "Resolver problemas de dependencias y conflictos" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:372 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " |
| "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " |
| "First however, an informative help screen is displayed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando el cambio resulta en una o más dependencias sin resolver o " |
| "conflictos, B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla con la posible " |
| "solución al problema. Primero, sin embargo, se muestra una pantalla " |
| "informativa." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:379 |
| msgid "" |
| "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " |
| "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " |
| "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " |
| "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " |
| "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " |
| "listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La mitad superior de esta pantalla enumera todos los paquetes que tendrán " |
| "conflictos, o problemas de dependencias sin resolver, como resultado del " |
| "cambio requerido por el usuario, además de todos los paquetes cuya " |
| "instalación solucionará el problema. La mitad inferior muestra los problemas " |
| "de dependencia o conflictos que causa el paquete seleccionado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:385 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " |
| "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " |
| "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " |
| "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " |
| "suggestions made by B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando la sub-lista de paquetes se exhibe inicialmente puede que B<dselect> " |
| "ya haya definido el estado de selección requerido de alguno de los paquetes " |
| "listados, para así resolver los problemas de dependencias o conflictos que " |
| "causaron la aparición de la pantalla de resolución de dependencias. " |
| "Habitualmente, lo mejor es seguir las sugerencias que B<dselect> presenta." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:393 |
| msgid "" |
| "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " |
| "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " |
| "created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " |
| "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " |
| "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " |
| "B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Puede devolver el estado de los paquetes seleccionados en la lista a su " |
| "configuración original, así como también las dependencias sin resolver y los " |
| "conflictos que generaron, pulsando la tecla B<«R»>. Para reajustar las " |
| "sugerencias automáticas pulse la tecla B<«D»>, aunque permanecerá el cambio " |
| "que causo la aparición de la pantalla de resolución de dependencias. Por " |
| "último, si pulsa la tecla B<«U»> las selecciones se configurarán nuevamente " |
| "con los valores automáticos de las sugerencias." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:394 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Establishing the requested selections" |
| msgstr "Establecer las selecciones solicitadas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " |
| "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " |
| "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " |
| "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " |
| "resolution screen." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La tecla B<Intro> acepta la lista actual de selecciones. Si B<dselect> " |
| "detecta que no hay problemas, aceptará las nuevas selecciones. Sin embargo, " |
| "si hay dependencias sin resolver B<dselect> mostrará nuevamente la pantalla " |
| "de resolución de dependencias." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:407 |
| msgid "" |
| "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " |
| "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " |
| "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " |
| "this unless you've read the fine print." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para modificar una lista de selecciones que crea dependencias sin resolver o " |
| "conflictos, y forzar a B<dselect> a aceptarla, pulse la tecla B<«Q»>. Esto " |
| "define las selecciones definidas por el usuario, incondicionalmente. " |
| "Generalmente, no se debería hacer esto a menos que sepa lo que está haciendo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:414 |
| msgid "" |
| "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " |
| "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " |
| "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " |
| "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " |
| "the last established settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El efecto opuesto, deshacer sus cambios y volver hacia atrás hasta que no " |
| "tenga problemas, se puede realizar pulsando la tecla B<«X»> o B<escape>. Si " |
| "pulsa repetidamente estas teclas puede retirar cualquier cambio perjudicial " |
| "a las selecciones de paquetes, volviendo así a la última configuración " |
| "definida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:421 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " |
| "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> " |
| "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " |
| "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " |
| "B<enter> by accident." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si ha realizado un error al definir la lista de paquetes y desea revertir " |
| "las selecciones actuales a lo que ya está instalado en el sistema, pulse " |
| "B<«C»>. Es similar a usar la orden «unhold» sobre todos los paquetes, pero " |
| "ofrece un botón de pánico más obvio para aquellos casos en los que el " |
| "usuario pulsó B<Intro> por error." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:428 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " |
| "specific configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se define, B<dselect> lo usará como el directorio del cual leer el " |
| "fichero de configuración específico del usuario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:434 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " |
| "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La interfaz de selección de paquetes de B<dselect> puede parecer confusa " |
| "para algunos usuarios nuevos. Existen informes de que ha llevado a las " |
| "lágrimas a experimentados desarrolladores del núcleo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:436 |
| msgid "The documentation is lacking." |
| msgstr "La documentación está incompleta." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:438 |
| msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." |
| msgstr "No hay ninguna opción de ayuda en el menú principal." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:440 |
| msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." |
| msgstr "La lista de paquetes disponibles no se puede reducir." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:444 |
| msgid "" |
| "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " |
| "standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " |
| "it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los otros métodos de acceso no tienen tanta calidad como el método que " |
| "ofrece apt. Use el método de acceso que apt ofrece. Además de que no está " |
| "roto, es mucho más flexible que los métodos de acceso integrados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:450 |
| msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:455 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " |
| "of contributors may be found in 'dselect --version'." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect> fue escrito por Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Puede ver " |
| "una lista completa de contribuyentes con «dselect --version»." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:458 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " |
| "Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esta página de manual fue escrita por Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fi " |
| "E<gt>, Josip Rodin y Joost kooij." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dselect.cfg" |
| msgstr "dselect.cfg" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "2009-02-27" |
| msgid "2011-07-03" |
| msgstr "27 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:4 |
| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" |
| msgstr "dselect.cfg - Fichero de configuración de dselect" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:11 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a " |
| #| "single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option " |
| #| "for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes " |
| #| "surrounding option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting " |
| #| "a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " |
| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " |
| "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " |
| "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " |
| "hash sign (\"B<#>\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este fichero contiene las opciones predefinidas de dpkg. Cada línea contiene " |
| "una única opción, idéntica a una opción de línea de órdenes normal de " |
| "dselect, a excepción de la ausencia de guiones. Las comillas que rodeen " |
| "valores de opciones desaparecerán. Los comentarios se permiten si la línea " |
| "comienza con una almohadilla (B<#>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:14 |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:16 |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:18 |
| msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " |
| "contributed to B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Consulte I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para una lista de las personas que " |
| "han contribuido a B<dselect>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:24 |
| msgid "B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon" |
| msgstr "start-stop-daemon" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:4 |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" |
| msgstr "start-stop-daemon - Detiene y arranca demonios del sistema" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " |
| "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-" |
| "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> sirve para controlar la creación y finalización de los " |
| "procesos del sistema. Usando una de las opciones de búsqueda, puede " |
| "configurar B<start-stop-daemon> para encontrar las instancias de un proceso " |
| "en ejecución." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " |
| "to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " |
| "for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " |
| "specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " |
| "daemon. All matching processes will be sent the TERM signal (or the one " |
| "specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--stop> is specified. For " |
| "daemons which have long-lived children which need to live through a B<--" |
| "stop>, you must specify a pidfile." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Nota :Tenga en cuenta que a menos que se especifique B<--pidfile>, B<start-" |
| "stop-daemon> se comporta de forma similar a B<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-" |
| "daemon> buscará en la tabla de procesos cualquier proceso que concuerde en " |
| "nombre, uid y/o gid (si se especifica). Cualquier proceso que concuerde con " |
| "los parámetros prevendrá a B<--start> de iniciar el demonio. Se mandará a " |
| "todos los procesos la señal TERM (o la señal especificada mediante B<--" |
| "signal> o B<--retry>) si se especifica B<--stop>. Debe especificar un " |
| "fichero pid para los demonios que tengan hijos de larga duración que " |
| "necesiten sobrevivir a un B<--stop>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:35 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" |
| msgstr "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<argumentos>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:52 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--" |
| "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " |
| "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " |
| "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " |
| "line are passed unmodified to the program being started." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Comprueba la existencia del proceso especificado. Si este proceso ya existe, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> no hace nada y finaliza con un estado de error 1 (0 si " |
| "se especifica B<--oknodo> ). Si el proceso no existe, comienza uno nuevo " |
| "usando el ejecutable especificado por B<--exec>, (o, si se especifica, por " |
| "B<--startas> ). Cualquier argumento dado en la línea de órdenes después de " |
| "B<--> se introduce sin modificación alguna al programa que se va a ejecutar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:52 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" |
| msgstr "B<-K>, B<--stop>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " |
| "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " |
| "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " |
| "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " |
| "terminated." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Comprueba la existencia del proceso especificado. Si este proceso existe, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> envía la señal especificada por B<--signal>, y finaliza " |
| "con un estado de error 0. Si este proceso no existe, B<start-stop-daemon> " |
| "termina con un estado de error 1 (0 si se ha especificado la opción B<--" |
| "oknodo> ). Si se especifica la opción B<--retry>, B<start-stop-daemon> " |
| "comprobará que el proceso o los procesos han terminado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" |
| msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" |
| msgstr "B<-K>, B<--stop>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " |
| "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:74 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<-H>, B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:77 |
| msgid "Show usage information and exit." |
| msgstr "Muestra la información de uso y termina." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:77 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:80 |
| msgid "Show the program version and exit." |
| msgstr "Muestra la versión y termina." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:81 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPCIONES DE BÚSQUEDA" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" |
| msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<fichero-pid>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:86 |
| msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." |
| msgstr "Comprueba si un proceso ha creado el fichero I<fichero-pid>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:86 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" |
| msgstr "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<ejecutable>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" |
| "proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Busca procesos que sean instancias de este ejecutable (según B</proc/" |
| ">I<pid>B</exe>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" |
| msgstr "B<-n>, B<--name> I<nombre-proceso>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" |
| ">I<pid>B</stat>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Comprueba los procesos con el nombre I<nombre-proceso> (según B</proc/" |
| ">I<pid>B</stat>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" |
| msgstr "B<-u>, B<--user> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:102 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Comprueba si existen los procesos del usuario especificado por I<nombre-" |
| "usuario> o I<uid>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:104 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" |
| msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group> I<grupo>|I<gid>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:107 |
| msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." |
| msgstr "Pasa a I<grupo> o I<gid> cuando comienza el proceso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:107 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" |
| msgstr "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<señal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " |
| "(default TERM)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Junto con B<--stop>, define la señal enviada al proceso que se desea parar " |
| "(TERM por omisión)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" |
| msgstr "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<tiempo-de-espera>|I<acción-programada>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:122 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " |
| "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " |
| "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " |
| "then take further action as determined by the schedule." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Junto con B<--stop>, especifica que B<start-stop-daemon> compruebe que el " |
| "proceso o los procesos han terminado. Lo comprobará repetidas veces hasta " |
| "que no haya ningún proceso que coincida. Si el proceso no termina tomará una " |
| "decisión determinada por I<acción-programada>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:133 |
| msgid "" |
| "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " |
| "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " |
| "signal specified with B<--signal>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se especifica I<tiempo-de-espera> en vez de I<acción-programada>, se usa " |
| "la secuencia I<señal>B</>I<tiempo-de-espera>B</KILL/>I<tiempo-de-espera>, " |
| "donde I<señal> es la señal definida con B<--signal>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:149 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " |
| "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " |
| "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " |
| "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " |
| "schedule forever if necessary." |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<acción-programada> es una lista de al menos dos elementos separados por " |
| "barras (B</>); cada elemento puede ser un B<->I<número>B<de>I<señal> o [B<->]" |
| "I<nombre-de-señal>, que significa que se debe mandar esa señal, o I<tiempo-" |
| "de-espera>, que significa que se debe esperar tantos segundos para que el " |
| "programa termine, o B<forever>, que significa que se repita el resto de la " |
| "acción programada indefinidamente si es necesario." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:159 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " |
| "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si se alcanza el final de la acción programada y no se ha especificado " |
| "B<forever>, B<start-stop-daemon> termina con un estado de error 2. Si se " |
| "especifica una acción programada cualquier señal especificada con B<--" |
| "signal> no se tendrá en cuenta." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:159 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" |
| msgstr "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<nombre-ruta>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " |
| "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Con B<--start>, comienza el proceso definido con I<nombre-ruta>. Si no se " |
| "define, se usarán los argumentos dados con B<--exec>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:167 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" |
| msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:171 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " |
| "no action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra las acciones que se realizarían y devuelve el valor apropiado, pero " |
| "no hace nada." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:171 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" |
| msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:174 |
| msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Devuelve un estado 0 en vez de 1 si no se realiza (o se vayan a realizar) " |
| "ninguna acción." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:174 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" |
| msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:177 |
| msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." |
| msgstr "No muestra mensajes informativos, sólo muestra mensajes de error." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:177 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" |
| msgstr "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " |
| "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " |
| "as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user is " |
| "specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " |
| "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " |
| "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--" |
| "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of " |
| "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia a este usuario/uid antes de empezar el proceso. También puede definir " |
| "un grupo añadiendo B<:> seguido del grupo o el gid, del mismo modo que haría " |
| "con la orden «chown» (I<usuario>B<:>I<grupo>). Tenga en cuenta que cuando se " |
| "usa esta opción el grupo primario y complementario también cambian, incluso " |
| "si no se especifica B<--group>. La opción B<--group> es sólo para grupos de " |
| "los que el usuario no es miembro (como el grupo B<nobody>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:195 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" |
| msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directorio-raíz>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:201 |
| msgid "" |
| "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " |
| "the pidfile is also written after the chroot." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ejecuta «chdir» y «chroot» sobre el I<directorio-raíz> antes de empezar el " |
| "proceso. Tenga en cuenta que el fichero pid también se escribe después del " |
| "chroot." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:201 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" |
| msgstr "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<ruta>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:209 |
| msgid "" |
| "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " |
| "if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" |
| "daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ejecuta un «chdir» a I<ruta> antes de empezar el proceso. Esto se hace tras " |
| "«chroot», si se define la opción B<-r>|B<--chroot>. Si no se define, start-" |
| "stop-daemon ejecutará un «chdir» al directorio raíz antes de empezar el " |
| "proceso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:209 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" |
| msgstr "B<-b>, B<--background>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:221 |
| msgid "" |
| "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " |
| "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " |
| "force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " |
| "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " |
| "last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " |
| "forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " |
| "do this themselves." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Usado habitualmente con programas que no se separan por sí mismos. Esta " |
| "opción forzará B<start-stop-daemon> a hacer un fork antes de empezar el " |
| "proceso, para luego dejarlo en segundo plano. B<ATENCIÓN: start-stop-daemon> " |
| "no puede comprobar el estado de salida si el proceso no puede ejecutarse por " |
| "B<cualquier> razón. Esto se hace como último recurso, y sólo tiene sentido " |
| "usarla en programas donde no tiene sentido que hagan fork por sí mismos, o " |
| "no si es posible añadir el código para que lo hagan por sí mismos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:221 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" |
| msgstr "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<entero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:224 |
| msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." |
| msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de iniciarlo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:224 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" |
| msgstr "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<directriz>B<:>I<prioridad>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " |
| "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> " |
| "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently supported " |
| "policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Altera la directriz de la acción programada del proceso y la prioridad de la " |
| "acción programada antes de iniciarlo. Puede especificar la prioridad " |
| "opcionalmente añadiendo B<:>, seguido del valor. La I<prioridad> por omisión " |
| "es 0. Las directrices compatibles son B<other>, B<fifo> y B<rr>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:230 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" |
| msgstr "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<clase>B<:>I<prioridad>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:237 |
| msgid "" |
| "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " |
| "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> " |
| "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is " |
| "B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported values " |
| "for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto altera la clase la planificación de E/S y la prioridad del proceso " |
| "antes de iniciarlo. Opcionalmente, puede definir la prioridad añadiendo B<:> " |
| "al final, seguido del valor. La I<prioridad> predefinida es 4, a menos que " |
| "la I<clase> sea B<idle>. En tal caso, la prioridad será siempre 7. Los " |
| "valores posibles para la I<clase> son B<idle>, B<best-effort> y B<real-" |
| "time>. " |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:237 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" |
| msgstr "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:240 |
| msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." |
| msgstr "Define el umask del proceso antes de iniciarlo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:240 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " |
| "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" |
| "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " |
| "the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " |
| "feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " |
| "executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is usually only " |
| "useful when combined with the B<--background> option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se usa cuando se quiere comenzar un programa que no crea su propio fichero " |
| "pid. Esta opción hace que B<start-stop-daemon> cree el fichero referido con " |
| "B<--pidfile> y coloque el pid dentro de él justo antes de ejecutar el " |
| "proceso. Tenga en cuenta que no se borrará cuando termine el programa. " |
| "B<NOTA:> Esta característica no funciona en todos los casos. Más " |
| "notablemente cuando el programa que se ejecuta hace un fork de su proceso " |
| "principal. Por esto es útil sólo cuando se combina con la opción B<--" |
| "background>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:258 |
| msgid "Print verbose informational messages." |
| msgstr "Muestra mensajes informativos detallados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:270 |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " |
| "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " |
| "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " |
| "specified and there were no matching processes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:275 |
| msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:283 |
| msgid "" |
| "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " |
| "reached and the processes were still running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:283 start-stop-daemon.8:295 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<3>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:286 |
| msgid "Any other error." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:289 |
| msgid "" |
| "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:292 |
| msgid "Program is running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:295 |
| msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:298 |
| msgid "Program is not running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:298 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<4>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:301 |
| msgid "Unable to determine program status." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:305 |
| msgid "" |
| "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " |
| "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Arranca el demonio B<food>, a menos que se esté ejecutando uno (un proceso " |
| "llamado «food», ejecutándose como usuario «food», y con pid en «food.pid»):" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:308 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food --chuid food -- --daemon\n" |
| msgstr "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food --chuid food -- --daemon\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:311 |
| msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" |
| msgstr "Envía B<SIGTERM> a B<food> y espera 5 segundos para su finalización:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:314 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry 5\n" |
| msgstr "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry 5\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:317 |
| msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un ejemplo de una acción programada personalizada para detener B<food>: " |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:320 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" |
| msgstr "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:326 |
| msgid "" |
| "Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " |
| "previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> basada en " |
| "una versión previa de Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:328 |
| msgid "" |
| "Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " |
| "Ian Jackson." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Página de manual de Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, reformateada " |
| "parcialmente por Ian Jackson." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "update-alternatives" |
| msgstr "update-alternatives" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:11 |
| msgid "" |
| "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" |
| msgstr "" |
| "update-alternatives - Gestión de enlaces simbólicos que determinan órdenes " |
| "predefinidas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:15 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<command>" |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] I<orden>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " |
| "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<update-alternatives> crea, elimina, gestiona y muestra información sobre " |
| "los enlaces simbólicos que conforman el sistema de alternativas de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " |
| "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " |
| "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " |
| "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " |
| "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " |
| "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Es posible que tenga en el sistema varios programas instalados a la vez que " |
| "realizan la misma función. Por ejemplo, muchos sistemas tienen varios " |
| "editores de texto instalados al mismo tiempo, lo que deja la elección de qué " |
| "editor de texto usar en manos del usuario, si éste lo desea, pero hace " |
| "difícil que un programa elija la opción correcta si el usuario no ha " |
| "definido ninguna preferencia." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " |
| "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " |
| "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " |
| "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " |
| "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " |
| "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" |
| "bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " |
| "can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " |
| "alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " |
| "to do so." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El objetivo del sistema de alternativas de Debian es resolver este problema. " |
| "Un nombre genérico en el sistema de ficheros se comparte entre todos los " |
| "ficheros que tienen una funcionalidad intercambiable. El sistema de " |
| "alternativas junto con el administrador del sistema determinan a qué fichero " |
| "hace referencia este nombre genérico. Por ejemplo, si los editores de texto " |
| "B<ed>(1) y B<nvi>(1) están instalados conjuntamente en el sistema, el " |
| "sistema de alternativas hará que el nombre genérico I</usr/bin/editor> se " |
| "refiera a I</usr/bin/nvi> por omisión. El administrador del sistema puede " |
| "modificar esto y hacer que se refiera a I</usr/bin/ed>, y el sistema de " |
| "alternativas no modificará esto posteriormente hasta que se solicite " |
| "explícitamente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " |
| "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " |
| "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " |
| "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " |
| "confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " |
| "is a Good Thing." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre genérico no es un enlace simbólico directo a la alternativa " |
| "seleccionada. En vez de esto, es un enlace simbólico a un nombre en el " |
| "I<directorio> de I<alternativas> («/etc/alternatives»), que a su vez es un " |
| "enlace simbólico al fichero al que se hace referencia en realidad. El " |
| "objetivo es que los cambios del administrador se mantengan dentro del " |
| "directorio I</etc>: el FHS (q.v.) da razones de por qué esto es bueno." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:72 |
| msgid "" |
| "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " |
| "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " |
| "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" |
| "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> " |
| "(install) scripts in Debian packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando se instala o desinstala un paquete que provee un fichero con una " |
| "funcionalidad en particular se invoca B<update-alternatives> para actualizar " |
| "la información del sistema de alternativas acerca de ese fichero. " |
| "Habitualmente, B<update-alternatives> se invoca desde los scripts " |
| "B<postinst> (post-instalación o configuración) o B<prerm> (pre-eliminación) " |
| "de los paquetes de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:91 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " |
| "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" |
| "(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" |
| "vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " |
| "B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " |
| "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " |
| "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Habitualmente, es útil que un número de alternativas se sincronicen de tal " |
| "modo que se puedan cambiar como un grupo. Por ejemplo, cuando varias " |
| "versiones del editor B<vi>(1) están instaladas la página del manual " |
| "preferida por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> debe corresponder con el " |
| "ejecutable al que hace referencia I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> " |
| "manipula esto en términos de enlaces I<maestro> y I<esclavo>; cuando se " |
| "cambia el maestro, todos los esclavos relacionados con él también cambian. " |
| "Un enlace maestro y sus esclavos relacionados forman un I<grupo> de " |
| "I<enlaces>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " |
| "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " |
| "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " |
| "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " |
| "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " |
| "something is broken)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada grupo de enlaces está en todo momento en uno de los dos modos posibles: " |
| "automático o manual. Cuando un grupo está en modo automático el sistema de " |
| "alternativas decide automáticamente el momento de actualizar los enlaces a " |
| "medida que se instalan o desinstalan paquetes. En modo manual el sistema de " |
| "alternativas deja todas estas decisiones en manos del administrador del " |
| "sistema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:109 |
| msgid "" |
| "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " |
| "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " |
| "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " |
| "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " |
| "manual mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los grupos de enlaces se establecen en modo automático la primera vez que " |
| "aparecen en el sistema. Si el administrador del sistema hace cambios en la " |
| "configuración automática del sistema, B<update-alternatives> se dará cuenta " |
| "la próxima vez que se ejecute sobre el grupo de enlaces cambiados y el grupo " |
| "pasará automáticamente a modo manual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " |
| "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " |
| "be those which have the highest priority." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada alternativa tiene una I<prioridad> asociada. Cuando un grupo de enlaces " |
| "se encuentra en modo automático, los miembros del grupo apuntarán a la " |
| "alternativa con la prioridad más alta." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:133 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all " |
| #| "of the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " |
| #| "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'. You will then " |
| #| "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " |
| #| "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " |
| #| "need to use the I<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " |
| #| "(or you can rerun I<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." |
| msgid "" |
| "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " |
| "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " |
| "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'. You will then be " |
| "prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the choice " |
| "made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to " |
| "use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode (or you " |
| "can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El uso de la opción I<--config> hace que B<update-alternatives> muestre " |
| "todas las elecciones dentro del grupo de enlaces que tienen como maestro a " |
| "I<nombre>. La elección presente se marca con «*». A continuación se le " |
| "preguntará por su elección dentro de las opciones posibles en el grupo de " |
| "enlaces. Una vez que se haga realizado algún cambio el grupo de enlaces " |
| "dejará de estar en modo I<automático>. Es necesario usar la opción I<--auto> " |
| "para devolver el grupo de enlaces al estado automático." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:137 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> " |
| #| "option instead (see below)." |
| msgid "" |
| "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " |
| "instead (see below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si quiere realizar la configuración de un modo no interactivo puede usar la " |
| "opción I<--set> en su lugar (véase más abajo)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " |
| "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " |
| "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " |
| "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los diferentes paquetes que proveen el mismo fichero tienen que hacerlo de " |
| "forma B<cooperativa>. En otras palabras, el uso de B<update-alternatives> es " |
| "B<obligatorio> con todos los paquetes relacionados con esa situación. No es " |
| "posible sobreescribir el fichero de un paquete que no usa el mecanismo de " |
| "B<update-alternatives>." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:149 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "TERMINOLOGY" |
| msgstr "TERMINOLOGÍA" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " |
| "specific terms will help to explain its operation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debido a que las actividades que realiza B<update-alternatives> están " |
| "fuertemente relacionadas entre sí, la definición de algunos términos " |
| "específicos ayudará a entender su funcionamiento." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:154 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" |
| msgstr "nombre genérico (o enlace alternativo)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:160 |
| msgid "" |
| "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " |
| "to one of a number of files of similar function." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un nombre, como I</usr/bin/editor>, que mediante el sistema de alternativas " |
| "hace referencia a uno de los posibles ficheros con una función similar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:160 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternative name" |
| msgstr "nombre de la alternativa" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:163 |
| msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." |
| msgstr "El nombre de un enlace simbólico en el directorio de alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:163 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" |
| msgstr "alternativa (o ruta alternativa)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " |
| "via a generic name using the alternatives system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El nombre de un fichero específico en el sistema de ficheros al que se puede " |
| "acceder a través de un nombre genérico usando el sistema de alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:167 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternatives directory" |
| msgstr "directorio de alternativas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:172 |
| msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio que contiene los enlaces, por omisión es I</etc/alternatives>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:172 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "administrative directory" |
| msgstr "directorio administrativo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:179 |
| msgid "" |
| "A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" |
| "alternatives>' state information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio que contiene la información de estado de B<update-" |
| "alternatives>, por omisión es I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "link group" |
| msgstr "grupo de enlaces" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:182 |
| msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un conjunto de enlaces relacionados con el objetivo de que se actualicen " |
| "como grupo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:182 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "master link" |
| msgstr "enlace maestro" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:186 |
| msgid "" |
| "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " |
| "the group are configured." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El enlace alternativo en un grupo de enlaces que determina cómo se " |
| "configuran el resto de los enlaces del grupo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:186 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "slave link" |
| msgstr "enlace esclavo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:190 |
| msgid "" |
| "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " |
| "the master link." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Un enlace alternativo en un grupo de enlaces definido por el enlace maestro." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:190 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "automatic mode" |
| msgstr "modo automático" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:196 |
| msgid "" |
| "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " |
| "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " |
| "for the group." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo automático el sistema de " |
| "alternativas asegura que los enlaces del grupo apuntan a la alternativa con " |
| "la mayor prioridad en ese grupo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:196 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "manual mode" |
| msgstr "modo manual" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:201 |
| msgid "" |
| "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " |
| "any changes to the system administrator's settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo manual el sistema de " |
| "alternativas no hará ningún cambio en la configuración del administrador." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:203 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." |
| msgstr "B<--install> I<enlace nombre ruta prioridad> [B<--slave> I<enlace nombre ruta>] ..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:222 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " |
| "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " |
| "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " |
| "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " |
| "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " |
| "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " |
| "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " |
| "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " |
| "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " |
| "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " |
| "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Añade un grupo de alternativas al sistema. I<enlace> es el nombre genérico " |
| "del enlace maestro, I<nombre> es el nombre del enlace simbólico en el " |
| "directorio de alternativas, y I<ruta> es la alternativa que se va a " |
| "introducir para el enlace maestro. Los argumentos a continuación de B<--" |
| "slave> son el nombre genérico, el nombre del enlace simbólico en el " |
| "directorio de alternativas, y la ruta alternativa para el enlace esclavo. " |
| "Puede definir cero o más opciones de B<--slave>, cada uno seguido de tres " |
| "argumentos. Tenga en cuenta que la alternativa maestra debe existir " |
| "previamente o la invocación fallará. Por otra parte, si la alternativa " |
| "esclava no existe, el enlace esclavo alternativo correspondiente no se " |
| "instalará, mostrando un aviso. Un fichero real instalado en la ubicación de " |
| "un enlace alternativo nunca se eliminará a menos que se use B<--force>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:233 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " |
| "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " |
| "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " |
| "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " |
| "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " |
| "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " |
| "newly added alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si el nombre de la alternativa definida ya existe en los registros del " |
| "sistema de alternativas la información suministrada se añadirá como un nuevo " |
| "conjunto de alternativas para el grupo. De otra forma se creará un grupo " |
| "nuevo en modo automático, al que se le añadirá la información suministrada. " |
| "Si el grupo está en modo automático, y la prioridad nueva añadida es mayor " |
| "que cualquier otra alternativa instalada para ese grupo, los enlaces se " |
| "actualizarán para apuntar a las nuevas alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:233 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" |
| msgstr "B<--set> I<nombre ruta>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:242 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " |
| #| "I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " |
| "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define la I<ruta> del programa como alternativa para I<nombre>. Equivale a " |
| "I<--config> pero no es interactivo, de modo que permite su inclusión en " |
| "scripts." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:242 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" |
| msgstr "B<--remove> I<nombre ruta>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:263 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " |
| "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " |
| "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " |
| "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " |
| "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " |
| "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " |
| "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " |
| "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina una alternativa y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. I<nombre> es " |
| "el nombre en el directorio de alternativas y I<ruta> es el nombre absoluto " |
| "del fichero al que I<nombre> se podría enlazar. Si I<nombre> está en " |
| "realidad enlazado a I<ruta>, I<nombre> se actualizará para que apunte a otra " |
| "alternativa apropiada o se eliminará si no queda ninguna alternativa " |
| "restante. Los enlaces esclavos asociados se actualizarán o eliminarán " |
| "correspondientemente. Si el enlace no apunta a I<ruta>, no se cambia ningún " |
| "enlace, sólo se elimina la información acerca de la alternativa." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:263 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nombre>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:268 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " |
| "a name in the alternatives directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Elimina todas las alternativas y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. " |
| "I<nombre> es un nombre en el directorio de alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--" |
| "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured " |
| "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple " |
| "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-" |
| "alternatives --force --all>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Invoca B<--config> sobre todas las alternativas. Puede ser útil en " |
| "combinación con B<--skip-auto> para revisar y configurar todas las " |
| "alternativas que no están configuradas en modo automático. También se " |
| "muestran las alternativas rotas. Una manera sencilla de arreglar todas las " |
| "alternativas rotas es invocar B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-alternatives --" |
| "force --all>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:275 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--auto> I<nombre>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:282 |
| msgid "" |
| "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " |
| "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " |
| "the highest priority installed alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cambia el grupo de enlaces dependientes de la alternativa I<nombre> a modo " |
| "automático. En el proceso, el enlace simbólico y sus esclavos se " |
| "actualizarán para apuntar a la alternativa instalada con una prioridad mayor." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:282 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--display> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--display> I<nombre>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:291 |
| msgid "" |
| "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " |
| "the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link " |
| "currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their " |
| "corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative " |
| "currently installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra información acerca del grupo de enlaces. La información incluye el " |
| "modo del grupo (manual o automático), a qué alternativa apunta el enlace " |
| "maestro, qué otras alternativas existen (y sus alternativas esclavas " |
| "correspondientes), y la alternativa de mayor prioridad instalada en el " |
| "sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:291 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<--get-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " |
| "their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more " |
| "spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the " |
| "status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the " |
| "current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might " |
| "contain spaces)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Crea un listado de todas los nombres de alternativas maestras (aquellas que " |
| "controlan un grupo de enlaces) y su estado. Cada línea contiene hasta 3 " |
| "campos, separados por uno o más espacios. El primer campo es el nombre de la " |
| "alternativa, el segundo es el estado (bien «auto» o «manual»), y el último " |
| "contiene la elección presente para la alternativa (puede contener espacios " |
| "ya que es un nombre de fichero)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:304 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " |
| "by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Lee la configuración de alternativas por la entrada estándar en el formato " |
| "generado por B<update-alternatives --get-selections> y los reconfigura " |
| "apropiadamente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:304 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--query> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--query> I<nombre>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:309 |
| msgid "" |
| "Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a " |
| "machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra información acerca del grupo de enlaces, al igual que «--display», " |
| "pero de una manera que el sistema puede analizar (consulte la sección " |
| "B<FORMATO DE CONSULTA> más abajo)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:309 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--list> I<name>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:312 |
| msgid "Display all targets of the link group." |
| msgstr "Muestra todos los objetivos del grupo de enlaces." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:312 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--config> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--config> I<nombre>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:316 |
| msgid "" |
| "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " |
| "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muestra las alternativas disponibles para un grupo de enlaces y permite al " |
| "usuario seleccionar interactivamente cual usar. El grupo de enlaces se " |
| "actualizará." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:324 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directorio>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:328 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " |
| "default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el directorio de alternativas, cuando es diferente del directorio por " |
| "omisión." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:332 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " |
| "the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el directorio administrativo, cuando es diferente del directorio por " |
| "omisión." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:332 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--log>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichero>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:336 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/var/" |
| "log/alternatives.log)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Define el fichero de registro de alternativas cuando es diferente del valor " |
| "por omisión («/var/log/alternativas.log»)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:340 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "Let B<update-alternatives> replace any real file that is installed where " |
| #| "an alternative link has to be installed." |
| msgid "" |
| "Let B<update-alternatives> replace or drop any real file that is installed " |
| "where an alternative link has to be installed or removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Deja que B<update-alternatives> reemplace cualquier fichero real instalado " |
| "en la misma ubicación que la de un enlace alternativo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:340 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-auto>" |
| msgstr "B<--skip-auto>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:345 |
| msgid "" |
| "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " |
| "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Omite el dialogo de configuración de alternativas para aquellas configuradas " |
| "adecuadamente en modo automático. Esta opción solo tiene sentido con B<--" |
| "config> o B<--all>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:345 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--verbose>" |
| msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:350 |
| msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Genera una salida con más información acerca de lo que B<update-" |
| "alternatives> está haciendo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:353 |
| msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur." |
| msgstr "No genera ningún comentario a menos que ocurra algún error." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:359 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " |
| "as the base administrative directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:361 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:367 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " |
| "option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio de alternativas por omisión. Se puede cambiar con la opción " |
| "B<--altdir>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:367 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:373 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" |
| "admindir> option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "El directorio de administración por omisión. Se puede modificar con la " |
| "opción B<--admindir>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:378 |
| msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." |
| msgstr "La acción requerida finalizó con éxito." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:382 |
| msgid "" |
| "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " |
| "action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Se encontraron problemas analizando la línea de órdenes o realizando la " |
| "acción requerida." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:383 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "QUERY FORMAT" |
| msgstr "FORMATO DE CONSULTA" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:388 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "The B<update-alternatives> I<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat " |
| #| "format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of " |
| #| "alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block " |
| #| "contains the following fields:" |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<update-alternatives --query> format is using an RFC822-like flat " |
| "format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of " |
| "alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block contains " |
| "the following fields:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "El formato de consulta (I<--query>) de B<update-alternatives> usa un formato " |
| "simple de tipo RFC822. Se compone de I<n> + 1 bloques, en el que I<n> es el " |
| "número de alternativas disponibles en el grupo de enlaces consultado. El " |
| "primer bloque contiene los siguientes campos:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:388 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Link:> E<lt>linkE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Link:>I< link>" |
| msgstr "B<Link:> E<lt>enlaceE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:391 |
| msgid "The generic name of the alternative." |
| msgstr "El nombre genérico de la alternativa." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:391 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Status:> E<lt>statusE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Status:>I< status>" |
| msgstr "B<Status:> E<lt>estadoE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:394 |
| msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." |
| msgstr "El estado de la alternativa (B<auto> o B<manual>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:394 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Best:> E<lt>best choiceE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>" |
| msgstr "B<Best:> E<lt>mejor-opciónE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:398 |
| msgid "" |
| "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " |
| "is no alternatives available." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La ruta de la mejor alternativa para este grupo de enlaces. No aparece si no " |
| "existen alternativas disponibles." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:398 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Value:> E<lt>currently selected alternativeE<gt> " |
| msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>" |
| msgstr "B<Value:> E<lt>alternativa seleccionadaE<gt> " |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:402 |
| msgid "" |
| "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " |
| "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." |
| msgstr "" |
| "La ruta de la alternativa seleccionada en ese momento. También puede tomar " |
| "el valor mágico B<none> (ninguno). Se usa si el enlace no existe." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:403 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link group:" |
| msgstr "Los siguientes bloques describen las alternativas disponibles en el grupo de enlaces consultado:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:405 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Alternative:> E<lt>path of this alternativeE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>" |
| msgstr "B<Alternative:> E<lt>ruta a esta alternativaE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:408 |
| msgid "Path to this block's alternative." |
| msgstr "Ruta a la alternativa de este bloque." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:408 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priority valueE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>" |
| msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioridadE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:411 |
| msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." |
| msgstr "Valor de la prioridad de esta alternativa." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:411 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<Slaves:> E<lt>list of slavesE<gt>" |
| msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>" |
| msgstr "B<Slaves:> E<lt>lista de esclavosE<gt>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:417 |
| msgid "" |
| "When this header is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " |
| "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " |
| "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " |
| "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cuando esta cabecera está presente, las líneas B<next> contienen todas las " |
| "alternativas esclavas asociadas al enlace maestro de la alternativa. Hay un " |
| "esclavo por línea. Cada línea contiene un espacio, el nombre genérico de la " |
| "alternativa esclava, otro espacio, y la ruta a la alternativa esclava." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:418 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Example>" |
| msgstr "B<Ejemplo>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:426 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" |
| "Link: editor\n" |
| "Status: auto\n" |
| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" |
| "Link: editor\n" |
| "Status: auto\n" |
| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:431 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" |
| "Priority: -100\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" |
| "Priority: -100\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:446 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Priority: 50\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Priority: 50\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:458 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "With I<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " |
| #| "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-" |
| #| "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and " |
| #| "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-" |
| #| "explanatory; if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " |
| "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-" |
| "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and " |
| "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; " |
| "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Con la opción I<--verbose>, B<update-alternatives> informa extensamente " |
| "acerca de sus actividades por la salida estándar. Si ocurre algún problema, " |
| "B<update-alternatives> envía los mensajes de error por la salida de errores " |
| "estándar y cierra con el estado 2. Los diagnósticos deberían ser auto-" |
| "explicativos; si a usted no se lo parecen, le rogamos informe de esto como " |
| "un fallo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:464 |
| msgid "" |
| "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " |
| "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " |
| "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " |
| "associated manpage." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Hay varios paquetes que proporcionan un editor de texto compatible con " |
| "B<vi>, por ejemplo B<nvi>y B<vim>. El grupo de enlaces B<vi> selecciona cual " |
| "se usa, incluyendo enlaces para el programa y la página del manual asociada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:467 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "" |
| #| "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " |
| #| "setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" |
| msgid "" |
| "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " |
| "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para mostrar los paquetes disponibles que proporcionan B<vi> y su " |
| "configuración actual, use la opción I<--display:>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:470 |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:474 |
| msgid "" |
| "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " |
| "then select a number from the list:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para elegir una implementación de B<vi> en particular use la siguiente orden " |
| "como el usuario «root» y seleccione un número de la lista:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:477 |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:481 |
| msgid "" |
| "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " |
| "as root:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para que la implementación de B<vi> se vuelva a elegir de forma automática, " |
| "haga como administrador:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:484 |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:488 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si encuentra algún fallo informe de ello usando el sistema de seguimiento de " |
| "fallos de Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:493 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " |
| "and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " |
| "documentation; please report it." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Si encuentra alguna discrepancia entre el modo de operar de B<update-" |
| "alternatives> y esta página del manual, es un fallo, bien en la " |
| "implementación o bien en la documentación. Le rogamos que informe de ello." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:504 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page is copyright 1997,1998 Charles Briscoe-Smith and others." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Los derechos de autor de esta página de manual pertenecen a Charles Briscoe-" |
| "Smith y otros, 1997,1998." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:507 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or " |
| "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " |
| "General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:510 |
| msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." |
| msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, el estándar de la jerarquía del sistema de ficheros." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-02-27" |
| #~ msgstr "27 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "2009-02-27" |
| #~ msgid "2011-04-29" |
| #~ msgstr "27 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2006-02-28" |
| #~ msgstr "28 de Febrero de 2006" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2007-03-07" |
| #~ msgstr "7 de Marzo de 2007" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2007-07-16" |
| #~ msgstr "16 de Julio de 2007" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-03-15" |
| #~ msgstr "15 de Marzo de 2009" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "2009-02-27" |
| #~ msgid "2011-04-27" |
| #~ msgstr "27 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "2009-02-27" |
| #~ msgid "2011-07-07" |
| #~ msgstr "27 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-18" |
| #~ msgstr "18 de Abril de 2010" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "User configuration file." |
| #~ msgid "Package maintainer configuration file." |
| #~ msgstr "Fichero de configuración del usuario." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-07-29" |
| #~ msgstr "29 de julio del 2010" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nombre-del-paqueteE<gt>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "2010-01-28" |
| #~ msgid "2010-11-22" |
| #~ msgstr "28 de enero del 2010" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" |
| #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> " |
| #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nombre-del-código-fuenteE<gt>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-01-28" |
| #~ msgstr "28 de enero del 2010" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " |
| #~ "separated by newlines. Currently seven lines are present. The first is " |
| #~ "the format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was " |
| #~ "written. The second is the package name. The third is the package " |
| #~ "version. The fourth is the md5sum of the package. The fifth is the total " |
| #~ "size of the package. The sixth is the maximum part size. The seventh is " |
| #~ "the current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of " |
| #~ "parts (as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "El primer miembro se llama B<debian-split>, y contiene un conjunto de " |
| #~ "líneas separadas por saltos de línea. A día de hoy hay siete líneas. La " |
| #~ "primera es el número de versión de formato, B<2.1> en el momento de " |
| #~ "escribir esta página de manual. El segundo es el nombre del paquete. El " |
| #~ "tercero es la versión del paquete. El cuarto es la suma de control md5 " |
| #~ "del paquete. El quinto es el tamaño total del paquete. El sexto es el " |
| #~ "tamaño máximo de una parte. El séptimo es el número de la parte actual, " |
| #~ "seguido de una barra invertida y el número total de las partes (por " |
| #~ "ejemplo, \\(oq1/10\\(cq)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2008-08-18" |
| #~ msgstr "18 de Agosto de 2008" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " |
| #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " |
| #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "También puede usar B<dpkg> como una interfaz a B<dpkg-deb>(1). Si el " |
| #~ "primero encuentra alguna de las opciones del segundo, se limita a " |
| #~ "invocarlo con esos mismos parámetros:" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" |
| #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, y\n" |
| #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Consulte B<dpkg-deb>(1) si desea más información sobre estas acciones." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--new>, B<--old>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Selecciona el formato nuevo o antiguo de paquete. Es una opción de B<dpkg-" |
| #~ "deb>(1)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. " |
| #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "No lee ni comprueba el contenido del fichero de control al construir el " |
| #~ "paquete. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-15" |
| #~ msgstr "15 de Agosto de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Compiler flags" |
| #~ msgstr "Opciones de compilación" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "The B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS> " |
| #~ "environment variables are set to the values that B<dpkg-buildflags> " |
| #~ "returned. See its manual page for more information." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Las variables de entorno B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> y " |
| #~ "B<LDFLAGS> se define con los valores que devuelve B<dpkg-buildflags>. " |
| #~ "Para más información consulte su página de manual." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-21" |
| #~ msgstr "21 de Noviembre de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-03-07" |
| #~ msgstr "7 de Marzo de 2010" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~| msgid "2010-10-10" |
| #~ msgid "2010-10-12" |
| #~ msgstr "10 de Octubre del 2010" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-07" |
| #~ msgstr "7 de Agosto de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-16" |
| #~ msgstr "16 de Abril de 2010" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-05-19" |
| #~ msgstr "19 de Junio de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "0" |
| #~ msgstr "0" |
| |
| #~ msgid "1" |
| #~ msgstr "1" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-10-01" |
| #~ msgstr "1 de Octubre de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-06-26" |
| #~ msgstr "26 de Junio de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the " |
| #~ "filenames of Debian packages." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "B<dpkg-split> usa algunas convenciones un tanto pasadas de fecha para el " |
| #~ "nombre de los paquetes de Debian." |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in " |
| #~ "the control information of the contained binary package file, and it is " |
| #~ "not present in the filenames generated." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "La arquitectura no se refleja en la cabecera de las partes del fichero, " |
| #~ "sólo en la información de control del paquete binario original, y éste no " |
| #~ "esta presente en las partes generadas." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-05-10" |
| #~ msgstr "10 de Abril de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--" |
| #~ "version>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] " |
| #~ "[I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>" |
| #~ "[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directorioE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--" |
| #~ "version>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>] " |
| #~ "[I<E<lt>acciónE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<parte-pantalla:>[I<primer-" |
| #~ "plano>],[I<fondo>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directorioE<gt>>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "USAGE" |
| #~ msgstr "MODO DE USO" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> returns 0 if the requested action was performed, or " |
| #~ "if B<--oknodo> is specified and either B<--start> was specified and a " |
| #~ "matching process was already running, or B<--stop> was specified and " |
| #~ "there were no matching processes. If B<--oknodo> was not specified and " |
| #~ "nothing was done, 1 is returned. If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were " |
| #~ "specified, but the end of the schedule was reached and the processes were " |
| #~ "still running, the error value is 2. For all other errors, the status is " |
| #~ "3." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> devuelve 0 si la acción requerida tuvo éxito, o si " |
| #~ "se define B<--oknodo> y si se definió o bien B<--start>, existiendo un " |
| #~ "proceso cuyo nombre coincide, o B<--stop> y si no existe un proceso que " |
| #~ "coincida. Devuelve 1 si se especificó B<--oknodo> pero nada ocurrió. " |
| #~ "Devuelve 2 si se especificaron B<--stop> y B<--retry>, y la acción " |
| #~ "programada se ejecutó y los procesos aún se estaban ejecutando. Devuelve " |
| #~ "3 para los demás errores." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2" |
| #~ msgstr "2" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "An error occurred. Unfortunately at the time of writing I<extended-error-" |
| #~ "message> can contain newlines, although in locales where the translators " |
| #~ "have not made mistakes every newline is followed by at least one space." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Se ha detectado un fallo. Desafortunadamente, en el momento de impresión " |
| #~ "el I<mensaje-de-fallo-detallado> puede contener saltos de línea, aunque " |
| #~ "en aquellas traducciones en las que el traductor no cometió ningún fallo " |
| #~ "cada salto de línea va seguido de un espacio." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-03-08" |
| #~ msgstr "8 de Marzo de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.symbols" |
| #~ msgstr "I<directorio-adminstración>/info/I<paquete>.symbols" |
| |
| #~ msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.shlibs" |
| #~ msgstr "I<directorio-adminstración>/info/I<paquete>.shlibs" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-11" |
| #~ msgstr "11 de Noviembre de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-02-26" |
| #~ msgstr "26 de Febrero de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-04-13" |
| #~ msgstr "13 de Abril de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2007-10-08" |
| #~ msgstr "8 de Septiembre de 2007" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the private " |
| #~ "library directory of the currently running B<dpkg> instance." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Definido por B<dpkg> en el script del entorno del mantenedor con el valor " |
| #~ "del directorio privado de bibliotecas de la instancia de B<dpkg> en " |
| #~ "ejecución." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-11" |
| #~ msgstr "11 de Abril de 2010" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Format: 3.0 (git) and 3.0 (bzr)" |
| #~ msgstr "Formato: 3.0 (git) y 3.0 (bzr)" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; " |
| #~ "these ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found " |
| #~ "in a subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against " |
| #~ "I<section>." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "I<prioridad> y I<sección> ubican el paquete en el árbol de directorios de " |
| #~ "la publicación; esta información no debe estar presente en el fichero " |
| #~ "«control». Si el paquete se encuentra en un subdirectorio de I<binary-*>, " |
| #~ "se revisará teniendo en cuenta la I<sección>." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-12" |
| #~ msgstr "12 de Noviembre de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--licence>, B<--license>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." |
| #~ msgstr "Muestra la licencia de B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" |
| #~ msgstr "VARIABLES DE ENTORNO" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell " |
| #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Defina esta variable si prefiere que B<dpkg> arranque en un intérprete " |
| #~ "diferente en vez entrar en suspensión al realizar un escape de consola." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-06-13" |
| #~ msgstr "13 de Junio de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "If the host architecture differs from the build architecture (as is the " |
| #~ "case for a cross-compilation), and if the environment variable " |
| #~ "B<PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR> is not set, then it is set to a value suitable for " |
| #~ "cross-compilation (\"/usr/I<gnu-system-type>/lib/pkgconfig/:/usr/share/" |
| #~ "pkgconfig\")." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Si la arquitectura anfitrión difiere de la arquitectura de construcción " |
| #~ "(tal es el caso al compilar para varias arquitecturas), y no se define la " |
| #~ "variable de entorno B<PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR>, aceptará entonces un valor " |
| #~ "adecuado para la compilación en varias arquitecturas («/usr/I<gnu-system-" |
| #~ "type>/lib/pkgconfig/:/usr/share/pkgconfig»)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Some environment variables defining compiler and linker options are set " |
| #~ "to default values unless already present in the environment. Note that " |
| #~ "this mechanism was only introduced in version 1.14.17 of dpkg-dev and not " |
| #~ "all I<rules> files and build tools will honour these variables, yet." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Algunas variables de entorno que afectan a las opciones del compilador y " |
| #~ "el enlazador toman valores predefinidos, a menos que ya estén definidos " |
| #~ "en el entorno. Tenga en cuenta que este mecanismo se introdujo a partir " |
| #~ "de la versión 1.14.17 de dpkg-dev, y no todos los ficheros I<rules> y " |
| #~ "herramientas de construcción reconocen estas variables." |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Optimization options which are passed to the Debian build system and can/" |
| #~ "should be overridden by the package build if needed (default value: B<-g -" |
| #~ "O2>, or B<-g\\ -O0> if B<noopt> is specified in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS). " |
| #~ "Overriding options can be used to explicitly set a higher optimization " |
| #~ "level, or work around compiler bugs, which only can be seen with some " |
| #~ "optimization levels (the last opt level \"wins\")." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Las opciones de optimización introducidas al sistema de construcción de " |
| #~ "Debian pueden y deben ser sobreescritas durante la construcción del " |
| #~ "paquete en caso de ser necesario (valor por omisión: B<-g -O2>, o B<-g\\ -" |
| #~ "O0> si B<noopt> está definido en «DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS»). Las opciones de " |
| #~ "sustitución se pueden usar para definir un nivel de optimización mayor de " |
| #~ "forma explícita, o para evitar fallos del compilador sólo detectables en " |
| #~ "algunos niveles de optimización (el último nivel de optimización «gana»)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<CFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<CFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Optimization options appended to the compiler flags, which must not be " |
| #~ "overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test builds). Default " |
| #~ "value: empty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Puede añadir opciones de optimización a las opciones («flags») de " |
| #~ "compilación, las cuales el paquete no debe sobreescribir (usado " |
| #~ "habitualmente en construcciones de prueba). Valor por omisión: vacío." |
| |
| #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS> for C++ sources." |
| #~ msgstr "Igual que B<CFLAGS> para fuentes C++." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS_APPEND> for C++ sources." |
| #~ msgstr "Igual que B<CFLAGS_APPEND> para fuentes C++." |
| |
| #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS> for Fortran sources." |
| #~ msgstr "Igual que B<CFLAGS> para fuentes Fortran." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<FFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<FFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS_APPEND> for Fortran sources." |
| #~ msgstr "Igual que B<CFLAGS_APPEND> para fuentes Fortran." |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Preprocessor flags which are passed to the Debian build system and can/" |
| #~ "should be overridden by the package build if needed (default: empty). " |
| #~ "This macro is seldom used (most build systems just use B<CFLAGS> instead " |
| #~ "of B<CPPFLAGS>)." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Las opciones de pre-procesamiento introducidos al sistema de construcción " |
| #~ "de Debian pueden y se deberían anular en caso de ser necesario (por " |
| #~ "omisión: vacío). Esta macro apenas se usa (la mayoría de sistemas de " |
| #~ "construcción usan B<CFLAGS> en lugar de B<CPPFLAGS>)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Preprocessor flags appended to the preprocessor flags, which must not be " |
| #~ "overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test builds). Default " |
| #~ "value: empty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Opciones de pre-procesamiento añadidas al final de las opciones de pre-" |
| #~ "procesamiento, las cuales el paquete no debe sobreescribir (usado " |
| #~ "habitualmente en construcciones de prueba). Valor por omisión: vacío." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<LDFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<LDFLAGS_APPEND>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Optimization options appended to the compiler flags when linking code, " |
| #~ "which must not be overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test " |
| #~ "builds). Default value: empty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Opciones de optimización añadidas a las opciones del compilador al " |
| #~ "enlazar código, qué el paquete no debe sobreescribir (usado habitualmente " |
| #~ "en construcciones de prueba). Valor por omisión: vacío." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-01-07" |
| #~ msgstr "7 de Enero de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--license>, B<--licence>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Show the copyright licensing terms and exit." |
| #~ msgstr "Muestra los términos de la licencia de derechos de autor y cierra." |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| #~ "substvars>." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Lee las variables de sustitución desde I<fichero-variables-sust>; el " |
| #~ "valor por omisión es B<debian/substvars>." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--license>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "include all changes." |
| #~ msgstr "Incluye todos los cambios." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-09-06" |
| #~ msgstr "6 de Septiembre de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-I>[I<patrón-fichero>]" |
| |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-20" |
| #~ msgstr "20 de Agosto de 2009" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " |
| #~ "successfully." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Muestra en pantalla los derechos de autor de B<dselect> y la información " |
| #~ "de la licencia, y cierra con éxito." |